0% found this document useful (0 votes)

485 views728 pages

SMCM Digitaldiagnost 3.2 (Win7) Fault Finding + Repair (4512 984 37531 Rev Aa)

The document is the Level 1 documentation for Philips Healthcare's DigitalDiagnost Release 3.2, focusing on fault finding and repair procedures. It contains proprietary and confidential information intended for authorized Philips personnel and customers with valid service agreements. The document includes safety information, technical data, and detailed fault isolation and repair procedures for various equipment components.

Uploaded by

wzy5315521

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

485 views728 pages

SMCM Digitaldiagnost 3.2 (Win7) Fault Finding + Repair (4512 984 37531 Rev Aa)

Uploaded by

wzy5315521

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 728

Philips Healthcare

DigitalDiagnost
Release 3.2

Level 1 Documentation

SMCM Fault Finding and Repair

PHILIP S

PL EX TOR

W RW D D dis c

USB 1 U SB2 COM 3

icn-12-v-712-18293-120000-06.iso

This document or digital media and the information contained in it is strictly reserved for current Philips Healthcare (“Philips”) personnel, Philips
licensed representatives and Philips customers who have purchased a valid service agreement for use by the customer’s designated in-house
service employee on equipment located at the customer’s designated site. Use of this document or digital media by unauthorized persons is
strictly prohibited. This document or digital media must be returned to Philips when the user is no longer licensed and in any event upon
Philips’ first written request.

4512 984 37531 REV AA

CSIP statement

Proprietary Notice:

This document and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips and may not
be reproduced, copied in whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior
written permission of the Philips Legal Department. Use of this document and the information contained in it is
strictly reserved for current Philips personnel and Philips customers who have a current and valid license from
Philips for use by the customer’s designated in-house service employee on equipment located at the customer’s
designated site. Use of this document by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. Report violation of these re-
quirements to the Philips Legal Department. This document must be returned to Philips when the user is no longer
licensed and in any event upon Philips’ first written request.

Warranty Disclaimer Language:

Philips provides this DOCUMENT without warranty of any kind, implied or expressed, including, but not limited to,
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

Limitations of Liability Language:

Philips has taken care to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, Philips assumes no liability for errors or
omissions and reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to improve reliabil-
ity, function, or design. Philips may make improvements or changes in the product(s) or program(s) described in
this document at any time.

2 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Contents

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 9
Symbols and Conventions Used in This Manual............................................................................ ................ 11
Safety............................................................................................................................................. ................ 13
General Information....................................................................................................................... ................ 20
Guide to the Manual....................................................................................................................... ................ 20
Tools and Material Required.......................................................................................................... ................ 20
Technical Data............................................................................................................................... ................ 21
Equipment Identification and Labeling........................................................................................... ................ 39

START-UP SEQUENCE .......................................................................................... ................ 41

FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES ....................................................................... ................ 43

Remote and Onsite Access............................................................................................................ ................ 47
Eleva Workspot.............................................................................................................................. ................ 50
Ceiling Suspension CS III.............................................................................................................. ................ 84
Table TH........................................................................................................................................ ................ 85
M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA.......................................................................................... ................ 90
Generator Optimus......................................................................................................................... .............. 104
Detector Pixium 4600..................................................................................................................... .............. 106
Detector Pixium 5500 (WPD)......................................................................................................... .............. 106
Barcode Reader............................................................................................................................. .............. 107

FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ................................................................... 109

Eleva Workspot.............................................................................................................................. .............. 111
Ceiling Suspension CS III.............................................................................................................. .............. 121
Table TH........................................................................................................................................ .............. 124
Wall Stand VS................................................................................................................................ .............. 132
Wall Stand VM / VM2..................................................................................................................... .............. 147
Collimator....................................................................................................................................... .............. 148
M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA.......................................................................................... .............. 150
Detectors........................................................................................................................................ .............. 152

INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS ............................................................. .............. 157

Ceiling Suspension........................................................................................................................ .............. 159
Tables............................................................................................................................................ .............. 171
Wall Stands.................................................................................................................................... .............. 179
Bucky Units.................................................................................................................................... .............. 186
Detectors........................................................................................................................................ .............. 194
Generators..................................................................................................................................... .............. 197
Eleva Workspot.............................................................................................................................. .............. 207

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 3

TESTING ................................................................................................................................ 209

Documenting the Tests.................................................................................................................. .............. 213
Electrical Safety Test..................................................................................................................... .............. 213
Visual Inspection............................................................................................................................ .............. 224
Functional Tests............................................................................................................................. .............. 224
Visual Inspection Record............................................................................................................... .............. 293
Protective Earth Resistance: Measurement Record...................................................................... .............. 295
Touch Current: Measurement Record............................................................................................ .............. 299
Equipment Leakage Current: Measurement Record...................................................................... .............. 303
Functional Tests Record................................................................................................................ .............. 305
Assessment Report Electrical Safety (IEC 62353)......................................................................... .............. 307

4 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SYSTEM OVERVIEW .............................................................................................. .............. 309

SYSTEM SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS ............................................................... .............. 349

LABELING DRAWINGS ......................................................................................................... 361

EARTHING DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................... .............. 369

SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ...................................................................... .............. 409

SYSTEM CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ..................................................................... .............. 459

CEILING SUSPENSION CS III - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ................................................ 513

CEILING SUSPENSION CS III - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS ................................. .............. 519

CEILING SUSPENSION CS III - WIRING DIAGRAMS ........................................... .............. 535

CEILING SUSPENSION CS III - SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS ......................................... 541

CEILING SUSPENSION CS 2/4 - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS .............................................. 543

CEILING SUSPENSION CS 2/4 - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS ............................... .............. 549

CEILING SUSPENSION CS 2/4 - WIRING DIAGRAMS ......................................... .............. 553

TABLE TH - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ................................................................................ 563

TABLE TH - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS ................................................................. .............. 573

TABLE TH - WIRING DIAGRAMS ........................................................................... .............. 577

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 5

TABLE TH - SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS .......................................................... .............. 587

TABLE TH-S - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS .............................................................. .............. 589

TABLE TH-S - WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................................................................... 595

WALL STAND VS - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ...................................................... .............. 597

WALL STAND VS - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS .................................................................... 617

WALL STAND VS - WIRING DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 619

WALL STAND VS - SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS ............................................................. 631

WALL STAND VM - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ..................................................... .............. 635

WALL STAND VM - WIRING DIAGRAMS ............................................................... .............. 661

WALL STAND VM - SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS .............................................. .............. 671

BUCKY UNITS - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ......................................................................... 677

BUCKY UNITS - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS .......................................................... .............. 683

GENERATOR M-CABINET CXA - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ............................................. 687

GENERATOR M-CABINET CXA - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS .............................. .............. 697

GENERATOR M-CABINET CXA - WIRING DIAGRAMS ........................................ .............. 711

ELEVA WORKSPOT - FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS ................................................. .............. 717

6 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
ELEVA WORKSPOT - PCB LAYOUT DRAWINGS ............................................................... 723

WIRELESS PORTABLE DETECTOR - WIRING DIAGRAMS ............................................... 725

GLOSSARY ............................................................................................................. .............. 727

marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 7

This page intentionally left blank

8 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

INTRODUCTION

Contents

1 Symbols and Conventions Used in This Manual......................................................... 11

2 Safety........................................................................................................................... 13

3 General Information..................................................................................................... 20

4 Guide to the Manual.................................................................................................... 20

4.1 Fault Finding Tools................................................................................................................. 20

5 Tools and Material Required........................................................................................ 20

5.1 Tools for Electrical Safety Measurements.............................................................................. 20

6 Technical Data............................................................................................................. 21
6.1 Mechanical Data.................................................................................................................... 21
6.1.1 Generator Optimus................................................................................................................. 25
6.2 Environmental Data................................................................................................................ 26
6.3 Electrical Data........................................................................................................................ 32
6.3.1 Generator Optimus................................................................................................................. 37
6.4 Network Data......................................................................................................................... 39
6.5 Remote Service Data............................................................................................................. 39

7 Equipment Identification and Labeling......................................................................... 39

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 9

This page intentionally left blank

10 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

1 Symbols and Conventions Used in This Manual

Safety Messages

WARNING
This symbol combined with the signal word WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

CAUTION
This symbol combined with the signal word CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

The shown symbols are sometimes replaced by other symbols which indicate the concrete risk:

WARNING
Hazard of electrical shock
This symbol indicates a hazardous situation that is caused by electric current. It can result in death
or fatal injuries to service personnel or bystanders.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of laser beams (Class II / Class 2 laser)
This symbol indicates a hazardous situation that is caused by laser beams. It can result in damage
to your eyes and leave blind spots on your retina.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of radiation
This symbol indicates a situation that is caused by ionizing radiation. It can result in deadly diseas-
es.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 11

WARNING
Hazard of squeezing
This symbol indicates a situation that is caused by mechanical hazards related to hands and fingers.
It can result in squeezing or cutting off hands or fingers.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of severe burns
This symbol indicates a situation that is caused by hot surfaces. It can result in severe burns.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of biological contamination
This symbol indicates a situation that is caused by infective body fluids. It can result in deadly dis-
eases.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Material Damage

NOTICE
This symbol combined with the signal word NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided,
could result in damages such as material damage. This damage is not related to personal injury.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

Other Messages

Important
This symbol combined with the signal word Important indicates an important advice that points out
that certain guidelines, parameters, conditions or restrictions must be observed.

Tip
This symbol combined with the signal word Tip indicates a helpful advice that suggests how to im-
prove the operating procedure or how to save time.

12 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Conventions
Notation example Explanation
UI: System ➜ General ➜ Session Destination within the user interface (UI) of the
Eleva Workspot application software.
Service Tool: Configuration ➜ System com- Destination within the Service Tool.
ponents In this manual, the term "Service Tool" is used in-
stead of FSF (Field Service Framework) or PSC
(Philips Support Connect).
F:\transfer\logs\ Directories and path descriptions.
[OK], [Cancel] Software keys (keys on the screen) are shown in
[square brackets].
<Enter>, <Esc>, <y> Hardware keys (keys on the keyboard) are
shown in <angle brackets>.
<Ctrl> + <c> If two or more hardware keys have to be pressed
at the same time, the “+” sign is used.

2 Safety

2.1 General Safety Information

Philips Healthcare products are designed and manufactured to meet the international safety stand-
ards for medical equipment. However, all medical electrical equipment requires proper installation,
operation and servicing, particularly with regard to human safety.
Read, note, and strictly observe all safety tags on the equipment. Strictly observe all safety direc-
tions, all warnings and all cautions that are mentioned in this chapter and throughout this service
documentation. In order to protect the personal health of service personnel, operators and patients,
ensure the safe servicing and operation of the system.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 13

Read all information in this chapter carefully.

You are responsible to take safety precautions and to follow the safety instructions.
Thus, you can prevent harm from yourself and other persons.
a) Technically Qualified Personnel Only!
Only technically qualified Field Service Engineers (FSEs) must do the service work. The FSEs must
be appropriately and successfully trained and instructed by the Philips training center for this specific
equipment. The FSEs must be authorized to work with radiography equipment in medical applica-
tions and they must be authorized by Philips to do maintenance work and to have access to the ap-
propriate documentation.
b) Perform all service tasks such as installation, maintenance, or repair in strict compliance with the
provided safety instructions!
c) Perform all actions as for example unpacking, installation, setting to work, testing and replacement
according to the sequence stated in this manual.
d) Perform all service tasks in strict compliance with the local regulations concerning safety, health, ac-
cident prevention, and medical X-ray devices!
e) Never change any system parameters or components that reduce the mechanical safety, electrical
safety, radiation protection properties of the product!
f) Do not modify this equipment without authorization of Philips.
Any unauthorized modification can cause malfunction or deterioration of performance and quality
and can therefore lead to personal injury, clinical misdiagnosis or clinical mistreatment.
g) Never leave problems unsolved that may affect the safety of the product!
h) Order spare parts via Philips distribution channels, only! Never use any spare parts from other sour-
ces than spare parts supply from Philips!
i) Always perform all relevant safety checks before handing the product over to the customer!
j) Keep in mind that certain details or procedures changed since you previously installed or serviced a
similar product!
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

2.2 Safety Messages for Service Personnel

Hazard of squeezing
Working with moving parts or heavy loads is very dangerous!
a) Read all instructions in the subsequent chapter concerning mechanical hazards.
b) Take all necessary precautions to avoid injuries.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Hazard of severe burns

Some surfaces are very hot. They can cause severe burns.
a) Perform all service tasks in strict compliance with the specific safety instructions regarding hot surfa-
ces.
b) Do not touch hot surfaces.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

14 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Hazard of electrical shock

Live electrical terminals are deadly! Incorrect handling of high-voltage cables results in death or fatal
injuries to service personnel or bystanders.
a) Read all the instructions stated subsequently concerning electrical hazards.
b) Take all necessary precautions to avoid electrical shock.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Hazard of radiation
X-ray systems produce ionizing radiation, which, if not controlled properly, can be harmful to service
personnel or bystanders.
a) Never expose yourself or others directly to the X-ray beam.
b) Take all necessary precautions to protect yourself and others from leakage radiation or scattered ra-
diation.
c) Always act in accordance with your national regulations and guidelines on radiation protection.
d) Never release any X-ray exposures, if you do not have the authorization according to your national
legal requirements.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Hazard of laser beams (Class II / Class 2 laser)

The visible laser beam triggers a blink reflex that limits an accidental exposure to no more than 0.25
seconds. Longer exposures damage your eyes and leave blind spots on your retina. Laser aper-
tures are marked with the yellow and black warning symbol.
a) Avoid any unnecessary exposures. Never switch on the laser without any purpose.
b) Never stare directly into the laser beam, never look into the laser beam repeatedly.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Hazard of lead poisoning

Lead is toxic. It is absorbed orally or through your skin. Lead is used in the X-ray tube housing. It
may also be present in some balance counterweights
a) Wear rubber gloves where lead may be present.
b) Never eat, drink, or smoke with contaminated hands or gloves.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Hazard of biological contamination

Infective body fluids may be present at various spots of the product and can cause deadly diseases.
a) Wear rubber gloves where body fluids may be present.
b) Never eat, drink or smoke with contaminated hands or gloves.
c) Dispose of your gloves appropriately when your work is finished.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 15

2.3 Precautions against Mechanical Hazards

Safe Handling of Rotating Machinery

• Never service rotating machinery, bands or chains when rotational movements are activated.
• Make sure that the rotational movements are switched off.
• Make sure that nobody can switch on the movements accidentally.
• Block the movement, if necessary.

Safe Handling of Tilting Machinery

• Never service tilting machinery when tilting movements are activated or brakes are released.
• Make sure that the tilting movements are switched off.
• Make sure that nobody can switch on the movements accidentally.
• Block the movement, if necessary.
If you tilt the machinery during installation or during other service activities:
• Comply with the specific service instructions.
• Ask a second person to release the brake and to keep the tilting movement under control.
• Avoid uncontrolled tilting movement.
• Never release the brake longer than necessary.

Hazard of physical injury caused by heavy loads

a) Wear appropriate protective clothing, such as safety boots and gloves.
b) Take care that heavy loads are correctly lifted or carried to avoid any physical injury.
c) Ask other persons for help to handle very heavy or awkwardly shaped loads.
d) Use mechanical devices whenever it is possible.
e) Stick to the installation instructions regarding:
- Suitable tools
- Lifting devices
- Lifting/support points
- Particular safety measures
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Safe Handling of the Spring Balance Counterweight

For transport, the spring balance counterweight is secured by safety devices. During installation and
replacement of the equipment, mechanical components are not correctly balanced. They can move
fast and uncontrollably at this stage.
• Comply with the specific service instructions.
• Never remove the safety devices before all parts are installed and the geometry is counterbalanced.
• Keep hands off the spring while adjusting it.
• Keep hands off the spring while moving the counterbalanced parts.

Safe Handling of Lamps

Hazard of physical injury caused by hot surface

Lamps and adjacent parts can be very hot. They can cause severe burns.
a) Never touch the lamp, lamp socket, or lamp bracket with your fingers immediately after use.
b) Leave the lamp and adjacent parts to cool down before handling them.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

16 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

2.4 Precautions against Electrical Hazards

Hazard of electrical shock during service tasks

During installation, maintenance, and other service tasks there is a risk of electrical hazards.
• Follow the general instructions provided in this chapter.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Performing Precautions against Electrical Hazards

• Switch off the mains supply.
• Make sure that nobody can switch on the system accidentally before you start.
• Make sure that all UPS-powered components are powerless.
• Use a voltmeter to verify that all line disconnects are opened.
• Remove all jewelry, such as bracelets or rings, to prevent short circuits.

Precautions Concerning Installation and Service

Electrical installations of medically used rooms must comply with the requirements of the local organ-
izations. Follow the instructions provided on the installation sheets for the specific project.
• Always use a separate conductor for ground connection. The neutral conductor is not considered as
ground connection.
• Do not use a three-to-two pin adapter to connect equipment provided with a power cord. Always con-
nect the equipment to properly grounded, 3-pin power outlets.
• Connect the system to the mains as late as possible during installation.
• Before the first switch-on of the system, make sure that all protective earth conductors are connected
properly.
• Always be sure that the power is switched off when install any parts to the equipment.
• Make sure that large internal capacitors are completely discharged. Discharging can take several mi-
nutes.
• To avoid short-circuits or corrosion, keep away any water or other liquids from the inside of the
equipment.
• To ensure the compliance with IEC 62353, perform the subsequent mandatory tests after installation
or service work on electrical components:
– Protective earth resistance
– Touch current
– Earth leakage current

Working when connected to voltages

• Switch off the main power supply when working at the equipment. This rule does not apply for certain
measuring and adjustment procedures that are only possible when the product is switched on.
• Never measure or adjust equipment with power-on unless another person is present.
• Be very careful when working close to live contacts.
• Never perform any work on live parts (> 50 V).
• Prevent unwanted or sudden movements of the system because they are dangerous. If the proce-
dure involves mechanical movements, take every precaution especially when working with moving
and rotating parts. Use the service switch or the emergency stop button before working within the
dangerous movement area of a product.
• Check the ground connections before touching conductive system parts.
• Use tools and measuring instruments, which are suitable for the respective procedure, only.
• Make sure that test and adjustment points are accessible without any risk of injury. If safe access is
not possible, switch off the system.
• Turn off the power supply immediately after finishing the test or adjustment procedure.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 17

Safe Handling of High-Voltage Cables

Hazard of electric shock caused by live components

Even when they have been disconnected from the power supply, high-voltage cables are still live for
a certain period of time. In the event of direct contact, an electric current may pass through the per-
son's body.
a) When the mains and auxiliary power supplies are disconnected, wait at least for two minutes before
removing the flexible high-voltage cables from the X-ray tube housing or the generator.
b) Discharge any residual charge before touching the contact pins (briefly connect them to ground).
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

2.5 Precautions against Material Damage

Environmental conditions for safe operation
• Obey the environmental conditions in the technical data tables of the system specific service docu-
mentation.
The X-ray equipment must not be operated along with combustible anesthesia substances!

Cleaning and disinfection

• Do not use aggressive cleaning agents to clean the product!
• When you use cleaning agents such as detergents and disinfectants, make sure that they do not
contain explosive substances as they can create explosive gas mixtures!
• Obey the manufacturer’s data of the cleaning agent and disinfectant!
• Obey the manufacturer’s data of the cleaning cloths!

Malfunction through electromagnetic fields

The equipment fulfills all requirements concerning electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
Nevertheless, powerful high frequency transmitters used near the electronic components can cause
malfunction of electronic components under unusual circumstances. This malfunction causes un-
wanted risks for patients, operators, and service personnel.
• Switch off your mobile phone in designated areas.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

Blocked air cooling

The processor can get damaged due to overheating.
a) Do not block the air vents. Leave a minimum clearance of 5 cm (2 in) to the ventilation slots.
b) Do not install the computer in an enclosure that does not allow airflow.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

Processor overheating
The processor can get damaged within a few seconds.
• Do not operate the processor without cooling.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

18 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Damage by electrostatic discharge (ESD)

ESD can destroy or partially damage electrostatic sensitive devices such as printed circuit boards
(PCB). The damage can lead to instant or later failures of the device.
a) Read all the following instructions concerning ESD protection.
b) Take all necessary precautions to protect electrostatic sensitive devices.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

a) The rules concerning ESD protection apply to new devices and old devices. Old devices are re-
placed and sent back to the service depot.
b) Always transport electrostatic sensitive devices (such as PCB) in their static shielding bags or box-
es.

This symbol identifies electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Always use the ESD protection service kit when

handling electrostatic sensitive devices.
– Attach the wristband to your wrist (1) and con-
nect the ground cable of the wristband to the
conductive work surface (2).
– Connect the second ground cable (3) to the
conductive work surface (2).
– Attach the crocodile clip to a reliable ground of
the cabinet or console, where the PCB has to
be installed.
• Place the PCB on the conductive work surface
before installing them.
• Place the PCB on the conductive work surface
1011-46-07

for hardware settings or replacement of compo-

nents.
• Never remove or disconnect the wristband before
all electrostatic sensitive devices are installed. Fig. 1: ESD protection kit
• Never remove or disconnect the wristband before
all removed electrostatic sensitive devices are
safely packed in their static shielding bags or
boxes.

2.6 Safety Signs on the Product

• Do not remove or change safety signs!
• Replace illegible safety signs by genuine spare parts!
• Clean soiled safety signs!
Refer to the labeling drawings of the components to see the positions of the labels.

2.7 Disposal
• Dispose of any material, batteries, and X−ray equipment according to the requirements of the nation-
al legislation.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 19

3 General Information
There are two kinds of System Manual Corrective Maintenance (SMCM) manuals:
– SMCM Fault Finding and Repair
– SMCM Replacement
In General, the SMCM Fault Finding and Repair menu provides ways to find, isolate, and classify
causes for errors and malfunctions. In contrast, the SMCM Replacement describes procedure to re-
pair and replace system components, including the required tools, as well as 12 NCs for replacement
parts.

4 Guide to the Manual

4.1 Fault Finding Tools

The system offers software and hardware-based fault finding tools. For software-based tools, it is
possible to access them onsite and remotely (see chapter Remote and Onsite Access on page 47).

Software
– Eleva Workspot UI
– CAT, which is an application software to view logs and event. Commonly, it is called Log Viewer.
– Service Tool (FSF or PSC)
– GEST for the M-Cabinet CXA generator

Hardware
– LED
– Service Mode
– Self-tests
– Power-on self-test (POST)
– Built-in self-test (BIST)

5 Tools and Material Required

– TC129 - Standard tools

5.1 Tools for Electrical Safety Measurements

Adequate measuring tools are defined in the Philips Tool Catalogue. Alternative measuring tools may
be used when validated by the local service organization.

Tools for the Touch Current Test and Protective Earth Resistance Test
– TC378 - Gossen Electrical Safety Tester Kit
As an alternative to TC 378:
– TC091 - Multimeter
– TC075 - Leakage current measuring tool
– TC025 - Earth Bonding Tester

20 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Tools for the Equipment Leakage Current Test

For permanently installed equipment:
– TC012 - Current clamp (HIOKI 3283)
For plugged-in equipment:
– TC378 - Gossen Electrical Safety Tester Kit

6 Technical Data

6.1 Mechanical Data

Ceiling Suspension (CS III)

Dimensions Refer to Section 8 "Mechanical Drawings".

Movement range Refer to Section 8 "Mechanical Drawings".

Component Weight (Newton) 10 N = 1 kg

CS Base rails 770
CS Extension rails 450
Longitudinal carriage N/A
Longitudinal carriage long 940
Telescopic carriage 930
Tube mount 1200

Ceiling Suspension CS 2/4

CS base rails 4.3 m

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed 4780 200 140 85
Installed 4300 single rail: 95.5 100 77
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed 3050 200 140 56
Installed 2700 single rail: 95.5 100 51
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed 4780 200 140 40
Installed 4300 single rail: 95.5 100 32

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 21

Table (TH)

Table Base
Dimensions [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 1400 1010 890 300
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 205

Table Base with Motorization (Option)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 1400 1010 890 310
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 230

Table Top 750 mm

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 2500 890 240 82
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 49

Table Top 850 mm (Option)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in crate or box 2500 990 240 92
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 55

Single Sided Table (TH-S)

Table Base
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box N/A N/A N/A 20
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 150

Table Top
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box N/A N/A N/A 12
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 60

22 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Height Adjustable Trolley (TA-M)

Height Adjustable Trolley (TA-M) with Small Table Top (Normal)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 2410 825 970 250
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed 2280 675-822,5 600-865 130

Height Adjustable Trolley (TA-M) with Wide Table Top (Bariatric)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 2410 825 980 248
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed 2280 675-847,5 600-865 130

Wall Stand (VS)

Wall Stand VS Digital

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 2220 760 550 170
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 135

Column (Detector Carriage)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 1030 970 600 90
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 65

Tilting Unit (Detector carriage)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 1030 970 900 150
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 120

Wall Stand (VM)

Movable Column with Wall or Ceiling Holders

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 2700 900 1430 280
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 2100

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 23

Floor and Ceiling Rail

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 5050 200 130 60
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 450

Ceiling Suspension Rail for Cable Carriage

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 4800 200 140 43
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed variable 200 140 380

Bucky Unit with Swivelling Arm (Detector Carriage)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 1360 780 1000 125
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed N/A N/A N/A 600

Generator (M-Cabinet CXA)

Crate/Box Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed 843 631 1274 115/130*
Transport 843 631 1274
Installed - cabinet closed 702 488 980 100/115*
Installed - Service (flip-flop swiv- 702 488 1360
eled)
Clearance 945 538 1360 N/A
*: without or with optional PDU transformer

Eleva Workspot (AWS-TX)

AWS-TX
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in crate or box 358 465 555 16.0
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed 215 276 449 14.1

24 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Monitor (EEC-A)
Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 630 565 370 17.5
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed 468 457 571 16.8

Wireless Portable Detector

Docking station *
Dimension (mm) Weight (Newton)
Length Width Height (10 N = 1 Kg)

Packed 555 465 358 167

Installed see drawings 144.4
* the docking station not packed for MobileDiagnost wDR

Wireless Portable Detector

Dimension (mm) Weight (Newton)
Length Width Height (10 N = 1 Kg)

Packed 555 465 358 167

Installed see drawings 47

Fix Detector (Pixium 4343 RC)

Dimension [mm] Mass [kg]
Length Width Height
Packed in Crate or Box 730 650 215 21
Transport N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installed 508 518 46 14

6.1.1 Generator Optimus

6.1.1.1 Mechanical data

For installation dimensions and weights see drawings Z-1.1.

Transport data:
Case No Contents Weights [kg] Dimensions [cm]
net gross length width height
1 - Generator cabinet
- Operating panel 178 226 210 82 84
- Cables
2 1 - tube version: 73 100
2 - tube version: 88 115 77 67 80
Contents: H.V. generator

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 25

6.2 Environmental Data

CAUTION
Attend the environmental data
• Take the environmental data into account during the installation.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

Important
Limited range of values
If you use a table and a PCR reader, the range of some values from the environmental are narrower
than those from the system. The table and PCR values are critical and limit the environmental data.
• Adhere to the table and PCR values, if they form a narrower range for the environmental data than
those from the system.

Ceiling Suspension (CS III)

Operation Stock / Transport
Temperature in °Celsius +10/+ 40 - 25/+ 70
Temperature in °Celsius/hour N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20/80 5/95
Gradient in %/hour N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5-500 5-500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 700/1100 700/1100

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

Ceiling Suspension (CS 2/4)

Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °C +10/+ 40 - 25/+ 70
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20/80 5/95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5 - 500 5 - 500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 10 peak

26 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Operation Stock/Transport
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 700/1100 700/1100

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

Table (TH)
Table Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °C +18 / +30 -25 / +70
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20 / 75 10 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5 / 500 N/A
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak N/A
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak <10 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 N/A
Air pressure in hPa 700 / 1060 500 / 1060

Single Sided Table (TH-S)

Operation Stock and Transport
Temperature in °C + 10 / +40 -25 / +70
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 30 / 90 10 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5-500 5-500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 700 / 1060 700 / 1060

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

Height Adjustable Trolley (TA-M)

Operation Stock and Transport
Temperature in °C 0 / +40 -40 / +75
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 27

Operation Stock and Transport

Humidity in % (non-condensing) 5 / 95 5 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5-500 5-500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 700 / 1100 700 / 1100

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

Wall Stand (VS)

Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °C 18 / 30 -25 / 70
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20 / 75 10 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 10-60 -
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm 0.035 -
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.5 -
Shock acceleration in g <5 < 25
Shock pulse duration in ms 6 -
Air pressure in hPa 700 / 1060 500 / 1060

Wall Stand (VM)

Wall Stand Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °C +18 / +30 -25 / +70
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20 / 75 10 / 100
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 10 - 60 -
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm 0.035 -
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 60 - 500 -
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.5 -
Shock acceleration in g < 15 < 25
Shock pulse duration in ms 6 -
Air pressure in hPa 700 / 1060 500 / 1060

28 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Generator (M-Cabinet CXA)

Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °Celsius + 10 to + 40 - 25 to + 70
Temperature in °Celsius / hour N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 30 to 75% 10 to 95%
Gradient in % / hour N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 10-55 10-55
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm 0.153 0.153
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 2G / 30 minutes 2G / 30 minutes
Shock acceleration in g N/A 10
Shock pulse duration in ms N/A 16 ms / 1000 shocks
Air pressure in hPa 700 to 1060 700 to 1060
Altitude maximum in m 3000 3000

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level 52 < dB @ 1 m
Energy transfer 60W
EMC Compliance Information

Eleva Workspot (AWS-TX)

AWS-TX
Operation Stock/Transport
Temperature in °C 0 /+ 40 - 10 /+ 70º
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20 / 80 5 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 10-150 10-150
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm ± 0.75
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 2 peak 10 peak
Shock acceleration in g 10 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in msec 10 10
Air pressure in hPa 70 / 700 500 / 1060

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level <47 dB(A)
Air cooling about 65 m3 /h
EMC CISPR 11/22 (Class B)/FCC (Class B)

Monitor (EEC-A)
According to PMS standard UXN 13600:
– Class C1; indoor temperature controlled
– Class M1; location/constructions and intended use with low vibration/shock levels

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 29

Operation Stock and Transport

Temperature in °C +10 / +35 -20 / +60
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 80% 80%
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Air pressure in hPa N/A N/A

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC According to EN 60601-1-2: 2001
standard

Wireless Portable Detector

Docking Station
Operation Stock /Transport
Min. Typical Max. Min. Max.
Temperature in °Celsius 10 25 35 ±0.5°C/ -25 +55 ±1°C/min
min
Humidity in % R.H 20 N/A 75 5 95
Air pressure in mbar 700 N/A 1100 500 1100
Vibration Max. 0.3 g Max. 2 g (packed)
Bumps N/A Max. 10 g (packed)
Drops N/A Max. 55 cm height (packed)

*To ensure a sufficient image quality, neither vibration nor bumps are allowed.

Detector
Operation Stock/Transport
Min. Typical Max. Min. Max.
Temperature in °Celsius -10 +55
Ambient temperature 18 - 30 - -
range for full perform-
ance in °Celsius
Ambient temperature 10 - 35 - -
range for functional per-
formance in °Celsius
Humidity in % R.H 20 N/A 75 5 95
Air pressure in mbar 700 N/A 1100 500 1100
Vibration (packed detec- Vibration 0.3 g max @10 - 200 Hz / 10 g max @ 10–150 Hz, dis-
tor) three axes / two sweeps / 1min/oct. placement 0.30-mm peak-peak /
(image quality not guaranteed) * three axes / 10 sweeps / 1min/oct
Vibration (unpacked de- * 2 g max @ 10–150 Hz, displace-
tector) ment 0.30-mm peak-peak / three
axes / 10 sweeps / 1min/oct
Bumps (packed detec- * 25 g max @half-sine / 16 ms /
tor) 100 times / six directions

30 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Operation Stock/Transport
Min. Typical Max. Min. Max.
Bumps (unpacked de- * 10 g max @half-sine / 16 ms /
tector) 100 times / six directions
Drops max.75 cm height max. 55-cm height (packed de-
tector)

*To ensure a sufficient image quality, neither vibration nor bumps are allowed.

Fix Detector (Pixium 4343 RC)

Operation Stock/Transport (packed)
Ambient temperature range in °C +15 ... +40 -25 ... +55
Ambient temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity range in % (non-condensing) 20 ... 75 5 ... 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5 ... 500 5 ... 500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.3 10
Shock acceleration in g N/A 25
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure range in hPa 700 ... 1060 500 ... 1060

*To ensure a sufficient image quality, no vibration and bumps are allowed.
Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

Reader S Plus
Operation Stock and Transport
Temperature in °C 10 / +40 -40 / +75
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 5 / 95 5 / 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5-500 5-500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 750 / 1060 750 / 1060

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 31

Barcode Reader
Operation Stock and Transport
Temperature in °C 10 to 40 -40 to 75
Temperature in °C/h N/A N/A
Humidity in % (non-condensing) 20 to 80 5 to 95
Gradient in %/h N/A N/A
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 5 to 500 5 to 500
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0.25 peak 1.0 peak
Shock acceleration in g 5 peak 30 peak
Shock pulse duration in ms 11 11
Air pressure in hPa 700 to 1100 700 to 1100

Item Comment
Acoustic noise level N/A
Air cooling N/A
EMC IEC 950

6.3 Electrical Data

Ceiling Suspension (CSIII)
Equipment related: Value Unit
Power required 575 VA
Nominal voltages 230 VAC
Nominal current 2.5 A
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Heat emission
standby - W (1 Joule/sec = 1
Watt)
in operation - W (1 Joule/sec = 1
Watt)

Ceiling Suspension (CS 2/4)

Ceiling Suspension CS 2/4

Equipment related Value Unit
Power required 575 VA
Nominal voltages 230 VAC
Nominal current 2.5 A
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Heat emission
standby N/A N/A
in operation N/A N/A

32 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Table (TH)
Equipment related Value Unit
Power required (max.) 1350 VA
Power required (standby) 150 VA
Nominal voltages 230 Vac
Nominal current 5.5 A
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Heat emission
Standby 150 W (1 J/s = 1 W)
In operation N/A W (1 J/s = 1 W)

Mains supply related Value Unit

Supply configurations 230 Vac r.m.s., single phase
Mains resistance N/A Ohm
Measured current N/A A
Voltage variation ±10 %
Voltage impulse 1500 Vpeak Vpeak
Static frequency variation 50 or 60 ±1 Hz

Single Sided Table (TH-S)

Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required VA
Nominal voltages 220-230 Vac
Nominal current A
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Heat emission
standby 30 W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation 100 W (1 J/s = 1 W)

Height Adjustable Trolley (TA-M)

Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required VA
Nominal voltages Vac
Nominal current A
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Heat emission
standby W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation W (1 J/s = 1 W)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 33

Wallstand (VS)
Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required (max.) 391 VA
Power required (standby) 130 VA
Nominal voltages 230 Vac r.m.s. single phase
Nominal current 1.7 A
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Heat emission
Standby 130 W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation 160 W (1 J/s = 1 W)

Mains Supply Related Value

Supply configurations 230 Vac Single phase, 4 wires
Mains resistance Less or equal 1 Ω
Measured current 0.025 A standby (50 Hz)
0.14 A standby (60 Hz)
Voltage variation -15%, +10%
Voltage impulse 1500 Vpeak
Static frequency variation 50 or 60 ±1 Hz

Wall Stand (VM)

Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required 332 VA
Nominal voltages 220-230 Vac
Nominal current 1.4 A
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Heat emission
standby 120 W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation 130 W (1 J/s = 1 W)

Generator (M-Cabinet CXA)

Equipment related 50 kW 65 kW 80 kW
Power required 70 kVA 85 kVA 102 kVA
(short term)
Power required 5 kVA 5 kVA 5 kVA
(continuous)
Nominal voltages 380 - 480 Vac ± 10% Vac
Maximal currents at 380 V 105 A 135 A 165 A
Maximal currents at 400 V 102 A 124 A 150 A
Maximal currents at 480 V 85 A 105 A 125 A
Nominal frequency 50-60 Hz

Mains supply related 50 kW 65 kW 80 kW

Supply configurations 3-Phase Y: 5 wires
Mains resistance

34 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Mains supply related 50 kW 65 kW 80 kW

@ 380 V < 200 mΩ < 130 mΩ < 100 mΩ
@ 400 V < 300 mΩ < 200 mΩ < 200 mΩ
@ 480 V < 400 mΩ < 300 mΩ < 300 mΩ
Measured current in-
rush
@ 380 V 105 A during 100 ms 135 A during 100 ms 165 A during 100 ms
@ 400 V 102 A during 100 ms 124 A during 100 ms 150 A during 100 ms
@ 480 V 85 A during 100 ms 105 A during 100 ms 125 A during 100 ms
Measured current 5.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A
standby
Measured current max
@ 380 V 105 A during exp. 135 A during exp. 165 A during exp.
@ 400 V 102 A during exp. 124 A during exp. 150 A during exp.
@ 480 V 85 A during exp. 105 A during exp. 125 A during exp.
Voltage variation ± 10%
Voltage impulse N/A N/A N/A
Voltage sag N/A N/A N/A
Static frequency varia- N/A N/A N/A
tion
Dynamic frequency var- N/A N/A N/A
iation
Harmonic voltage dis- N/A N/A N/A
tortion
(single, total)
Neutral to ground volt- N/A N/A N/A
age variation
Neutral to ground volt- N/A N/A N/A
age impulse

Eleva Workspot (AWS-TX)

AWS-TX
Equipment Related
Power required 130 VA (maximum power consumption)
Nominal voltages 100 – 240 Vac
Nominal frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Heat emission (standby) 5 W (1 Joule/sec = 1 Watt)
Heat emission (in operation) 80 W (1 Joule/sec = 1 Watt)

Mains Supply Related

Supply configurations Single phase, 3 wires
Voltage variation 100 – 240 Vac

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 35

Monitor (EEC-A)
Equipment Related
Max. power required 50 VA
Nominal voltage (with power supply) 12 Vdc
Nominal current 4A
Max. voltage range ± 5%

Wireless Portable Detector

For powering up the docking station, an external double insulated power supply with 24 VDC is nec-
essary (IEC 60601-1 compliant). This power supply is located inside the SPDU / Generator cabinet.

WPD
Equipment Related Typical Value Unit
Power required 96 VA
Nominal voltages 24 Vdc
Nominal frequency N/A Hz

Fix Detector (Pixium 4343 RC)

Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required 84 VA
Nominal voltages 24 V ± 10 % Vdc
Nominal current 3.5 max. A
Nominal frequency N/A N/A
Heat emission
standby N/A W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation N/A W (1 J/s = 1 W)

Reader S Plus
Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required 100 VA
Nominal voltages Vac
Nominal current A
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Heat emission
standby W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation 290 W (1 J/s = 1 W)

36 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Barcode Reader
Equipment Related Value Unit
Power required VA
Nominal voltages Vdc
Nominal current A
Nominal frequency Hz
Heat emission
standby W (1 J/s = 1 W)
in operation W (1 J/s = 1 W)

6.3.1 Generator Optimus

6.3.1.1 Operating data

Operating Data
Data Generator Power
50kW 65kW 80kW
Tube current 1 ... 650mA 1 ... 900mA 1 ... 1100mA
Tube voltage 40 ... 150kV in kV- or %-steps
mAs product 0.5 ... 850mAs
Exposure time 1ms ... 6s / 16s
Exposure frequency ≤ 12 exp./s
Interfacing option for door contact, external radiation warning indicator

6.3.1.2 Power data and mains conditions

Mains Voltage
Voltage Generator Power
50kW 65kW 80kW
Mains voltage 400V ±10% (≅ 415V +6% / 380V -5%)
400V ±10% / 440V ±10% / *
460V ±10%
480V +6% | -10% * *
200V...380V ±10% **
* = with internal mains transformer (option)
** = with external mains transformer; (option)

Mains Frequency
Frequency Generator Power
50kW 65kW 80kW
Mains frequency 49 ... 61Hz

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 37

Max. mains current

Mains Voltage Generator Power
50kW 65kW 80kW
Exposure:
400V 145A 190A 230A
440V 135A 180A 215A
460V 125A 170A 210A
480V 120A 160A 205A
190V 300A - -
Short-time
power consumption 100kVA 132kVA 160kVA
[I x U x √3]

Fuse protection
Fuse protection Generator Power
50kW 65kW 80kW
Fuse protection 35A 50A
(slow–blow) 100A at ≤ 240V -
Connected load
[IFuse x U x √3] 25kVA 35kVA

Important
The fuse must be installed between hospital
mains and MEX-field.

Or refer to: Drawings > Connection diagram

Z-7.1

Emergency power supply

Emergency Generator Power
power supply: 50kW 65kW 80kW
static Short-time power consumption
(inverter) [I x U x √3]
dynamic
(diesel generator Connected load
with flywheel mass) [IFuse x U x √3]

Mains resistance
Generator Power
Voltage 50kW 65kW 80kW
400V ≤ 300mΩ ≤ 200mΩ
440V ≤ 350mΩ ≤ 240mΩ
460V ≤ 350mΩ ≤ 240mΩ
480V ≤ 400mΩ ≤ 300mΩ
480V valid for DOD only ≤ 300mΩ ≤ 240mΩ ≤ 180mΩ

38 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Important
500mΩ is the absolute max. mains resistance.

6.4 Network Data

Item Type Comment
Connector type RJ 45 PH standard
Cable type UTP PH standard
Network layers Fast Ethernet (100 Mbit/s)
GigaBit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s)

6.5 Remote Service Data

N/A

7 Equipment Identification and Labeling

N/A
marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 39

This page intentionally left blank

40 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

START-UP SEQUENCE

N/A
marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 41

This page intentionally left blank

42 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES

Contents

8 Remote and Onsite Access......................................................................................... 47

8.1 Nearby Connection................................................................................................................ 47
8.2 Remote Assistance via LOTS................................................................................................ 47
8.2.1 Philips Remote Service PRS.................................................................................................. 50
8.3 Nearby Connection to the System......................................................................................... 50

9 Eleva Workspot............................................................................................................ 50
9.1 Acquisition Workspot AWS-TX............................................................................................... 50
9.1.1 User Messages...................................................................................................................... 50
9.1.2 Error Codes of System-Generated User Messages............................................................... 51
9.2 Logging.................................................................................................................................. 52
9.2.1 Introduction to Log Files......................................................................................................... 52
9.2.2 Log File Storage and Access................................................................................................. 53
9.2.3 Viewing, Analyzing, and Retrieving Log Files........................................................................ 54
9.2.4 Log Entry Structure................................................................................................................ 54
9.2.5 Collecting Log Files from a Corrupted System....................................................................... 63
9.3 System and Patient Data....................................................................................................... 63
9.3.1 Creating a Problem Report.................................................................................................... 63
9.3.2 Transferring Relevant System Information............................................................................. 65
9.3.3 Query and Retrieve................................................................................................................ 65
9.4 Self Tests............................................................................................................................... 65
9.5 Network Node Test................................................................................................................ 65
9.5.1 Connectivity............................................................................................................................ 66
9.6 Functional Tests in Eleva Workspot User Interface............................................................... 68
9.6.1 Access to the Service Tool..................................................................................................... 68
9.6.2 Printer Calibration.................................................................................................................. 71
9.6.3 Calibrating the Monitor........................................................................................................... 71
9.6.4 Calibrating the Export Filter.................................................................................................... 74
9.6.5 DICOM Verification................................................................................................................ 79
9.6.6 Loading the Test Images........................................................................................................ 79
9.6.7 Image Comparison................................................................................................................. 81
9.7 Functional Tests in the Service Tool...................................................................................... 81
9.7.1 Service Tool (PSC)................................................................................................................ 81

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 43

9.7.2 CAN Monitoring...................................................................................................................... 81

9.7.3 SAN Monitoring...................................................................................................................... 81
9.7.4 Brake State............................................................................................................................ 82
9.7.5 CS Data Monitoring................................................................................................................ 82
9.7.6 Position and Safety Switch States......................................................................................... 82
9.7.7 Bucky Unit.............................................................................................................................. 82
9.7.8 DIP Switches.......................................................................................................................... 82
9.7.9 Monitor Height Test................................................................................................................ 82
9.7.10 Power Supply......................................................................................................................... 82
9.7.11 Detectors................................................................................................................................ 82

10 Ceiling Suspension CS III............................................................................................ 84

10.1 Overview................................................................................................................................ 84
10.2 Logging.................................................................................................................................. 84
10.3 Self Tests............................................................................................................................... 85
10.3.1 POST (Ceiling Suspension)................................................................................................... 85
10.3.2 Collimator Self Test................................................................................................................ 85

11 Table TH...................................................................................................................... 85
11.1 Self Tests............................................................................................................................... 85
11.1.1 DigitalDiagnost TH Self Test.................................................................................................. 85
11.1.2 Tray Drive Self Test (Option)................................................................................................. 86
11.2 Performance Test................................................................................................................... 87
11.2.1 Table Movement.................................................................................................................... 87
11.2.2 Table Top Movement............................................................................................................. 88
11.2.3 Height Sensing....................................................................................................................... 89

12 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA........................................................................ 90

12.1 GEST Basics.......................................................................................................................... 90
12.1.1 Generator E Service Tool (GEST) Installation....................................................................... 90
12.1.2 Communication with the Service PC...................................................................................... 90
12.1.3 Downloading the Current Generator Configuration File......................................................... 93
12.1.4 Saving the Configuration Backup File.................................................................................... 94
12.2 Logging.................................................................................................................................. 95
12.2.1 Event Log Access.................................................................................................................. 95
12.2.2 Description of Event Logs...................................................................................................... 98
12.3 Debug Tab of GEST............................................................................................................. 100
12.4 Self Tests............................................................................................................................. 102
12.4.1 Power-on Self Test............................................................................................................... 102

44 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

12.4.2 RIO Self Test........................................................................................................................ 103

13 Generator Optimus.................................................................................................... 104

13.1 Generator Self Test (Optimus)............................................................................................. 104
13.2 RIO Self Test (Optimus)....................................................................................................... 105

14 Detector Pixium 4600................................................................................................ 106

14.1 Continuous Power Pixium 4600 Detector............................................................................ 106
14.2 Pixium 4600 Detector Self Test............................................................................................ 106

15 Detector Pixium 5500 (WPD)..................................................................................... 106

15.1 POST (Pixium 5500)............................................................................................................ 106

16 Barcode Reader......................................................................................................... 107

16.1 Selftests............................................................................................................................... 107
16.2 Poor Barcode Reading......................................................................................................... 107
16.2.1 Prefix and Suffix Settings..................................................................................................... 108
.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 45

This page intentionally left blank

46 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

8 Remote and Onsite Access

The systems offers various fault finding tools with remote or onsite access. In general, the fault find-
ing on the hardware takes place onsite. To perform the software-based fault finding, the following ac-
cess possibilities are available.

Onsite
– The application software on the Eleva Workspot of the system
– The nearby connection functionality that supports a wired connection for the FSE laptop with its de-
tection tools (see chapter Nearby Connection on page 47)

Remote
– Remote assistance (LOTS) for the remote access to the Service Tool (see chapter Remote Assis-
tance via LOTS on page 47).

Tip
User messages
The Service Tool offers the opportunity to write notifications to the clinical user and to a fellow field
service engineer.
• Consider this opportunity to inform both groups on remote actions that you took on the system (see
chapter Service Messages on page 51).

8.1 Nearby Connection

If you work onsite and want to use your detection tools on the service laptop, it is possible to connect
the system and service laptop with the Nearby Connection Functionality.

Important
The nearby function only works in case the VNC remover is not started.

8.2 Remote Assistance via LOTS

• To activate Look Over The Shoulder (LOTS), go to UI: System ➜ General ➜ Remote assistance.

Restrictions
It is not possible to start a session with the Service Tool via the LOTS functionality.
1. If you want to access the Service Tool via a remote access (for example, parallel to the LOTS ses-
sion), start an additional remote session that opens the Service Tool.
2. To start a remote service session via the Service Tool, see chapter Philips Remote Service
PRS on page 50.
Due to safety reasons, there are restrictions for remote Service Tool sessions. These restrictions are
bypassed when you open the Service Tool remotely via the UI and click [Start] to initiate the remote
service.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 47

Basic Functionality
Security and Responsibility
• Before you start the remote assistance read the
security measures and privacy policies.
The local operator bears the responsibilities that
are associated with the use of the remote assis-
tance.

Fig. 2

Near Connection
For some reasons, it is practical to log in to the
Service Tool via the remote access but near to
the system, for example from a laptop directly at
the RSN capable device. This option is called
Near Connection.

Single Session
– The remote assistance is available until you click
[Stop].
– If you restart the system without pressing [Stop]
before, the remote assistance session is stopped
automatically. Fig. 3

Multiple Sessions
– The remote assistance is available until you click
[Stop].
– If you restart the system without pressing [Stop]
before, the remote assistance session is not
stopped automatically. Therefore, the remote as-
sistance is available for the selected time.
– The remaining time for multiple sessions is
shown. It is updated every minute.

48 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Help Desk User Password

– The client chooses eight alphanumeric charac-
ters password with at least a number and a capi-
tal letter.
– This password is mandatory to reconnect after
the system restart.
– It is only possible to reconnect after restarting the
system without pressing [Stop].

Fig. 4

Connection Status
– If a client is successfully connected, "Active" is
displayed and the background color of [Stop] is
black.
– If "Inactive" is displayed and the background col-
or of [Stop] is white, the client is not connected.

Fig. 5

Service Access States

No access: It is not possible to dial in a system.
Monitoring only: Look over the shoulder without remote control is enabled.
Full access: Look over the shoulder including take over (remote control of the local console) is ena-
bled.

Tips and Tricks

Switching between applications via <Alt> + <Tab> (for example, between the Eleva system UI and
the EVA tool) is not possible when connected via LOTS. Instead, do the following:
1. Click the icon in the upper left corner of the LOTS screen.
2. A menu appears. In this menu, select Alt.
3. The menu usually closes now. If it does not close automatically, leave the drop-down menu.
4. The next keystroke sends a combination of Alt + the individual key. Press <Tab> several times until
the proper icon appears (be patient, the system reacts with a delay).
5. Once the correct program is selected, go back to the upper left icon and unselect Alt. The system
switches to the selected application. The menu closes.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 49

8.2.1 Philips Remote Service PRS

The Eleva Workspot is prepared for remote support via Philips Remote Services (PRS). PRS pro-
vides standardized means and structures for remote system access. The Remote Service Network
(RSN) supports the data exchange.
1. For PRS-related advice and implementation support, contact your SSD/SSR Remote Support Spe-
cialist.
2. For more information, see the PRS homepage.

8.3 Nearby Connection to the System

The Nearby Connection Functionality
The nearby connection functionality supports a remote connection via a service PC, as long as the
VNC functionality is enabled.

Pre-Requisites
– TC092 - Service PC
Minimum requirements: Windows 7 or higher, state-of-the-art virus protection, memory: minimum
800 MHz 4.0 GB RAM, 160 GB Hard drive capacity, DVD drive, one serial (RS232) port with 9–pin
connector, and two USB interfaces
– Ethernet cable (long)

Procedure
To start the nearby connection, perform the following:
1. Go to UI: System ➜ General ➜ Remote service access mode ➜ Monitoring /Full access.
2. To start the remote assistance, click [Start].
3. To accept the disclaimer, click [Accept].
4. To activate the nearby connection functionality, click [Near connection].
5. To start the VNC server, click [OK].
6. Use the port that connects the Eleva Workspot to the hospital network to connect your service PC
directly.
7. To match the IP address with the subnet of the Eleva Workspot, change the IP address on the serv-
ice laptop. Find the corresponding IP address in the clinical application software.
8. On the service PC, open the browser. Enter http://<AWS IP>:5800/.

Failure of the Nearby Connection

At the service PC:
1. To get access to a command prompt, select [Start], choose the option Run, and enter cmd.
2. Start the tool IPconfig /all. Verify the IP-address of the Service PC.
3. To check the TCP/IP connection between the Service PC and the EWS PC, ping the EWS PC.

9 Eleva Workspot

9.1 Acquisition Workspot AWS-TX

9.1.1 User Messages

There are two types of user messages:
– System-generated user messages
– Text messages from the service engineer

50 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

User messages inform the user about a certain state of the system.
If user messages contain specific error codes, they only indicate general reasons for a problem. To
find out specific errors and causes for a problem, a further investigation of the system log data is re-
quired.
Text messages are optional and written with the service messaging function in the Service Tool.
They are intended to give a notification on taken actions to the following persons:
– Clinical users, as pop-up window when the Eleva software starts
– Field service engineers, in the system status screen when the Service Tool opens

9.1.1.1 Service Messages

To inform the clinical user, especially about work on the system via the remote access, and fellow
field service engineers about actions that were performed, the Service Tool offers the opportunities
to write services messages. They have one the following appearances:
– Pop-up window in Eleva for the clinical user
– System Status Screen when the Service Tool opens for the field service engineer.
To create a service message, do the following:
1. Go to Service Tool: General ➜ Specify Notification Message.
2. From the drop-down list, choose Clinical User or Field Service Engineer.
3. In the field Message Title, enter a title of max. 80 characters.
4. In the field Description, enter your message.
5. Click [Submit].
6. To delete superfluous messages, click [Delete].
7. Click [OK].
Once submitted a service message, a log entry is created.

What the Clinical User sees upon Login

When the clinical user logs in to the Eleva system, the service message appears.
• If the clinical user clicks [Yes] to accept the message, a log entry is created. The user message is
not shown again upon the next clinical user login.
• If the clinical user clicks [No], the message is shown upon the next logins until it is accepted.

9.1.2 Error Codes of System-Generated User Messages

CODE Code text Explanation, possible reason
1 Unknown error. —
2 Invalid or corrupt data objects. —
3 Device-related error. —
4 Repository-related error. —
5 Selected DataObject not found or locked. —
6 Error in the configuration repository data. For example, local node is
not yet “known to” (config-
ured in) the external node
7 There is no medium in the device. —
8 Job-related error. —
4096 The establishment of the connection fails due to network —
problems or DICOM association problems.
4097 Something wrong with the (DICOM) protocol. —
4098 The repository does not support the object and therefore —
skips the object.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 51

CODE Code text Explanation, possible reason

4099 The repository rejects the object. For example, receiving
DICOM node does not ac-
knowledge the store request
4100 The medium disk cannot be updated because it is write pro- —
tected.
4101 The selected objects to store do not fit anymore on the me- —
dium.
12289 An error occurred while trying to store in the repository. —
12290 An error occurred while doing a query in the repository. —
12291 Two images were compared but they are not equal. —
12292 Field Service test has not been started yet. —

9.2 Logging
Logging stands for saving running processes and events into log files, such as their successful finali-
zation, deviations, errors, and abnormal ends of processes. Log files allow surveying the system op-
eration and communication.

9.2.1 Introduction to Log Files

In case of any deviation and depending on the deviation severity, different log files are a starting
point for operators, technicians, and developers to perform a fault finding and possible correction of
the error. The different types of log files are:
– Service logs
– Developer logs
– DICOM logs
– External logs

Customizing the Log File Export

Important
Extended time range of the log file availability
Log files including errors and events are stored for at least three months.

To start the export with an acceptable amount of data, a default logging time range of one week is
used. Depending on the situation, it is useful to extend this time range and to add more log groups.
Log files are stored for three months. However, with an extended time range, the amount of data and
accordingly the required time for the export of data increases.
Therefore, do the following:
1. Determine if one week default is sufficient.
2. Modify Start Date Time and End Date Time, if necessary.
3. Select the additional group of logs.
– System logs - selected per default (it is not possible to deselect this group).
– Developer logs - always include the developer logs (if you intend to contact the helpdesk for sup-
port).
– DICOM logs - are available if the dedicated logging for DICOM communication fault finding was
activated recently (done in the SCU/SCP setting tabs of the external DICOM node configuration).
4. Start the log data collection.

52 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Tip
Depending on the amount of data, you want to collect, the log export process takes up to several
minutes.
• Wait for a reasonable time, even if the progress bar stops for a while.

For the transfer of log data, the following target destinations are possible:
– The Service partition (F:\Transfer\Data).
From this location, it is possible to copy the data to a removable USB device via Service Tool: Gen-
eral ➜ Utilities ➜ Transfer/Burn files.
– The burn folder (F:\BurnFolder).
From this location, it is possible to write the data to a DVD via Service Tool: General ➜ Utilities ➜
Transfer/Burn files.
– A removable USB device (J:\).
– A remote service station via RSN/PRS.

9.2.2 Log File Storage and Access

Log files are stored on the hard drive of the Eleva Workspot. There are two ways to handle log files.
1. To view service logs, use the CAT log viewer, as described in chapter Service Logs on page 53.
2. To access all other log file types, find more information here:
– chapter Developer Logs on page 53

9.2.2.1 Service Logs

The CAT log viewer is pre-installed on all Eleva Workspots and allows viewing service logs.
1. To open the log viewer, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Log Viewer.
2. If you want to review service log files offline, on the service laptop for example, this is also possible.
• To get an offline version of the CAT log viewer, download it from the InCenter.
3. To download service logs from the system, go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ System
log files.
4. For more information about CAT, see chapter Common Analyzing Tool on page 54.

9.2.2.2 Developer Logs

Developer logs are intended for specific problems that are impossible to solve in the field.
1. To download the developer logs, go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ System log files.
2. Select Developer logs.
3. For more information see the Service Tool help.

9.2.2.3 DICOM Logs

For each DICOM communication transaction, a new log file is created when the corresponding
DICOM node is configured.
1. To configure this DICOM node, go to Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Network ➜ External DICOM
nodes ➜ Advanced Settings ➜ SCU and SCP Setting ➜ Transfer Settings ➜ Logging on (Yes/
No).

Important
DICOM logging
a) Only switch on DICOM logging if there are specific questions related to the DICOM data transfer.
Then, DICOM transaction log files are continuously written.
b) Switch off the setting after the diagnosis.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 53

2. To download the DICOM logs, go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ System log files.
3. Select DICOM Logs.

Important
DICOM log export only covers latest DICOM transaction
With the export of the DICOM logs, only the latest log files are transferred. If they are not sufficient
for an indepth investigation, it is possible to access earlier log files stored in the system.
a) To transfer a comprehensive number of DICOM transaction logs, use the file transfer utility: Service
Tool: General ➜ Utilities ➜ Transfer/Burn files.
b) As data source, select Service partition/All files > Logs > DICOM.

For further information, see the Help tab in the Service Tool.

9.2.2.4 External Logs

9.2.3 Viewing, Analyzing, and Retrieving Log Files

9.2.3.1 Common Analyzing Tool

The log viewer CAT is a tool to display, handle, and analyze all available log messages. It is a useful
fault finding tool.
1. To access CAT, go to Service Tool ➜ Log viewer. The program CAT opens in a separate window.
2. To switch from your current window to CAT, press together <Alt> and <Tab>.

CAT References
1. For more information see the online help of the Service Tool.
2. See also the offline tool of CAT and the related documents (available in InCenter > CAT and Zeppe-
lin Service Applications).

Hint for CAT Version 7.1

To open a system log files, you need at least CAT 7.1.
Opening a system log file (ZIP) with the offline
version of CAT 7.1 might fail.
With the offline version of CAT 7.1 proceed as
follows:
1. Expand the ZIP file and go to the desired file, for
example, "Logs\SystemLogs.xml". Fig. 6
2. Transfer the file to Selected Files and continue
usually.

9.2.4 Log Entry Structure

9.2.4.1 Index Number and Time Stamp

Every log message has an index number and a time stamp. Depending on the severity of the inci-
dent, log messages are classified as errors and events. The time stamp records the occurring time.
To have the time stamp synchronized, the time settings of all system components have to be the
same throughout the system.
The time stamp uses milliseconds [ms] as the highest resolution. The format is hh:mm:ss:xxx.

9.2.4.2 Severity Classes

– Problem messages by OS
54 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES Eleva Workspot

– Problems with configuration files

– Problems with allocation of memory
– Problems with the database initialization and access
– Problems with component startup, shut down
– Problems with component connections and interfaces
– Component malfunctions
– Communication problems
– Undefined system shutdowns (if possible)
The severity of these errors (Fatal Error, Error, Warning, Minimal) depends on their impact on the
system functionality.
EVENT log entries are written in cases such as:
– System and application startup (with date and time info, version control info)
– System and application shutdown (with date and time info)
– ...
These events represent no real error messages, but the information is useful for fault finding. By re-
cording them as a type of “error”, they are also written to the dedicated error history files.

Logging Categories
The following table maps the previously used CXA logging categories and the common data format
(CDF) used today.

Mapping of CXA and CDF Logging Categories

CXA CDF
Severity Type Log Event Information
Debug Extended (0) Developer Information DebugLowLevel
Debug Normal (1) Developer Information DebugHighLevel
Service Extended (2) Service Information DebugLowLevel
Service Normal (3) Service Information DebugHighLevel
Developer Info (0x14) Developer Information NoDetailInfo
Info (Minimal) (4) Service Information NoDetailInfo
Developer Warning (0x15) Developer Warning NoDetailInfo
Warning (5) Service Warning NoDetailInfo
Developer Error (0x16) Developer Error NoDetailInfo
Error (6) Service Error NoDetailInfo
Fatal Error (7) Service Fatal NoDetailInfo

9.2.4.3 Event ID and Package

Event ID
To localize an event, regarding business unit, subsystem, and component, the column Event ID uses
a string of 12 digits. The first six of the 12 digits describe the origin of the recorded event.

Mapping of Event ID and Localization

Digit of Event ID Localization Example
1 Business Unit 5 = GXR
2 N/A N/A
3 Subsystem 01 = System controller
4

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 55

Digit of Event ID Localization Example

5 Component 18 = CAT log viewer and analyzer
6

Package
In the column Package, CAT translates the digit string of the event ID into abbreviations that are
easy to read.
• For more information on the abbreviations, see chapter Subsystem and Component
IDs on page 56.

Subsystem and Component IDs

Subsystem

Important
Subsystems are physical building blocks including the software. Parts of this software is situated on
the unit itself and/or on the system controller. A component can be a physical block and software
too, such as a licence server.

A subsystem consists of one or more components. Every subsystem has unique name and number
(SubSysID=SS). Every component has a name and number too (Comp ID=CC). But, component
IDs are only unqiue for a specific subsystem. Thus, they can be issued several times in the following
tables.

Assignment of Subsystem and Components and their IDs

Comp ID Assignment: 01 – System Controller (SY)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
System Controller 01 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(SY) this Subsystem
Common Code COCO 01
Controller Area Network CAN 02
CXA Subsystem SUSY 03
License Server LIC 04
Communication Interface Com- COMIC 05
ponent
LOG Server LOGSVR 06
User Interface Message Server UIMS 07
MIP Component Suite MCS 08
Configuration Server CFG 09
Workflow WFL 10
Motion Control MC 11
Logi Framework LOGI 12
Look Over The Shoulder LOTS 13
EtherCAT Master ECM 14
CXA Message Router CXAROUT 15
PII Controlling PIICTL 16

56 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp

Sys ID) tion ID)
PSA Hosting Application PSAHOST 17
CAT Log Viewer / Analyzer CAT 18
Contract Violation Service CVSVR 19
Threshold Notification Service THNSVR 20
System Component SYSC 21

Comp ID Assignment: 03 – Geometry and Collimation (STAND)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Geometry and Collimation 03 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(STAND) this Subsystem
Geometry GCU 01
Beam Limiting Device BLD 02
Spotfilm Device SCOPO 03
Scopo Operation Control SOC 04
Table Side Operation Control TSO 05
Bucky Unit Controller BU 07
Bucky Unit User Interface BUUI 08

Comp ID Assignment: 05 – Image Processing for Digital Imaging (IP)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Image Processing for Digital 05 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
Imaging this Subsystem
(IP) Digital Imaging DI 01

Comp ID Assignment: 06 – X-Ray Generation (XG)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
X-ray Generation 06 Generator Components XGEN 00-09
(XG) System Controller Software for SYSSW 10
this Subsystem
DAP Chamber Diamentor DAPDI 11
XGen General XGEN 20-29
General Component xx XGNxx 30-39

Comp ID Assignment: 07 – Wall Bucky (WB)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Wall Bucky 07 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(WB) this Subsystem
Bucky Wall Stand Geometry BWSGEO 01
Bucky Wall Stand Cassette BWSCAS 02
Module

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 57

Comp ID Assignment: 08 – Ceiling Suspension and Collimation (CS)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Ceiling Suspension and Colli- 08 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
mation this Subsystem
(CS) Ceiling Suspension Control CSCH 01
Handle
Beam Limiting Device: Nicol BLD 02
Collimator
Longitudinal Tomography Drive LODRV 03
Tilt Tomography Drive TIDRV 04
Height Drive HEDRV 06
Longitudinal Drive (Axis Con- LODRV 07
troller)
Lateral Drive (Axis Controller) LADRV 08
Height Drive (Axis Controller) HEDRV 09

Comp ID Assignment: 09 – Ceiling Suspension Top and Collimation (CST)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Ceiling Suspension Top and 09 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
Collimation this Subsystem
(CST) Tube Control Handle TCH 01
Beam Limiting Device: Nicol BLD 02
Collimator
Tube Tilt Controller TLTCTL 03
Height Controller HEIGHTC 04
TL
Longitudinal Controller LONGCTL 05
Arm swing Controller ARMS- 06
WINGCTL
Lateral Controller LATCTL 07
ObjectDetection Arm Swing ODE- 08
TARM
SWING
Object Detection Tube Assem- ODET- 09
bly TUBE AS-
SEM

Comp ID Assignment: 10 – EPX (EPX)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
EPX 10 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
this Subsystem
Database DB 01
Configuration Server CFG 09

58 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Comp ID Assignment: 11 – Eleva Examination Console (DAM) (EEC)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Eleva Examination Console 11 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(DAM) this Subsystem
(EEC)

Comp ID Assignment: 12 – Patient Administration (PA)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Patient Administration 12 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(PA) this Subsystem by PATEX
System Controller Software for SYCRN 01
this Subsystem by CRNuevo

Comp ID Assignment: 13 – Field Service Conponents (FS)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Field Service Components 13 FS Abstraction Software from FSA 00
(FS) Application to Framework
General X-ray GXR 01
Image Detection ID 02
X-ray Generation XG 03
Bucky Components: Wall BUCKY 04
Stand, Ceiling Suspension CS
Eleva Examination Console EEC 05
(DAM)
Acquisition Control ACQCO 06
Room IO RIO 07
Image Processing Live Imag- IPLI 08
ing
Common Console CCON 09
Archiving AR 10
System SYSTEM 11
Patient Administration PA 12
Firewall FIREW 13
PCR Reader READR 14
Ceiling Suspension CS 15
Wall Bucky WB 16
Wall Stand Family WSF 17
ASCII RIS / FTP RIS PARIS 18
Multi Diagnost Eleva (Stand) MD 20
Beam Limiting Device BLD 21
EasyDiagnost Eleva (Stand) ED 22
Table TH TH 23
Table THS THS 24

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 59

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp

Sys ID) tion ID)
Ceiling Suspension and Colli- CST 25
mation Top
Image Detection FSXD IDFSXD 26
Image Detection FDXD IDFDXD 27
Version Manager VMGR 28
Image Processing for Single IPSSI 29
Shot Imaging (= static imaging)
Workflow WFL 30
FSC3D for MD 3D 31
Ceiling Suspension 2/4 CS24 32

Comp ID Assignment: 14 – Room In/Out (RIO)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Room In/Out 14 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(RIO) this Subsystem
Room IO RIO 01
RIO Components 10-14
Remote Control RC 20

Comp ID Assignment: 15 – Printing (PR)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Printing 15 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(PR) this Subsystem
Print Component APC PRT 01
Print Component MCS (han- MCS 02
dled via APC)
Printing Unit/Device (handled PU 03
via APC)

Comp ID Assignment: 16 – Archieving (AR)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Archiving 16 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(AR) this Subsystem
Archiving Unit/Device AR 01

Comp ID Assignment: 17 – Reviewing (RV)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Reviewing 17 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(RV) this Subsystem
AR 01

60 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Comp ID Assignment: 18 – Common Console (CCON)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Common Console (Interface to 18 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
Clinical User - GXR UI) this Subsystem
(CCON)

Comp ID Assignment: 19 – Wall Stand VS (VS)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Wall Stand VS 19 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(VS) this Subsystem
Tilt Controller TLTCTL 02
Height Controller HEIGHTC 03
TL
Bucky Unit Controller BU 07
Bucky Unit Portable Controller BUP 08
UI Controller UI 09
Remote Control VS RCVS 10

Comp ID Assignment: 21 – Image Detection FSXD (IDFS)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Image Detection FSXD 21 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(IDFS) this Subsystem
Pre-Processing PRPROC 01
Table Detector FSXDT 02
Wall Stand Detector FSXDW 03
Portable FSXDP 04

Comp ID Assignment: 22 – Image Detection CR (IDCR)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Image Detection CR 22 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(IDCR) this Subsystem
CR Reader Unit FUJI CRU 01

Comp ID Assignment: 23 – Image Processing for Single Shot Imaging (IPSSI)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Image Processing for Single 23 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
Shot Imaging this Subsystem
(IPSSI) Single Shot Imaging SSI 01

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 61

Comp ID Assignment: 25 – Table TH (TH)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Table TH 25 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(TH) this Subsystem
Geometry GEO 01
Tray Drive TRDRV 05
Bucky Unit controller BU 07
Bucky Unit user interface BUUI 08
UI Controller UI 09

Comp ID Assignment: 26 – Table THS (THS)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Table THS 26 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(THS) this Subsystem
Geometry GEO 01
UI controller UI 02

Comp ID Assignment: 28 – Second Ceiling Suspension and Collimation (CS2)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Second Ceiling Suspension 28 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
and Collimation this Subsystem
(CS2) Ceiling Suspension Control CSCH 01
Handle
Beam Limiting Device BLD 02
Longitudinal Tomo Drive LODRV 03
Tilt Tomo Drive TIDRV 04
Tray Tomo Drive TRDRV 05
Height Drive HEDRV 06

Comp ID Assignment: 29 – VM Stand (VM)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
VM Stand 29 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(VM) this Subsystem
Tilt Controller TLTCTL 02
Height Controller HEIGHTC 03
TL
Longitudinal Controller LONGCTL 04
Bucky Unit Controller BU 07
UI Controller UI 09
Remote Control VM RCVM 10

62 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Comp ID Assignment: 30 – Version Manager (VMGR)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Version Manager 30 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(VMGR) this Subsystem
User Interface UI 01

Comp ID Assignment: 32 – Volume Processing (VP)

Subsystem SS (Sub- Component Abbrevia- CC(Comp
Sys ID) tion ID)
Volume Processing 32 System Controller Software for SYSSW 00
(VP) this Subsystem

9.2.5 Collecting Log Files from a Corrupted System

When an Eleva Workspot is corrupted and it does not start any more properly, it is still possible to
collect log files, as long as the relevant logging scripts still operate during the system start.
1. Switch off the workspot computer via the mains switch.
2. To prepare a USB device (memory stick), create a directory path named Eleva_developer_logs.
3. Insert the USB device into the Eleva Workspot.
4. Switch on the workspot computer and wait until the starting procedure ends (usually with a shutdown
of the PC).
5. Remove the USB device.
6. To make sure that the directory Eleva_developer_logs contains valid data, use your service laptop.
If the relevant scripts still work, the data are automatically stored in a subdirectory, which is named
according to the current date and time.
7. For further support, send the log data to the helpdesk.

9.3 System and Patient Data

9.3.1 Creating a Problem Report

9.3.1.1 Purpose
In case an error occurs, you have the possibility to immediately create a data set that reflects the
current system state by pressing a single button.
1. To create a problem report, click [Create] in the
user interface.

Fig. 7

After pressing the button, a window pops up that gives the customer the possibility to enter a prob-
lem description and ideally also a contact name and contact number. The data set is automatically
time stamped.
The data set is stored locally on the service partition. A maximum of ten data sets are stored on the
system in a ring buffer. Older files are overwritten by new ones.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 63

After clicking [OK], it takes about one minute to gather all the information before you can use the
system again.

Analyzing the OBSA Information

• If desired, unzip the individual ZIP files for inves-
tigation and fault finding.

Fig. 8

9.3.1.2 Structure and Content

When the OBSA function is initiated, an OBSA
folder named OBSA SystemType_MACAd-
dress_TimeStamp is created. This folder con-
tains three zip files. Fig. 9

In reality, it looks as follows:

Fig. 10

Alert
This file set contains:
– System identification (SIDS) file
– Customer name, contact information, and error description
– Short log extract of one hour
– System backup
– Hardware and software versions overview
– System performance fingerprint file
Typical size of the alert file is 1 MB.

System Log
This file set contains:
• EPX database backup
• Long log extract
• Error and warning entries of the operating system event log
Typical size of the system log file is 140 MB. The name of the ZIP file provides the following informa-
tion:
Syslog <system_type>_<hospital_ID>_>MAC address>_<actiation_date>_<actua-
tion_time>.zip

64 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Image Data
This file set contains all image data: processed images, raw images, and detector calibration data.
The size of the image file depends on how many images are available in the database. The name of
the ZIP file provides the following information:
Image <system_type>_<hospital_ID>_>MAC address>_<actiation_date>_<actuation_time>.zip

9.3.1.3 File Export

1. Export OBSA files via Service Tool: General ➜ Utilities ➜ Transfer/Burn files.
2. Mark checkbox for data source (Preset): Service partition/All files > OBSA....
3. Export the data to an external storage medium.

9.3.2 Transferring Relevant System Information

1. Before you use the Service Tool procedure All data from the service partition (no logs!), create a
backup and store the current system configurations and customization to the service partition:
• Service Tool: General ➜ Backup and restore
2. To export service and developer logs, go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ System log
files.
3. Go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ All data from service partition (no logs!).
This Service Tool procedure collects relevant system data, such as the following:
– A copy of the current EPX database
– All files from the service partition F:\, such as screenshots and clinical images stored via the service
export function in the UI
– Some system files intended for the fault finding through developers
These data are saved into an archive named "allFiles_from_ServPart.zip". It is possible to export
them to a USB device.

9.3.3 Query and Retrieve

The query/retrieve function allows to use patient data from former examinations that are stored in
PACS.
1. If the function does not work, make sure that the followings conditions are met:
– The customer provides over a license that allows the query and retrieve function
– PACS is configured
– PACS supports the query/retrieve function
2. Make sure that the Service Tool settings are correctly set: Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Network
➜ External nodes / RIS / PACS, ... ➜ External DICOM nodes.

9.4 Self Tests

N/A

9.5 Network Node Test

Tip
Network ping
A network ping is a test to make sure that a network device (DICOM: network node) is connected
(addressable).

1. To make sure that a network node is addressable (network ping), go to Service Tool: Diagnostics
➜ Network ➜ Network diagnostics.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 65

2. Enter the IP address that you want to test.

3. For newer software releases, there is a DICOM verification available intended for configured network
nodes. This verification test also contains a network ping.
4. To make sure that the node is addressable, use UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ DICOM verifi-
cation.

9.5.1 Connectivity
Configured DICOM Node Tests
Name Description Tested software compo- Tested FRUs
nent
NetworkConnectivity Verifies if the system is Ethernet card
able to perform a Ethernet line
TCP/IP echo request
(ping) to a remote host
AssociateConfigured Verifies if a DICOM ap- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
DICOMNode plication entity supports tivity Ethernet line
the configured set of
DICOM services
VerfiyConfigured DI- Tests the DICOM Verifi- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
COMNode cation Service Class (C- tivity Ethernet line
ECHO request and re-
sponse) between the
system and a DICOM
application entity
NetworkStoreQuery Tests if it is possible to Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
send a DICOM secon- tivity Ethernet line
dary capture image to
a configured DICOM
application entity.

Unconfigured DICOM Node Tests

Name Description Tested software compo- Tested FRUs
nent
NetworkConnectivity Verifies if the system is Ethernet card
able to perform a Ethernet line
TCP/IP echo request
(ping) to a remote host
AssociateUnconfigured Verifies if a DICOM ap- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
DICOMNode plication entity supports tivity Ethernet line
a set of DICOM serv-
ices
VerifyUnconfigured DI- Tests the DICOM Verifi- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
COMNode cation Service Class (C- tivity Ethernet line
ECHO request and re-
sponse) between the
system and an uncon-
figured DICOM applica-
tion entity

66 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Configured DICOM Printer Test

Name Description Tested software compo- Tested FRUs
nent
NetworkConnectivity Verifies if the system is Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
able to perform a tivity Ethernet line
TCP/IP echo request
(ping) to a remote host
AssociateConfigured Verifies if a DICOM ap- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
DICOMNode plication entity supports tivity Ethernet line
the configured set of
DICOM services
VerfiyConfigured DI- Tests the DICOM Verifi- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
COMNode cation Service Class (C- tivity Ethernet line
ECHO request and re-
sponse) between the
system and a DICOM
application entity
StatusTestPrinter Obtains the current Printing DICOM Printer
printer status Ethernet card (DICOM)
Ethernet line (DICOM)
PrinterTestImage Prints a test image on Printing DICOM Printer Ethernet
the printer. card (DICOM)
Ethernet line (DICOM)

Unconfigured DICOM Printer Test

Name Description Tested software compo- Tested FRUs
nent
NetworkConnectivity Verifies if the system is Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
able to perform a tivity Ethernet line
TCP/IP echo request
(ping) to a remote host
AssociateUnconfigured Verifies if a DICOM ap- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
DICOMNode plication entity supports tivity Ethernet line
a set of DICOM serv-
ices
VerifyUnconfigured DI- Tests the DICOM Verifi- Archiving and Connec- Ethernet card
COMNode cation Service Class (C- tivity Ethernet line
ECHO request and re-
sponse) between the
system and an uncon-
figured DICOM applica-
tion entity

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 67

Syslog Server Test (Group Containing Tests Related to Audit Trail

Component)
Name Description Tested software compo- Tested FRUs
nent
SyslogConnectivity Verifies if the system is Audit Trail Ethernet card
able to perform a Ethernet line
TCP/IP echo request
(ping) to a configured
Syslog Server

9.6 Functional Tests in Eleva Workspot User Interface

9.6.1 Access to the Service Tool

For the software-based fault finding, it possible to access the Service Tool on the system onsite and
remotely.

Onsite Access
– Eleva Workspot
– Laptop with a wired connection to the Eleva Workspot

Remote Access
The Philips Remote Service (PRS) provides an environment to access the Eleva Workspot from out-
side the institution. The Eleva Workspot provides over a the Look Over the Shoulder (LOTS) func-
tionality that enables a remote access for the following:
– Eleva Workspot user interface
– Service Tool (for example, system configuration, software update, or log file download)

Tip
Information on remote sessions
It is advised to inform fellow technicians and customers on remote actions taken on the system. For
this purpose, the Service Tool offers the opportunity to write pop-up messages and notifications.
• To write notifications to fellow technicians and customers on remote actions, see chapter Service
Messages on page 51.

9.6.1.1 Eleva Workspot

The Eleva Workspot is part of the system and allows an onsite access.

Starting the System

1. Switch on the system.

Fig. 11

2. Wait until the login screen appears.

3. Log in to the Eleva Workspot application software as service user (User name: Service, Password:
P@ssword).

68 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

4. To start the service too, see chapter Starting the Service Tool on page 69.

9.6.1.2 Starting the Service Tool

1. If available, insert your service hardware key (dongle) into one of the AWS front side USB ports.
2. Start the Service Tool via UI: System ➜ General ➜ Service Tool and click [Start].
3. Enter the specific password for your service hardware key (dongle).
4. Fill in the required information.
5. Click [OK] until you see the Service Tool menu tree.

9.6.1.3 Service Laptop

If you want to use the detection tools of the service laptop, the functionality nearby connection al-
lows the use of the service laptop at the system.

Important
The nearby function only works in case the VNC remover is not started.

Procedure
1. Connect the laptop and the Eleva Workspot.
2. Start the Eleva Workspot
3. At the service laptop, start the nearby connection as follows.

Starting the Nearby Connection

1. Go to UI: System ➜ General ➜ Remote service access mode ➜ Monitoring /Full access.
2. To start the remote assistance, click [Start].
3. To accept the disclaimer, click [Accept].
4. To activate the nearby connection functionality, click [Near connection].
5. To start the VNC server, click [OK].
6. Use the port that connects the Eleva Workspot to the hospital network to connect your service PC
directly.
7. To match the IP address with the subnet of the Eleva Workspot, change the IP address on the serv-
ice laptop. Find the corresponding IP address in the clinical application software.
8. On the service PC, open the browser. Enter http://<AWS IP>:5800/.

Failure of the Nearby Connection

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 69

9.6.1.4 Philips Remote Service PRS

Philips Remote Services Homepage

The address of the Philips Remote Services (PRS) homepage is:
http://pww.healthcare.philips.com/service/prs/
• Select the "PRS Portal" entry at the right part of the Philips Remote Services home menu to log in to
the RSN.

Registration for Philips Remote Service

1. To register the system for PRS contact your regional RSN contact person (see Philips Remote
Services Navigator at http://pww.healthcare.philips.com/service/prs/).
2. The local IT will provide the necessary network information. Send these information to the RSN con-
tact person:
Item Examples Value
System number XR_130143202119
Local IP address 192.68.48.0
Subnet Mask 255.255.252.0
Gateway 130.143.202.1
MAC address 00:80:41:ae:fd:7e

Look Over the Shoulder (LOTS)

1. For a remote session, start the Eleva Workspot.
2. Log on to the Eleva Workspots.
3. At the Eleva Workspot, to activate Look Over The Shoulder (LOTS), go to UI: System ➜ General ➜
Remote assistance.
4. On the service laptop, start the remote session.

70 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

9.6.2 Printer Calibration

WARNING
Hazard of losing diagnostic image information caused by incorrect printer calibration
This chapter describes the printer calibration.
• Make sure that you adhere to the provided instructions in this chapter.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of bad image quality on print outs
If you do not perform the DICOM printer calibration, it is possible that problems with the image quali-
ty on print outs occur. Poor image quality possibly leads to wrong diagnosis and treatment.
• Perform the printer calibration.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Printer

Each media type that is used with a specific printer requires a calibration. The result of the calibration
is a Look Up Table (LUT) or calibration curve. For a single printer, it is possible to have several LUTs
- media combination.
1. If necessary, define the specific parameters for the lightbox that are usually used to review the print-
ed images.
2. Document the printer calibration in the data forms "Printer Calibration -1-" and "Printer Calibration
-2-" in the SRM.
In the example, there are four different LUTs
available for the selected printer and media. In
this figure, the LINEAR LUT is applied (Active
calibration: LINEAR) and the standard lightbox is
used (Active lightbox: DEFAULT).

Fig. 12

9.6.3 Calibrating the Monitor

Important
Systems with new ELO touch monitor 1928 (4512 201 08521)
• For systems that are delivered with the new ELO touch monitor 1928 (4512 201 08521), always se-
lect EECA as default.
When EECA is selected, there is no monitor calibration necessary. The new version of the touch
monitor has a preset LUT for DICOM compliance integrated that concerns the requirements for
medical viewing (no diagnostic purposes intended). The preset LUT has the benefit of improved
DICOM accuracy. Problems with the interactive calibration that occurred in the past are solved that
way.

1. Go to UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Monitor

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 71

Important
Select the default settings of the monitor before calibration
To assure the image quality, perform the calibration with the defaults settings of the monitor.
• To select the defaults settings, use the monitor buttons.

Important
Only perform the calibration when necessary
For each monitor type, the system is delivered with optimized default curves. These default curves
allow image viewing in adequate quality.
• If a calibration is not explicitly required (for example, from the customer or upon local regulations),
use these default curves.

2. If a customized monitor calibration is desired, proceed as described.

Choose the correct monitor type, for example:
• EEC-A ➜ EECA
• EEC-E ➜ 19" LCD touch (ELO)

Fig. 13: This screenshot shows the selection of a

EECA monitor as an example

Required Equipment and Measuring Method

Display luminance is measured in [Cd/m2]. Two methods of luminance measurement are known:
1. Direct measurement on the screen of the monitor ("Contact Measurement"). Typical devices: Gossen
MAVOLUX, Macam L101. This method is the recommended one.
2. Measurement at a certain distance from the monitor screen ("Distance Measurement"). Typical de-
vice: Minolta Spot meter LS 110. Although this method is supported by the Eleva Workspot, it is not
the recommended measurement.

Deactivating the Touch Functionality

Important
Before measurement with contact method on a touch monitor, the touch functionality is to be deacti-
vated.

72 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

1. Press <Ctrl> + <Alt> + <t> to open the touch

utility.
2. Select ELO Touchscreen Properties ➜ Prop-
erties 1.
3. Tick checkbox "Disable Touch".
4. Click [Apply].
5. Click [OK].

Fig. 14: Touch utility

Procedure
1. Select the monitor type.
2. Determine the viewing conditions:
– "Contact Measurement": Consider the ambient light separately. Choose one of the terms Dark
room, Normal light, Bright light according to the lighting conditions of the room.
– "Distance Measurement": Choose the term Measured.
3. Click [Perform Calibration].
4. 18 monitor test images with increasing pixel values appear in the center of the screen. Measure each
gray value with a light meter and enter the measured values.

Activating the Calibration

• Activate the calibration: Under Verification, se-
lect the line with latest date and time and click
[Apply].

Fig. 15

The header row now shows the new set of val-

ues as "Active calibration".

Important
Your calibration is only valid for the initial selec- Fig. 16
tion. If changes are required, perform a new cal-
ibration.
• Do not change the selection of the viewing con-
ditions and of the measurement method later.

Activating the Touch Functionality

1. Press <Ctrl> + <Alt> + <t> to open the touch utility.
2. Select ELO Touchscreen Properties ➜ Properties 1.
3. Untick checkbox "Disable Touch".
4. Click [Apply].
5. Click [OK].
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 73
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Eleva Workspot FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES

Recording the Results

• Record the results in the PA tool or, if not available, in .

9.6.4 Calibrating the Export Filter

Important
a) Export filter is not a standard function. Only use the export filter for the following specific situations.
b) Keep in mind that the selected setting works for all export destinations simultaneously.

Selecting the Export LUT

1. Go to UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Export.
The clinical state-of-the-art situation is as follows: imaging modalities export to a central PACS sys-
tem where image (re-)viewing and archiving is done. The viewing conditions are under control and all
units handle their images in accordance with the standardized DICOM Gray Scale Display Function
(GSDF). For the export look-up-table (LUT), default settings cover this situation:
2. Export characteristics: DICOM GSDF curve
3. Calibration curve: LINEAR
This situation is not always realistic. To compensate the existing viewing conditions, most modern
PACS systems allow an adaption (“calibration”), which is preferred. If an adaptation at the PACS sys-
tem is not possible, it is possible to influence ("calibrate”) the export LUT at the Eleva Workspot.

Important
The selection DICOM GSDF curve and LINEAR export filter is the preferred choice. This choice
guarantees an optimum image quality that goes together with the DICOM standard. An inappropri-
ate export calibration possibly decreases the image quality.
Apart from this selection, two other selections for the export characteristics are possible:
a) The selection EV Processing matches the appearance of images exported from the Eleva Work-
spot to the image impression created with an EasyVision RAD export.
b) The selection Optical Density matches the appearance of images exported from the Eleva Work-
spot to the image impression created with DigitalDiagnost 1.x. DigitalDiagnost 1.x image print and
export output is UNIQUE processed optimized for printing ("optical density") without the necessity
for further corrections / LUTs by the destination devices.

Required Equipment, Measuring Method

Display luminance is measured in [Cd/m2]. Two methods of luminance measurement are known:
– Contact Measurement: Direct measurement on the screen, this method is the recommended one.
– Choose one of the terms Dark room, Normal light, Bright light.
– Typical devices: Gossen MAVOLUX, Macam L101
– Distance Measurement: Measurement at a certain distance from the screen, this method is not the
recommended one.
– Choose the term Measured.
– Typical device: Minolta Spot meter LS 110

Performing the Calibration

A calibration or verification is only possible when the DICOM GSDF curve is selected.
1. Make sure that the LINEAR LUT is activated.
2. Click [Patient list].
3. Select the patient "Test, Images".

74 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

4. Click [Review] task area.

5. Select "Test Images, ExportFilter”.
6. Export the image to the required destination (for example, the PACS).
7. Go to the area where the export destination is located.
8. Display the exported image on the diagnostic monitors.
9. Set up the normal viewing conditions for diagnosis of medical images in this room.
10. Measure the 16-gray values with a light meter. If usually more than one monitor is used for the diag-
nosis, perform the measurement on all monitors and calculate the average for each gray value.
11. Go to UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Export.
12. Enter the viewing conditions that you met in the
area of the export devices:
– For the contact method, choose one of the
terms Dark room, Normal light, Bright light.
– For the distance method, choose the term
Measured.

Fig. 17: Viewing conditions

13. Click [Perform calibration].

14. Enter the 16-gray values. Take care, as the table starts with the darkest value displayed at the head
of the table.

Important
• To move the active area to the next position, press <Enter>.

Activating the Calibration

• Under Verification, select the line with the latest date and time and click [Apply].
The header row now shows the new set of values as "Active calibration".

Important
Unlike for the monitor calibration, a later change of the "Viewing conditions” selection is possible.
• To recalculate the calibration curve, click [Apply].

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 75

This page intentionally left blank

76 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

9.6.4.1 Data Form: Export Filter Calibration

Export characteristic: DICOM GSDF
Step Calibration Verification Date:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Viewing conditions

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 77

This page intentionally left blank

78 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

9.6.5 DICOM Verification

1. Go to UI: System ➜ Quality Assurance and click [DICOM Verification].
The screen lists all configured DICOM nodes.
2. To check that the related DICOM node is opera-
ble, click [Verify].
3. To check that all listed DICOM nodes are opera-
ble, click [Verify all].
The results of the test are indicated with a green
check mark.

Fig. 18

4. Make sure that each test item is passed (Ping, Connect result, and Verified).
5. If the test fails, reconfigure the related DICOM nodes via Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Network
➜ External nodes, RIS, PACS, … ➜ External DICOM nodes.

9.6.6 Loading the Test Images

• Go to UI: System ➜ Quality assurance and se-
lect tab [Test images]
Test images are automatically loaded for a pa-
tient named Test, Images via [Load images].

Fig. 19: Load images

Various technical and medical test images are available in the system. They are used for tests and
adjustments regarding the imaging abilities of the following devices:
– Monitor of the local Eleva Workspot
– Printers (imagers, HCUs)
– Monitors of external export destination (PACS)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 79

Fig. 20

6. If necessary, load more technical and clinical test

images from external media such as CD, DVD,
or USB devices.
7. Locate these images in a root folder called \addi-
tional_test_images.
All images with either the DICOM format (.dcm)
or the native PMS format (.gip) in this directory
are automatically added to the patient named
Test, Images under a view called Other. This
view appears at the end of the list.
The examination in EVA is called Test Images.
The view names are identical with the names of
the test images, no matter which language is se-
lected.
8. They are provided from the EVA database, so do
not change any entry.

Fig. 21: Test images (Other)

Under [Test Images] ➜ LastImages, the last acquired five images are stored.
9. Apply the adequate processing.
10. Export or print these images manually.
11. If problems occur that affect the proper handling of these images in the system (for example, an un-
wanted power off), retrieve them after the restart of the system.
80 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES Eleva Workspot

Important
All test images are initially displayed without any processing.
• Apply an adequate processing, if necessary.

9.6.7 Image Comparison

To compare two images, there is a simple way:
1. Press <Ctrl> + <F9>.
2. Press <Ctrl> +< F10>.

9.7 Functional Tests in the Service Tool

9.7.1 Service Tool (PSC)

– Expand or collapse a group of procedures (1).
– Hide and hook the sub main menu (2).
– Closing the procedure (3). Use the cross if no [Close] or [OK] button is available.
– Logout always available (4).
– Online Help (dockable) of the current procedure (5).
– Leaving the Service Tool (6).

Fig. 22

9.7.2 CAN Monitoring

1. Insert your hardware key at the AWS (service dongle).
2. Log in as advanced user.
3. To start the Service Tool, go to UI: System ➜ General ➜ Service Tool ➜ [Start].
4. Go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ System Control/Local Workspot PC ➜ CAN Node Status.
You receive an overview of the CAN nodes and their status as a live view.
5. To stop, click [Stop].
6. Click [Cancel].
7. To leave the procedure, click [OK].

9.7.3 SAN Monitoring

1. Insert your hardware key at the AWS (service dongle).
2. Log in as advanced user.
3. To start the Service Tool, go to UI: System ➜ General ➜ Service Tool ➜ [Start].
4. Go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ System Control/Local Workspot PC ➜ SAN Signal Status.
You receive an overview of the SAN signals and their status as a live view.
5. To get a timeline of the signals, click [Stop].
6. To leave the procedure, click [OK].

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 81

9.7.4 Brake State

This test describes the functional tests of the vertical brake of the wall stand.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Wall stand ➜ Brake state.

9.7.5 CS Data Monitoring

This survey shows the current geometry data or collimation data of the components. It is useful for
the fault finding or for checking the geometry conditions.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Ceiling Suspension ➜ CS data monitor-
ing.

9.7.6 Position and Safety Switch States

This test checks the function of the stretch grip detection switches of the wall stand and the collision
detection switches of the vertical unit of the wall stand.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Wallstand ➜ Position and safety switch
states.

9.7.7 Bucky Unit

This test checks the function of the grid and its oscillation steps.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ [corresponding subsystem] ➜ Bucky
Unit.

9.7.8 DIP Switches

This procedure describes the functional test of the wall stand DIP switches.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Wallstand ➜ DIP switches.

9.7.9 Monitor Height Test

This test displays the actual height of the wall stand and the value of the corresponding potentiome-
ter (VBR) voltage.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Wall stand ➜ Monitor height test.

9.7.10 Power Supply

This test measures the power supply of N5 of the wall stand.
• For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ Wall stand ➜ Power supply.

9.7.11 Detectors

9.7.11.1 Detector Temperature Test

This test reports the temperature of the detector.
1. Do not calibrate the detector before the temperature is stable.
2. For more information, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics➜ [corresponding subsystem] ➜ Temper-
ature test.

9.7.11.2 Pixium 4343RC Detector Self Test

This functional test executes several tests automatically. The accurate kind and number of tests de-
pend on the type of detector.
At the end of the self test, the results are displayed in a textbox. Under the result box, there is a prog-
ress indicator. It is visible, however, after a certain time.

82 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

NOTICE
• Run a detector self test only if the test is required.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Table or Wallstand ➜ Detector Self Test

Da- Name Description Action if test failed
ta
1 Check logic loading Checks the internal detector 1. To restart the system, press the start
control button.
2. Repeat the test.
3. If the test still fails, replace the detector.
2 Check power supply Measures the power supply If the power voltage is out of the range
voltage voltage of the detector 23.5 V – 24.5 V:
1. Adjust the voltage at the power supply
unit SN1 (TH Table) or VPN1 (VS/VM
Wallstand).
2. For the cabling between power supply
unit and detector, take into account a
voltage loss of about 0.1 V.
3 Check programmable Measures some internal vol- 1. To restart the system, press the start
voltage tages of the detector button.
2. Repeat the test.
3. If the test still fails, replace the detector.
4 Checks Analog Pattern Checks analog pattern • Restart the system (Power Off/On)
against reference and repeat the test.
5 Check Digital Pattern Checks if test patterns are 1. To restart the system, press the start
CRC transferred lossless, Cyclic button.
2. Repeat the test.
Redundancy Check 3. If the test still fails, replace the detector.
6 DDR SDRAM test Checks the DDR/SDRAM 1. To restart the system, press the start
memory of the detector button.
2. Repeat the test.
3. If the test still fails, replace the detector.

9.7.11.3 Pixium 4343RC Detector Interface Test

The test checks the connections between the detector to the AWS (via Ethernet) and to the RIO in-
terface (via Plastic Optical Fiber).
Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Table or Wallstand ➜ Detector Interface Test
Name of the test Description Action if the test fails
NIC available Makes sure that the AWS 1. Make sure that the Network Interface
Network Interface Card is in- Card is plugged in correctly.
2. Repeat the test.
stalled. 3. If the test still fails, replace the Network
– TP LAN2 = Table detec- Interface Card.
tor
– TP LAN3 = Wall stand
detector
NIC IP Makes sure that the configu- 1. Restart the AWS.
ration of the AWS Network 2. Repeat the test.
3. If the test still fails, replace the Network
Interface Card is correct. Interface Card.
4. Repeat the test.
5. If the test still fails, reinstall the applica-
tion software.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 83

Name of the test Description Action if the test fails

NIC enable/connected Makes sure that an Ethernet 1. Make sure that an Ethernet cable is con-
cable is connected to the nected at the AWS Network Interface
Card:
AWS Network Interface Card
– TP LAN2 = Table detector
and that an active IP connec-
– TP LAN3 = Wall stand detector
tion is present. The test suc-
ceeds even if the Ethernet 2. If not, connect the respective Ethernet
cable is connected to the cable.
3. Repeat the test.
hospital network. 4. If the test still fails, replace the Ethernet
cables.
Detector reachable Makes sure that the detector 1. Check the Ethernet cables between
is accessible via the network AWS and detector for wrong connection
or damage.
using a ping.
– Table: TP X(LAN2) > S X100 >
S VAP X(Ethernet)
– Wall stand: TP X(LAN3) > VP
X100 > V VAP X(Ethernet)
2. Check the type of installed Ethernet ca-
ble. The Ethernet cable inside the table
or wall stand has to be a “Crossover” ca-
ble.
3. Make sure that the detector supply pow-
er is available and has a value within the
range (see chapter Pixium 4343RC De-
tector Self Test on page 82).
4. Repeat the test.
5. If the test still fails, replace the Ethernet
cables.
Optical connector Checks the connectivity of 1. Check the cable between detector and
the optical connector (POF) RIO interface for wrong connected or
damage.
from the RIO board to the
– Table: S VAP X(TXgrey) > S
detector.
X50 > E TRB X54(PixB2)
– Wall stand: V VAP X(TXgrey) >
VP X50 > E TRB X56(PixB1)
2. For more information, see the Fault Find-
ing Trees of the Px4343RC detector.

10 Ceiling Suspension CS III

10.1 Overview
To find an error, the CS III provides the following:
– Service mode of the control handle (only with the Nicol collimator),
– Serial service interface of the control handle,
– LEDs on the PCBs.

10.2 Logging
• See chapter Logging on page 52.

84 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

10.3 Self Tests

10.3.1 POST (Ceiling Suspension)

– All green indication LEDs on the control handle are switched on for a few seconds.
– The display of the control handle illuminates for a short time.
– The display shows a progress bar and the Philips Eleva CS text.
– After a successful self test, the operational mode is active.

10.3.2 Collimator Self Test

The shutters open and close.

Fig. 23

11 Table TH

11.1 Self Tests

11.1.1 DigitalDiagnost TH Self Test

1. Raise the table to its uppermost position.
• To move up the table, press foot switch ▲.
The table stops automatically.
2. Unscrew the service cover at the rear side.
3. To oversee the self test, open the service cover.

Fig. 24

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 85

4. To restart the table height controller, press reset

switch S4.
– The red LED V10 lights up until the self test is
completed.
– The yellow LED V11 (= CAN bus operates)
flashes after a successful self test.
– The green LED V12 lights up after a success-
ful self test.

Fig. 25

5. If the board SZ1 fails, replace it.

11.1.2 Tray Drive Self Test (Option)

During the initialization, the Bucky carriage
moves to its center position. The Bucky carriage
moves to one side, then to the other side and
stops in the middle position.
If the unit self test fails:
• On the Bucky carriage, check the brake release
switch 1 and the magnetic brake 2.

Fig. 26

The brake release switch is closed and opened

mechanically with the grip 3.

Fig. 27

86 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

11.2 Performance Test

11.2.1 Table Movement

11.2.1.1 Table Switches

1. Check the function of the foot switch lock S AE.
Pressed switch = foot switches without function.
2. Move the table top into the working position via
foot switches SC S6, S5 or via the optional sec-
ond table control SCH.

If the Table Top Does Not Move

1. Check the closed 900 mm-switch SNVS1 at
SZ2 X5:6/7 (24 Vdc) via 750 mm-switch
SNVS3 at SZ2 X5:3/4.
2. Check the foot switch S5 for upward movement
Fig. 28
at SZ2 X4
3. Check the optional hand switch SCH for upward
movement
at SZ2 X9.

If the Table Top Does Not Move Down

1. Check the closed safety switch SS10 at
SZ2 X7:2/1 (24 VDC) via closed 500 mm-switch
SNVS2 at SZ2 X5:8/9 via 750 mm-switch
SNVS3 at SZ2 X5:3/4.
2. Check the foot switch S6 for downward move-
ment at
SZ2 X4.
3. Check the optional hand switch SCH for down-
ward movement at SZ2 X9.
Fig. 29

If the Table Top Does Not Move Up or

Down
1. Check the relay K1 or K2 on the board SZ2. One
of both relays must be activated when you either
press the foot switch or the optional hand switch.
The relay contact supplies the motor SNV with a
voltage of 230 Vacvia SZ2 X3:1/:2/:3

Fig. 30

K1 Table up relay
K2 Table down relay
K3 Start relay for starting the capacitor.
Relay is activated longer than 1 sec
only in the
starting phase. Fig. 31

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 87

During the movement, the table top stops in the middle position of the table height via the 750 mm-
switch SNV S3 on the table lift motor.
• See also drawing Z1-3.

11.2.1.2 Collision Switch

1. Check the force of the table movement.
• Pull up the table top with a spring scale. If a
force of 160 ... 240 N is reached, the safety
switch SS10 must open. Otherwise:
• Adjust the spring tension at the tension screw
with a 13 mm-spanner.
2. Clockwise = force of collision decreases.
3. Counterclockwise = force of collision increases.

Fig. 32

11.2.2 Table Top Movement

11.2.2.1 Floating Table

1. To make the table top floatable, press the foot
switch SC S3. If it does not float, check the fol-
lowing items:
– Foot switch lock S AE
(has not to be active = pressed)
– Brakes for longitudinal and transverse direc-
tion
– Foot switch for table top floating
2. If possible, to check the functions, use the sec-
ond table control, as described before
Fig. 33

11.2.2.2 Table Carriage Brakes

1. Check the function of the brakes.

Fig. 34

88 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

2. Check the connection to SZ2 X10. The voltage of

+24 V is delivered via the foot switch S3 or via
the optional second table control switch.
If the foot switches are locked via the foot switch
lock, the functions of table top movements via
the optional second table control are still possi-
ble.

Fig. 35

11.2.3 Height Sensing

11.2.3.1 Table Height Sensor (4512 131 3889x)

The height sensor operates as a potentiometer
(10 kΩ). The voltage ranges from 1.0 V (table is
in the lowest position) to 3.0 V (table is in the
highest position).

Fig. 36

1. To check the function of the table height sensor in, go to Service Tool: Diagnostic ➙ Ceiling sus-
pension ➙ CS data monitoring.
Value: Axis position table detector height.
2. Check the table height sensor SU at the measur-
ing points AGND and AIN (1). Measure the voltage:
• If U < 0.5 V, check the jumper W1 (W1: 1–
2fortableheightsensor4512 1313889x) or
search for a fault in the table.
• If U > 4 V and the table is in the highest posi-
tion, check the cable and the potentiometer of
the table height sensor.

Fig. 37

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 89

12 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA

12.1 GEST Basics

12.1.1 Generator E Service Tool (GEST) Installation

1. If the GEST is already installed on the service PC, make sure you have the actual version.
2. If so, skip this chapter.
3. Download the Baseline x-x-x zip file from the InCenter (Service ➜ Software ➜ Software Down-
loads ➜ X-Ray Generators ➜ M-Cabinet CXA ➜ Baseline x.x.x).
• Otherwise, use the software CD, which is delivered together with the generator.
4. Once the Baseline x-x-x file is downloaded, unzip it.
5. Look for the file CDM20802_Setup.exe in the folder Baselinex.x.x.
6. Run the program and install a USB driver.
7. Look for the file 9893.20.R0.Bxx.exe in the folder Baselinex.x.x. Run the program. The GEST instal-
lation wizard that guides you through the installation automatically starts.
8. Follow the instructions of the installation wizard.
9. Once completed, click [Finish].
You are directed to the PC desktop, on which you find the shortcut icon for GEST.
Alternatively, start GEST via the following:
– The program menu: (All) Programs ➜ emd technologies ➜ GenEServTool XX.X.XXX
– C:\Program Files\emd technologies\Generator E Service Tool XX.X.XXX\GenEServTool.exe

12.1.2 Communication with the Service PC

12.1.2.1 Connecting the Generator EPS-ETA CXA to the Service PC

1. To connect the service PC USB port with the
connector J21 on the controller board ZB, use a A1

standard USB cable (TC 373). .

2. All USB-A and USB-B are suitable. However, to
avoid communication errors, make sure the cable CR11
STANDBY
is not longer than 5 meters.

J5 TP31 J21
J4
TP25 TP21 TP26
TP20
J22 J7
1 3
J12 TP22 CR34
1 3 CR35 J6
TP27 TP23 CR37
CR36 12 J10

J8 J9
1 8 TP24
J16
J13 J14 J15A J15B
1 8 1 12 1 8 1 8

Fig. 38: Controller Board ZB: Connector for the USB

Cable (J21)

12.1.2.2 Starting GEST

1. When the start-up self test is completed, to launch GEST, click the desktop icon on the service PC.
This operation takes a little while before the interface window appears.

90 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

If the IST program does not run in the back-

ground, the following message appears:
2. To access limited GEST functionalities, click
[OK].
3. For the enhanced service level, start IST.

Fig. 39

GEST offers two options:

– Open an existing configuration file, if you want
to reload a backup file and overwrite the current
generator configuration
– Create a new configuration file, if you want to
change the existing configuration of the genera-
tor or create a completely new one
4. Select Create a new configuration file.

Fig. 40: GEST Start-up Selection

5. A default *.emd file is loaded and directs you to the option page.

Fig. 41

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 91

GEST Menu Overview

Fig. 42

12.1.2.3 Connecting GEST to the Generator

1. Verify that the USB cable is properly connected
to the generator.
2. In the menu bar of GEST, select Transfer ➜
Settings.

Fig. 43: Transfer Drop Down Menu Tree of GEST

3. Select the port marked with (USB).

4. Click [OK].

Fig. 44

92 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

5. To establish a connection with the generator, se-

lect Transfer ➜ Connect.

Fig. 45: Transfer Drop Down Menu Tree of GEST

The connection status changes from "Discon-

nected" to "Connected" (right lower corner of
GEST). The generator enters the service mode.

Fig. 46

6. Make sure that generator is switched on and the

service PC is connected to the generator via a
USB cable. Otherwise GEST displays this error
message:

Fig. 47

7. If the connection fails, check the cable connection.

8. Repeat the procedure.
9. If the connection fails once more, check the cable.
10. If you changed the USB port of your laptop since your last connection, try another USB port of your
laptop.

12.1.3 Downloading the Current Generator Configuration File

When the communication between the Generator EPS-ETA and the service PC is established, down-
load the current configuration of the generator to the service PC.
• In GEST, select Transfer ➜ Get from genera-
tor.

Fig. 48: Transfer Drop-Down Menu Tree of GEST

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 93

A progress bar indicates the progress of the

transfer process. When the transfer is completed,
the auxiliary configuration page appears.

Fig. 49

12.1.4 Saving the Configuration Backup File

1. To save the present configuration in GEST, se-
lect File ➜ Save As.
2. Use a file name that clearly identifies the current-
ly installed generator. This file is the backup file
of the generator configuration.

Fig. 50: File Drop Down Menu Tree of GEST

94 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Fig. 51

12.2 Logging

12.2.1 Event Log Access

With a IST access, it is possible to export the event log to your PC and to review it.
Whenever necessary, perform the following:
1. Verify that the communication between GEST and the generator is established. The generator is in
the service mode.
2. On the menu tab of GEST, select Tools ➜ Inter-
nal Event Log.

Fig. 52

To display event logs on the service PC as an *.html file, GEST retrieves all event logs.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 95

Fig. 53

Event Log Details

GEST Information Firmware Level

The version of GEST and corresponding firmware are logged as a header.
– Software revision
– CPU Firmware

Generator Options Information

Optional boards are displayed in their actual slot position.

Statistical Data
The following statistical data are stored with the following attributes:
– Generator Operating Timer
– Low Speed Rotation Timer
– High Speed Rotation Timer
– Small Filament Powered Timer
– Large Filament Powered Timer
– Exposure Overload Timer
– Energy Overload
– Exposure Overload Counter on Small
– Exposure Overload Counter on Large
– Exposure Overload Counter on Vario

96 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

– Preparation Counter on Small

– Preparation Counter on Large
– Preparation Counter on Vario
– Exposure Counter on Small
– Exposure Counter on Large
– Exposure Counter on Vario
– Tube Housing Overheat Switch Counter
– Rotor Controller Acceleration Counter
– Cable Arc (Anode) Detection Counter
– Cable Arc (Cathode) Detection Counter
– Tube Arc Detection Counter
– Partial Arc Detection Counter
– Over KV Detection Counter
– Inverter 1 Max. Temperature
– Inverter 2 Max. Temperature
– Inverter 3 Max. Temperature
– Inverter 4 Max. Temperature

Generator Event Log

It is possible to display every event log with respect to the class, to which it belongs.
– Debug messages
– Info messages
– Warning messages
– Error messages
For each event, a detailed message is displayed that explains the entry.

Tip
• If you experience logs with no time stamp and the entry "Battery low", replace the backup battery.

Detailed Event Log

For every event, it is possible to display details of all statistical data, as shown in the following exam-
ple:

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 97

Fig. 54

12.2.2 Description of Event Logs

Important
In order to access the Event log, the FSE must have the adequate IST level access.

The target functionality provides information on FRU that caused a malfunction or an error during
– POST
– Operation (BIST)

Description
The logging functions as follows:
– If an event (exception) occurs, a log entry is created.
– A message is sent to the AWS controller with an exception number and a unique identifier key that
points to the corresponding generator log entry.
– AWS displays the corresponding exception description.
– Later, the AWS is able to obtain additional information from the log entry. It is possible to retrieve
each log entry and its unique identifier key).
The AWS always requests additional information when the generator does not release an exposure
or a sequence of exposures.
98 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA

Event Classes
Each event has a class:
– Debug
The debug events are used to trouble shoot the generator in certain circumstances. It is not used in
the normal operation. The debug event are enabled by GEST and are send to GEST if it is connect-
ed, otherwise it is saved in the local storage of the controller board. Debug events are only activated
when no clinical application is required (as they affect real-time requirements).
– Info
The info events are used to keep a trace of normal but important event such as the tube adaptation.
The info events are not sent to the system controller but they are stored in the local storage of the
controller board.
– Warning
The warning event are used to indicate something that requires maintenance, the generator contin-
ues to work normally with possible degradation. Warnings are sent to the system controller and stor-
ed in the local storage of the controller board.
– Error
The warning event are used to indicate a more serious failure. When an error is detected, the gener-
ator stops the actual exposure. It tries to recover it, as it performs a full reset. If the error persists, it
stays in the fault state until the next start. The warning is sent to the system controller and stored in
the local storage of the controller board.

POST Event
At power-on, the generator executes self-tests. After those tests are completed, the POST event are
generated.
– Successful POST
In the case of successful POST, a single event is generated: Post success. This event has the type
of the class info.
– Unsuccessful POST
In the case of one or more POST failures, an error is generated for each failure that is detected. A
POST event is generated as an info.

BIST Event
This event happens when one failure is detected during BIST. An event is sent to the AWS, and log-
ged on the generator.
Only the first fault is documented, which means that other faults caused by the first error are not re-
corded, as they are not relevant. The fact that the context of the first error is recorded allows proper
interpretation.
• For BIST events, set the class "Error".

Exposure Event
Events attached to exposure completion are already transmitted to the AWS system as part of run
data set. Any error during the exposure is reported as an exception.
RunData contains parameter "ExposureFault" to inform about the exposure status. If the generator
detects a problem during the exposure (for example arcing). it is recommended that the generator
additionally uses the exception interface to inform the system (RunData + Exception).
• For every warning or error, allow a log on the following items:
– Date and time
– Event ID
– IGBT code in clear text
– Error description
– Exposure technique or method

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 99

– Exposure parameter incl. Filament (set points and actual values)

– Tube temperature values at the end of each exposure
– Generator ready status
– SAN status
To avoid exceeding the buffer, every error or event is supposed to be logged only once per event.

Event Association with FRU

The following FRU are identified:
FRU Description
0 Generator software
1 Inverters (1–4)
2 Rotor controller
3 Basket (controller & power supply assembly)
4 CXA Expansion board
5 DAP expansion board
6 Generator base (HVModules + line filter + motherboard…)
7 Tube
8 Reserved for future use
9 Reserved for future use

12.3 Debug Tab of GEST

The first diagnostic is performed each time the generator is switched on: a power-on self test is set to
validate the basic functionality of the generator.
If you set the generator to the service mode, you obtain a more comprehensive diagnostic.
1. Select the tab Debug.
2. Monitor on-line the status and condition of the Generator EPS-ETA in operating condition.

Important
To access the Debug page, the FSE must have the adequate IST level access.

3. Verify that the communication between GEST and the generator is established.
4. For more information, see Communication with the Service PC.
5. Check if the generator is in the service mode.
6. In GEST, select Tools ➜ Service.

Fig. 55: Overview on Debug Tab in GEST

100 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Details of the Debug Page

Fig. 56

Possible Inverter Board Status:

Status Description
OK The slot contains an inverter board in good operational condition.
DUMMY The slot contains a dummy board in good operational condition.
BAD The slot contains a damaged inverter board or an inverter board with a blown
fuse. It is possible, that the generator reduced the total power output to stay op-
erable with reduced performance.
STOP This status is attributed by the generator only. The normal operation is not al-
lowed as long as the slot contains a conflicting status.

Fig. 57

The remaining displayed data are meant for the Philips Help desk. The data under the debug events
are shown as real-time events that are all recorded. It is possible to retrieve them in the event log.

Important
• If you activate the live logging by setting a flag at one of the event classes, make sure that you
switch them off again when you are finished.
Otherwise the generator continues to write these messages, even if you close GEST or reset the
generator.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 101

The Fix Function

In GEST, on the tab Debug, [Fix] enables the
following options:
– Only resetting the Generator EPS-ETA without
switching off the complete CXA system.
– Resetting the inverter status in case of fault, in-
verter, or dummy replacement in the purpose of
power output increase.

Fig. 58

Upon selecting [Fix], the generator resets to perform a POST test. After completing these tests, the
POST event is generated.
– Successful POST
If the POST is successful, a single event is generated: Post success. This event is a class info.
– Unsuccessful POST
If one or more POSTs fails, an error is generated for each failure that is detected and a POST event
is generated as information.

12.4 Self Tests

12.4.1 Power-on Self Test

Every time the generator is switched on or the service mode is started. It performs a self test to de-
tect errors during the power-on sequence. At the end of the self test, the console display returns to
the standard mode showing the auxiliary and tube loading factors.
1. Verify that the console does not display any message.
2. If there is a message, make sure it does not relate to the generator.
If the Fault and Limit LEDs on the operator console are off, it is possible to take exposures.

102 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

12.4.2 RIO Self Test

Fig. 59: RIO board location inside generator cabinet

1. The red error LED (H4) flashes for 4 seconds,

which indicates that a self test runs. The green
LEDs +24 V (H1), +12 V (H2) and +5 V (H3) are
permanently on.
2. After a successful self test, the red error LED
(H4) is off. The yellow CAN LED (H5) and the
green LED (H6) for the application are perma-
nently on.
3. After a successful CAN initialization, the yellow
CAN LED (H5) flashes, which indicates a CAN
traffic between the RIO and the Eleva Workspot.
Fig. 60

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 103

13 Generator Optimus

13.1 Generator Self Test (Optimus)

The relay ENK2 switches on and the self test
starts.

N F1 100

F2
K2 F3

Fig. 61

During the starting phase, all status LEDs on the

Z rack are flashing. The power LEDs (green
light) are all on.
A red illuminated LED on the FU-CU indicates E
that a self test runs.

Fig. 62

End of the Generator Self Test

At the end of a successful self test, the red status LED lights off = the system is ready.

104 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

The relay ENK1 switches on.

E
N
K1

Fig. 63

13.2 RIO Self Test (Optimus)

Fig. 64: RIO board location inside generator cabinet

1. The red error LED (H4) flashes for 4 seconds,

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 105

14 Detector Pixium 4600

14.1 Continuous Power Pixium 4600 Detector

For a dual fixed detector system, check both detectors (table and wall stand).
1. Check the illumination of the LEDs in the detec-
tor. The green LEDs D1, D2, and D4 at the rear
side of the detector must be illuminated.
2. D1 turns on if the DC power from the PCB is
OK.
3. D2 turns on if the detector is OK, and D4 starts
blinking.

Fig. 66

14.2 Pixium 4600 Detector Self Test

• D3 turns ON if the communication is OK
i

(as soon as a command from the workstation is

sent to the detector).

cn-09-v-712-7966-090000-07-C.iso

Fig. 67

15 Detector Pixium 5500 (WPD)

15.1 POST (Pixium 5500)

During the system start, the following sequence is displayed at the Wireless Portable Detector and its
docking station.

Self-Test Pixium 5500 and Docking Station

Pixium 5500 Pixium 5500 Pixium 5500 Docking sta- Docking sta- Remark
Battery Status WiFi Status Detector Sta- tion tion
tus Ready Power
Green Green Green Green Green It stays approx. 5 mi-
nutes in this state be-
fore it restarts
Green Red Red Red Green
X X X X X All LEDs off
Green Red Red Red Green
Green Green Red Red Green
Green - red Green - red Green - red Green flash Green
flash flash flash
Green Green X Green flash Green
Green Green Green Green Green
106 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAULT ISOLATION POSSIBILITIES Barcode Reader

This sequence is only displayed if the Wireless Portable Detector and the docking station are attach-
ed and configured.

16 Barcode Reader

16.1 Selftests
POST
The barcode reader automatically performs a self test when it is turned on.

16.2 Poor Barcode Reading

The following reading failures are currently known:
– The barcode reader reads the barcode incorrectly.
– The barcode is displayed but not entered.
– The barcode is not read at all.
– The barcode reader reads no symbols.
– The barcode reading performance decreases.

The Barcode Reader Reads the Barcode Incorrectly

The barcode reader scans a barcode, but the data are not displayed correctly on the screen.

Scenario 1
The values of the scanned barcode differ from what is shown on the display. For example, "@es%"
instead of the scanned "12345".
The barcode reader is probably not programmed for the appropriate terminal interface.
• Reprogram the barcode reader with the correct plug and play or terminal selection barcode.
How to reprogram the barcode reader is stated in the corresponding manual.

Scenario 2
You scanned "12345" but the display shows "A12345B".
The barcode reader is probably not programmed to output the barcode data properly.
• Reprogram the barcode reader with the proper symbology selection.
How to reprogram the barcode reader is stated in the corresponding manual.

The Barcode is Displayed but not Entered

The barcode is displayed correctly on the host device, but you still have to press a key to enter the
barcode.
The suffix is not programmed. A suffix enables the barcode reader to output the barcode data and
the functionality to enter the data into your application, for example CR.
To program a suffix, refer to the chapter Prefix and Suffix Settings on page 108.
Further information is given in the corresponding manual.

The Barcode is not Read at all

The barcode reader does not read the barcode at all. No beep sound is heard that indicates a bar-
code scan and nothing is displayed on the screen.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 107

1. Scan the sample barcodes in the Appendix of the

manufacturer manual.
2. If the barcode reader cannot read the sample
barcodes, check that your barcode is readable,
that means not smeared, smudged, or blurred.
If the barcode reader still cannot read the sample
bar codes, scan the "All symbologies on" bar-
code.
Further information is given in the corresponding
manual. Fig. 68

The Barcode Reader Reads no Symbols

The barcode reader may not read symbols.
1. Check that the symbols are not smeared, rough, scratched, or exhibits voids.
2. Check that the symbols are not coated with frost or water droplets on the surface.

The Barcode Reading Performance Decreases

If the reading performance decreases when the barcode reader is in use for a while, the reader win-
dow is probably dirty.
1. If the window is visibly dirty, or if the reader does not operate well, clean the window with a soft cloth
or a lens tissue dampened with water.
2. If you have to remove fatty or oily residues from the window, use a mild soapy water solution.
3. If you cleaned the window with a soapy water solution, subsequently clean the window with a clean
lens tissue only dampened with water.

16.2.1 Prefix and Suffix Settings

1. If you want to add an automatic carriage return at
the end of each scan, use the following code:

Fig. 69

2. For further prefix- or suffix-related program settings, see the chapter Data Editing ➜ Prefix/Suffix
Overview in the Honeywell user guide.
marker

108 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

Contents

17 Eleva Workspot.......................................................................................................... 111

17.1 Hot Keys............................................................................................................................... 111
17.2 Acquisition Workspot............................................................................................................ 111
17.3 Screenshots and File Transfer............................................................................................. 112
17.3.1 Making Snapshots................................................................................................................ 112
17.3.2 Transfer/Burn Files............................................................................................................... 113
17.4 Software and Databases...................................................................................................... 113
17.4.1 What to Do If the Software Behaves Like …........................................................................ 113
17.4.2 Patient Database.................................................................................................................. 115
17.5 Image Recovery and Comparison........................................................................................ 115
17.5.1 Recovery of "Lost” Images................................................................................................... 115
17.5.2 Comparing Patient Images................................................................................................... 116
17.5.3 Storing Patient Images......................................................................................................... 116
17.6 PCR Reader......................................................................................................................... 117
17.6.1 Barcode Reader................................................................................................................... 117
17.6.2 Sensitivity and Shading Adjustment..................................................................................... 118

18 Ceiling Suspension CS III.......................................................................................... 121

18.1 Correction of Room Height Alignment - Tools Required...................................................... 121
18.2 Correction of Room Height Alignment.................................................................................. 121
18.3 Aligning the Tube Axis and the Alpha Axis.......................................................................... 123

19 Table TH.................................................................................................................... 124

19.1 Checking the Detector Power Supply Voltage at the Table................................................. 124
19.2 Fault Finding Guide.............................................................................................................. 129
19.3 Table Height Controller........................................................................................................ 129
19.3.1 Table Height Controller (4512 134 0626x)........................................................................... 130
19.4 Bucky Controller (4512 108 1042x)...................................................................................... 130
19.4.1 Bucky Controller (4512 108 1042x)...................................................................................... 131

20 Wall Stand VS............................................................................................................ 132

20.1 Fault Isolation Procedure at the Power Supply for Digital Systems..................................... 132
20.2 Checking the Detector Power Supply Voltage at the Vertical Stand.................................... 134

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 109

20.2.1 Checking the Function of the Detector Presence Sensor.................................................... 138

20.3 Controller Board VPI............................................................................................................ 138
20.4 Fault Finding Procedure at the Controller Boards VP1, VT1............................................... 139
20.4.1 Controller Board Vertical Movement VP1............................................................................ 139
20.4.2 Controller Board Tilt Movement VT1.................................................................................... 141
20.5 Magnetic Brake.................................................................................................................... 143
20.6 The Tilting Unit does not Rotate Uniformly.......................................................................... 144

21 Wall Stand VM / VM2................................................................................................. 147

21.1 Reset of the Encoder of the VL2 Horizontal Controller (VM2 Only)..................................... 147

22 Collimator................................................................................................................... 148
22.1 Checking the Power Supply of the Collimator and the CAN Bus......................................... 148
22.2 Checking the Collimator PCBs............................................................................................. 148
22.2.1 LEDs on the GC007 Board.................................................................................................. 148
22.2.2 LED on the GC-LED-8A Board............................................................................................ 149
22.3 Checking Other Collimator Components.............................................................................. 149

23 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA...................................................................... 150

23.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 150
23.2 Procedure............................................................................................................................. 151

24 Detectors................................................................................................................... 152
24.1 Fault Finding Procedures..................................................................................................... 152
24.2 Calibrating the Detector....................................................................................................... 152
24.2.1 Calibrating the Fix Detector.................................................................................................. 153
24.2.2 Calibrating the Wireless Portable Detector.......................................................................... 153
24.2.3 Common Calibration Procedure........................................................................................... 154
.

110 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

17 Eleva Workspot

17.1 Hot Keys

Key Description
<Ctrl> + <Alt> + <t> Start the touch screen tool
<Shift> + <F11> Take snapshot of the full desktop
<Shift> + <Alt> + <u> Take snapshot of the full desktop (DRF 1.x/EssentaDR 1.x
only)
<Ctrl> + <Alt> + <s> Start the Field Service Framework
<Ctrl> + <Alt> + <F1> Enables analog monitor output (VGA mode)
<Ctrl> + <Alt> + <F4> Enables digital monitor output (DVI mode)
<Ctrl> + <F10> Grab viewport: Take snapshot of patient image (=image A)
<Ctrl> + <F9> Image comparison:
Show or hide snapshot image A beside actual viewport (=
patient image B)

17.2 Acquisition Workspot

Behavior of the Possible Cause Possible actions
AWS
Unit does not start – If applicable: DC convert- • Check the front panel switch.
when switched on. er is not plugged into a • Check that the power cord is completely plug-
reliable power supply or ged in and power is available at the source.
not connected securely • Check that the power supply cables in the
to the DC-In port of the chassis have been crimped or pinched. In
computer. case of a short circuit, the power supply will
– Surge protector is not sense the short circuit and shut off. It will also
turned on and/or plugged automatically sense the removal of the short
in. circuit and restore operation.
– Power supply cabling is • If you are using a surge protector, ensure the
shorted to the computer. surge protector is turned on and plugged in to
the electrical outlet.
System gains pow- – Video card faulty • Check the speaker connection (if applicable).
er, but computer – Any other card fault • Remove all cards except the video card. Turn
does not run. No – CPU/Motherboard defect on the system, watch for figure, and listen for
disk activity or beeps. If there is no activity, replace the
beeps. AWS.
• If figure comes up, insert each card one at a
time. The faulty card will prevent system from
booting.
System beeps but – Video card faulty • Be sure that the monitor power is connected
no figure and the monitor is properly connected to the
computer.
• Check switches on video card. If correct, re-
place the AWS.
• Strip the system down by removing cards un-
til the defective card is identified.
System is not boot- – Memory is not seated • Reseat the memory first. If that does not fix
ing, just beeping. correctly or is faulty. the problem, replace the AWS.
– BIOS is corrupt.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 111

Behavior of the Possible Cause Possible actions

AWS
Hard disk drive – Ribbon/SATA cable or • Ensure that the power connector and the rib-
controller failure on power connector not in- bon/SATA cable are connected properly.
boot up stalled correctly. • Check that the HDD parameters are set up
– Hard drive parameters in correctly in the CMOS setup (you can use au-
BIOS are incorrect. to-detect hard disk to set the correct HDD pa-
– Hard drive not seen in rameters).
FDISK.
When booting, the – System cannot find a • The system cannot find a proper bootable
CPU reports No proper bootable sector sector. You need to install an operating sys-
ROM BASIC on the boot device. tem on the hard drive or insert a bootable da-
ta carrier.
When booting, the – Video card faulty • Replace the AWS.
system gives eight
beeps
When booting the – Memory is not seated • Reseat the DIMMs into the DIMM sockets
system, you hear correctly or is faulty. and reboot.
two beeps • If the problem persists, swap DIMMs from
one memory bank to the other. If the problem
goes away after the swap, then switch the
memory back to the original installation and
see if the original error occurs.
• If the problem continues to persist, replace
the AWS.
The system runs – Cache memory is disa- • The system will run significantly slower if the
very slowly bled. cache memory has been disabled in the Ad-
vanced Setup in CMOS (cache memory is
automatically disabled when you choose the
fail-safe option in CMOS setup).

LED status
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OK
Voltage error
Temperature error
Fan error
Battery error

Fig. 70

17.3 Screenshots and File Transfer

17.3.1 Making Snapshots

From the login screen onwards, it is possible to take snapshots for documentation purposes.
Key combination Storing type
<Shift> + <F11> – Destination: fixed. The screenshots are saved
in a separate folder in *.png format (Portable
Network Graphics) on the service partition
named \Transfer\ScreenShots.
– File naming: user defined.
– User dialog: Yes

112 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

17.3.2 Transfer/Burn Files

Service Tool: General ➜ Utilities ➜ Transfer / Burn files
This Service Tool procedure supports the transfer of dedicated files:
– From one partition (service partition or system partition) to the other (for example developer logs
from system partition to service partition F:\)
– From service partition F:\ or from system partition to an external device (for example screenshots
from the service partition to a USB device)
The structure of the service partition F:\ is displayed on the right.
There are four options for copy or move available:
– Copy with Directory Structure
– Move with Directory Structure
– Copy (without directory structure)
– Move (without directory structure)
A Transfer directory is created on the external device (for example a USB stick) that contains all
selected files in the subdirectory structure. The current date and time are added automatically to the
directory name (for example: Transfer2013-5-10_11-12-58).

Tip
This keeps the service partition clean for the next service action.
• When transferring files from the service partition to an external device, use the option Move with
directory structure.

The following selections are possible:

From To Allowed file
extensions
– Service partition/All files – USB device/root – *.zip
– Service partition/Data – BurnFolder on service partition (F:\) – *.png
– Service partition/Documentation – CD/DVD – *.log
– Service partition/Images – *.txt
– Service partition/Logs – *.std
– Service partition/Screenshots – *.rtf
– Service partition/Software – *.jpg
– BurnFolder – *.csv
– System partition/Developer logs – *.html

17.4 Software and Databases

17.4.1 What to Do If the Software Behaves Like …

Description What to do …
No login possible The application software does not have the main
Login screen: Entry of the user name and pass- focus. Press <Alt> + <Tab> several times to
word is not possible. The blue frame does not ap- change the focus to the application software
pear. ("Philips – Workspot”). Click the login fields.
Hidden applications Main focus of all running tasks is the Eleva Work-
When working with the system, applications, spot UI. Other software packages are started or
such as the Service Tool, the QA tool, EVA, or hidden in the background.
the Reader Maintenance Utility (MUTL) do not Use <Alt> + <Tab> to toggle between the appli-
appear although they are started. cations that are currently running.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 113

Description What to do …
Service Tool: Start up via shortcut impossible This behavior generally occurs during the first
Startup of the Service Tool via <Ctrl> + <Alt> + use of the system after initial installation of the
<s> is impossible. Eleva Workspot software package. Log in to ap-
plication software and start the Service Tool via
UI: System ➜ General ➜ Service Tool [Start].
Service Tool: USB device is not detected. Data The Service Tool can only handle one USB stor-
backup or export is not possible. age device at a time (no problems with the serv-
ice key (dongle) - it is not regarded as a storage
device). So check: Is there any other device al-
ready connected (for example, a USB hard disk)?
If so, remove this device temporarily, cancel, and
reselect the procedure in the Service Tool. If no
additional device is present, leave your USB de-
vice inserted, close the Service Tool, and try a re-
start of the Eleva Workspot.
In any case: Do not use partitioned USB storage
devices.
Service Tool: Message "Connection to server lost A software error occurred that affects the Service
…” Tool only. Restart the system.
When using the Service Tool, the following mes- A network connection can be missing.
sage appears: "Connection to server lost …”
Service Tool: Yellow message "Currently Field Restart the system. A malfunction of the Service
Service Login is not allowed. Ensure that the sys- Tool in a previous session (for example, auto-
tem is activated". matic shutdown of the Service Tool with message
Message is displayed after startup of the Service "Connection to server lost …”) can be the reason.
Tool via <Ctrl> + <Alt>+ <s> or via UI: System
➜ General ➜ Service Tool [Start]. A login to the
Service Tool is not possible.
Prolongated system shutdown The connection to a configured network node is
Shutting down the application takes longer than interrupted, for example, the RIS server is down.
usual. Wait until the normal shutdown mechanism is fin-
ished.
Local host IP address shows 127.0.0.1 IP address is only correctly displayed if a network
connection is active. Connect at least a hub or
switch to the workspot computer.
Another possible reason: IP address conflict (for
example, by restoring a backup file from a differ-
ent system that is already active in the same net-
work). Solution: set a unique IP address via the
Service Tool.
System is completely hung up. Even after a re- Try to get logging info and send it to helpdesk.
boot, the application software does not start. See chapter Collecting Log Files from a Corrupt-
ed System.
Reinstall software. See chapter Software Rein-
stallation.
System starts in recovery mode. For further actions, use a service key and go to
function in the Service Tool. See chapter System
Recovery Mode.

114 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

17.4.2 Patient Database

Under normal operating conditions, there is no necessity for maintenance activities of the patient da-
tabase. However, to recover the Eleva Workspot, it is possible to reset the patient database and de-
lete all patient images.

Resetting the Patient Database

Important
Data loss
If you reset the patient database, all patient information and images are lost.

1. Go to Service Tool: Configuration ➜ System control / Local workspot PC ➜ Patient Database.

2. Set Database maintenance on next reboot to clean database. This setting only works for the next
reboot.
3. Restart the system.
4. Close the Service Tool.

Background Information
Patient data and patient images are kept on a
separate HD partition named G:\ (not accessible
for the clinical user and the service personnel).
Patient and examination data are managed in an
MRL database in a subdirectory named \Data-
base. The patient images are kept in a subdirec-
tory named \Images.

Fig. 71

Important
If you activate the clean database command, you reinitialize the MRL database and irreversibly de-
lete all patient and examination information in the \Database subdirectory. Also, the \Images subdir-
ectory is cleaned. The image files are deleted too.

With the following system start, the patient database is reset. Due to the clean database command,
the patient and examination information, and the patient images are deleted. The examination list in
the user interface is empty.

17.5 Image Recovery and Comparison

17.5.1 Recovery of "Lost” Images

If you detect that a patient image went “lost”, for example a CR image was properly linked and read
but is not displayed as patient image, proceed as follows:
1. Stop acquiring further images.
2. Select UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Test images.
3. Click [Load images].

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 115

The test images for a patient named Test Images is automatically loaded. For this patient, the last
five acquired images appear under a view named Last Images. If more than five images appear, the
images cannot be assigned to a patient examination. In this case, you have the following two op-
tions:
• Print or export the images manually, including an adequate processing.
• Move the images to a specific patient or examination.

Tip
Access to "lost" images
If you load the Test Images, the system shows the last five acquired images (probably more "lost"
images) only one time. If you load the test images again without having acquired any new images,
the last five images from the previous load are gone and some test images from the background
appear.
• If you want to use the Last images folder to get access to the last five or to "lost" images, perform
the following actions immediately.

Direct Export and Print

1. Open the info panel under Examination, patient Test Images.
2. Under the view called Last images, select the appropriate image and check the image information.
3. Apply a proper image processing, suitable annotations, and so on.
4. Rename the patient Test Images.
5. Export or print the images manually.
6. If all is fine, delete the test image patient.

Moving the Image

1. Under Examination, select the patient Test Images.
2. Select the image and move it to the desired patient or examination.

17.5.2 Comparing Patient Images

1. To compare two different patient images, first take a snapshot of one patient image via the key com-
bination <Ctrl> + <F10> (grab viewport).
2. Switch to the second image.
3. Press <Ctrl> + <F9> to snapshot the second image. This snapshot image is displayed in a separate,
resizable, and movable window.
4. To toggle both windows, press <Ctrl> + <F9> again and again.

17.5.3 Storing Patient Images

Patient images can be stored on the service partition for later transfer and review (for example by an
application specialist in case of image quality problems) via UI: Review ➜ Store … ➜

17.5.3.1 What is Stored?

The images are saved in a .zip file containing the following:
– Image in DICOM standard (.dcm)
– Thumbnail of the processed image in adequate quality (.jpg)
– Presentation state in a separate file (.txt).
It is possible to store max. 20 images. Then, the oldest files are deleted.

116 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

17.5.3.2 Extended Image Format

Important
The advanced and service user have the ability
to add an image to the *.zip file in the native
PMS GIP format. But the file size of these im- Fig. 72
ages extents to 54 MB.
• Add images in their native PMS GIP format to
the *.zip file only on special request, for exam-
ple, by the helpdesk.

17.6 PCR Reader

17.6.1 Barcode Reader

17.6.1.1 Power Supply

The red beam of the barcode reader (formed by LEDs) indicates that the power is on.
• For an activated automatic trigger, the beam is always on.
• For a deactivated automatic trigger, the beam only lights up when you press the trigger of the bar-
code reader.
1. To check the power supply, verify that the LEDs are on or light up when you press the trigger.
• To reset the automatic trigger mode, see chapter Automatic Trigger on page 118.
2. If you do not use an external power supply, also verify that the power of the host system is on.

17.6.1.2 USB Port and Interface Cable

1. Check whether the interface cable is connected properly to both, the barcode reader and the power
supply.
2. Check the functionality of the USB port, to which the barcode reader is connected.
To check whether the USB works properly, use any other plug and play device. For example, use
your mouse.

17.6.1.3 Software
In the Eleva software, make sure that the use of the barcode reader is activated.
1. Start the Eleva software.
2. Go to UI: System ➜ Settings ➜ User interface ➜ Workflow.
3. Check that the checkbox Use barcode reader is activated.
4. To activate the use of the barcode reader, click the checkbox Use barcode reader.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 117

17.6.1.4 Resetting the Standard Product Defaults

If you are not sure, which programming options
are in the barcode reader
or
if you changed some options and want to restore
the factory settings.
1. Scan the "Standard product default settings" bar
code.
This code resets the barcode reader to the de-
fault settings.

Fig. 73

17.6.1.5 Automatic Trigger

Important
Manual trigger mode
If the barcode reader is set to the manual trigger mode, the barcode reader only operates (LEDs
light up) when the trigger is pressed.

Usually, the beamer of the barcode reader is al-

ways on. Barcodes are read if they are held in
the beam line. If not, do the following:
1. To reset the barcode reader to the automatic
mode, scan this barcode.
2. See also the chapter Input/Output Settings ➜
Trigger modes ➜ Read Time-out in the Honey-
well user guide.

Fig. 74

Aiming Beam Line

If you pull the trigger of the barcode reader, the aiming beam line switches on.
• If not, make sure that the trigger does not block nor twists when you release it.

17.6.2 Sensitivity and Shading Adjustment

Preconditions
– The scanning unit of the reader is cleaned before (see the unit manual of the reader).
– The image format and the leading-edge detection are well adjusted. No white blank portions are visi-
ble at the edges (see the unit manual of the reader).
– All the current scanner data are copied to a backup medium with the service program RU PC tool.
– The complete system runs in the normal application mode.

Reference Documents of the Reader

Section: Checks MC Chapter: Shading/Sensitivity correction

17.6.2.1 Sensitivity Correction for Standard Type ST

During this procedure three adjustments are performed automatically:

118 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

– Sensitivity
– Shading
– Shading speed for ST

Preparation
1. Take the largest IP of the type ST, for example 14 in × 17 in or 14 in × 14 in.
2. Erase the IP.
3. Use a large SID (minimum 180 cm respectively 71 in).
4. Do not use any filters.
5. Open the shutters of the collimator wide enough to get a completely exposed image.
The green marker of the cassette points at the anode of the tube.

Exposure
1. Uniformly expose the IP with a dosage of approximately 1 mR (8.7 µGy) with 80 kV (usually 0.5 mAs
or 50 mA and 12.5 ms).
If it is impossible to reach a dosage of 1mR, use a dosage of 2 mR (17.4 µGy).
2. Check the dosage with a dosimeter.
3. Write down the measured value and the time.
Now you have 10 minutes for the next steps until the IP has to be read out.
4. Measured dose: .................. mR time: ......... : ..........

Adjustment
1. Register (barcode) the IP under the examination [SERVICE / TEST] and the view [SENSITIVITY].
2. Start the RU Maintenance Utility Tool (MUTL).
3. Select the reader that you want to adjust.
4. Select [MUTL].
5. Quit the message window "Maintenance in progress..." at the reader by pressing buttons 1 and 3 to-
gether.
6. Select [For Design / Scanner/ Scanner Sensitivity Data] and write down the following values:
Sensitivity HV value/ ST: ................. for example, 508
7. Leave this screen with [CANCEL].
8. Select [Scanner check / Correction].
9. In [Sensitivity Correction (ST)] enter the measured dose in [mR], for example, 1.05.
10. Click [SET] and [OK].

Adjustment Test
1. 10 minutes after the exposure, put the cassette into the reader.
2. Check for "Result-OK" in the window of the RU PC tool.
3. Select [For Design / Scanner / Scanner Sensitivity Data] and write down the new HV value:
Sensitivity HV value/ ST: .................
4. Leave the RU PC tool.
5. Repeat the image quality check. The S value must be within the range 180 ... 200 ... 220.
6. Make a backup of the scanner data (all).

Important
The sensitivity correction is possible with a dose rate within a range of 0.5 to 10 mR.
Recommended is a value of 1…2 mR.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 119

17.6.2.2 Sensitivity Correction for Type HR at Bucky Systems

During this procedure three adjustments are performed automatically:
– Sensitivity
– Shading
– Shading speed for ST

Preparation
1. Take the largest IP of the type HR (for example 24 × 30 cm).
2. Erase the IP.
3. Use a large SID (minimum 180 cm respectively 71 in).
4. Do not use any filters.
5. Open the shutters of the collimator wide enough to get a completely exposed image.
The chest wall side of a Mammo cassette points at the cathode of the tube. The green marker of a
standard cassette 18 × 24 cm points at the anode of the tube.

Adjustment
1. Start the RU Maintenance Utility Tool (MUTL).
2. Select the reader that you want to adjust.
3. Select [MUTL].
4. Quit the message window "Maintenance in progress..." at the reader by touching the upper left and
right corner of the display, if applicable.
5. Select [For Design / Scanner / Scanner Sensitivity Data] and write down the following value:
– Sensitivity HV value/ One side HR-V: .......................for example, 537
6. Leave this screen with [CANCEL].
7. Select [Scanner check / Correction / Special Sensitivity Correction].
8. Check that [TUNGSTN FIX] is selected.
9. Enter in [Sensitivity Correction] the measured dose in [mR], for example, 3.75.
10. Click [SET] and [OK].

Adjustment Test
1. 10 minutes after the exposure, insert the cassette into the reader.
2. Check for "Result-OK" in the window of the RU PC tool.
3. Select [Design / Scanner / Scanner Sensitivity Data]. Write down the new HV value:
– Sensitivity HV value/ One side HR-V: .......................
4. Leave the RU PC tool.
5. Repeat the image quality check. The S value must be within the range 108 ... 120 ... 132.
6. Make a backup of the scanner data (all).

120 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

18 Ceiling Suspension CS III

18.1 Correction of Room Height Alignment - Tools Required

Tools Required
– 5 mm Allen key
– Fork lift
– Measuring tape
– Wooden transport frame for tube mount assembly
– Fixation holders for telescopic column
– Cable ties
– Tape or pencil

18.2 Correction of Room Height Alignment

If the telescopic system is pulled out completely, the tube focus has to be 30 cm (± 1 cm) above the
floor.
• Otherwise, adjust the tube height.

Preparation
1. To remove the cover plate from the aluminum profile, remove the two screws on each end.
2. Remove the plastic covers from the aluminum profile.

Measuring the Distance Between Tube Focus and Floor

1. Move down the tube mount assembly to the low-
est position.
2. Measure the distance (X) between the tube focus
(red mark on the tube housing) and the floor.
3. Write down the measured distance.

X X

icn-15-v-706-7966-150000-106.iso

Fig. 75

If the bumper at the end of the telescopic carriage collides with the floor due to too small room
height, there is no possibility to optimize the alignment.
If the distance is smaller than 29 cm or the collimator collides with the ground, a further alignment is
necessary.
If the distance is larger than 31 cm and the room is higher than 3.21 m, there is no action required.
If the distance is larger than 31 cm and the room is lower than 3.21 m, a further alignment is neces-
sary.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 121

Tube Height Alignment

To align the tube height, it is necessary to move
the housing of the alpha axis along the aluminum
profile. The direction and distance of the move-
ment depend on the calculated difference.
1. Calculate the difference between the measured
distance and the required distance of 30 cm.
• For a distance value smaller than 30 cm,
move the tube alpha axis housing up along the
aluminum profile.
• For a distance value greater than 30 cm, move
the tube alpha axis housing down along the
aluminum profile.
2. Mark the new position at the aluminum profile ac-
cording to the calculated difference. Fig. 76
3. Install the fixation holders for the telescopic col-
umn.
4. Carefully move the telescopic column upwards
until the fixation holders limit the movement.
5. Secure the fixation holders with cable ties.
6. Place the wooden transport frame on the fork lift.
7. Move up the wooden transport frame with the fork lift until the tube rests in the transport frame.

NOTICE
Loosen and fasten only the screws shown in the figure. The other screws remain unaffected.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

8. Loosen the four screws (1).

9. Move the fork lift upwards or downwards to move the alpha axis housing along the aluminum profile
according to the calculated difference.

WARNING
Hazard of falling tube mount
a) Make sure to tighten the four screws of the tube mount properly.
b) Secure them with Loctite.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

10. Fasten the four screws (1).

11. Secure the screws with Loctite.
1 1

1 1
cn-09-v-712-18146-090000-21-B.iso

Fig. 77

12. Move down the fork lift carefully until the telescopic carriage supports the load of the tube.

122 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

13. Remove the wooden transport frame from the tube mount assembly.
14. Move down the fork lift completely.
15. Remove the fork lift.
16. Remove the fixation holders from the telescopic column and store them for later use on site.
17. Insert the plastic covers of the aluminum profile.
18. To install the cover plate of the aluminum profile, fasten the two screws on each end.

18.3 Aligning the Tube Axis and the Alpha Axis

The laser light does not move while moving the tube upwards or downwards. To avoid the influence
of the geometry, the alignment has to be performed at the standard height.

Precondition/Preparation
1. Make sure the following tasks are performed:
– Alignment of the alpha axis
– Alignment of the collimator cross mask
– Alignment of the laser tool and collimator light

Procedure
1. Activate the pre-aligned laser.
2. Place a tin with oil or water on the ground.
3. Move the tube to the standard height.
4. Observe the laser light at the laser white disc.
5. To move the laser light forwards and backwards,
turn the tube axis until it is as close as possible
to the exit window of the laser.
6. To move the laser light left and right, turn the al-
pha axis until the laser is exactly reflected at the
exit window of the laser.

Fig. 78

Fig. 79

Validate the Alignment

1. To validate the alignment, use the collimator light.
2. Remove the laser tool.
3. Move the tube to the standard height.
4. Activate the collimator light.
5. Move the tube up and down about 1 m.
6. Observe the movement of the light cross.
7. The test is passed once it moves less than 5 mm.
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 123
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Table TH FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

8. If not passed, repeat the laser alignment and the alignment of the X-ray tube and alpha axis rotation.

19 Table TH

19.1 Checking the Detector Power Supply Voltage at the Table

1. In the following cases, check the voltage of the detector power supply through the Bucky unit:
– An error log indicates an out-of-range voltage supply (log IDs 5020 and 5021).
This situation occurs, if the window comparator on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 detects a volt-
age that is outside the range from 17.7 V to 19.7 V.
– The LED H40 on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 is permanently red.
This situation occurs, if the A/D converter on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 detects a voltage that
is outside the range from 17.5 V to 20 V.
2. If you readjust the power supply voltage, make sure the voltmeter achieves the following values:
Measuring point Voltage range
Power supply 19 V ± 0.2 V
Power supply unit/Bucky unit controller connector 19 V ± 0.2 V
Wireless portable detector contacts 19 V ± 0.2 V

Tools Required
– Allen key 3 mm
– Allen key 4 mm

Checking and Adjusting the Power Supply Voltage

1. Remove the lower covers and the middle cover

at the back of the table (8 × 3 mm Allen Screws).

cn-11-v-712-18293-110000-21.iso

Fig. 80

124 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

2. Remove the power supply from the table (two Al-

len screws).

Fig. 81

3. Measure the power supply voltage.

Fig. 82

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 125

4. If an adjustment is necessary, turn the adjust-

ment screw (flat headed screw) until the voltage
is 19 V ± 0.2 V.

Fig. 83

5. Install the power supply inside the table.

6. Install the table covers.

Checking the Power Supply Connector Voltage

1. Remove the fixing screws (2) (2 × 3 mm Allen
screws).
2. Remove the rear cover (1).

Fig. 84

3. Detach the earth wire connector from the cover.

Fig. 85

126 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

4. Measure the voltage at the power supply con-

nector.
5. Make sure the voltage is 19 V ± 0.2 V.

Fig. 86

6. Connect the earth wire.

7. Install the rear cover of the table.

Checking the Wireless Portable Detector Charging Contacts Voltage

1. Remove the fixing screws (2).
2. Remove the rear cover (1).

Fig. 87

3. Detach the earth wire connector from the cover.

Fig. 88

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 127

4. Position the jumpers on X5 to pins 1-2 and 3-4.

If these jumpers are positioned at pins 1-2 and 3-4, the tray closed sensor VAS4 and the charging
relay sensor VAS5 are activated while the Bucky unit tray is open. In this case there is voltage on the
wireless portable detector charging contacts.
5. Measure the voltage at the wireless portable de-
tector charging contacts.

Fig. 89

6. Set the jumper X5 12 back to default (pin 2 only).

7. Set the jumper X5 34 back to default (pin 4 only).

CAUTION
Electrical shock through touch voltage
If jumpers X5 1-2 and X5 3-4 are not set back to default after service work, there is a danger of elec-
trical shock if someone touches the wireless portable detector charging contacts.
If these jumpers are positioned at pins 1-2 and 3-4, the tray closed sensor VAS4 and the charging
relay sensor VAS5 are activated while the Bucky unit tray is open and there is voltage on the wire-
less portable detector charging contacts.
• Always set the jumpers X5 1-2 and X5 3-4 back to default:
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

8. Connect the earth wire.

9. Install the TH rear cover.

128 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

19.2 Fault Finding Guide

Convention
Switch is closed = on
Switch is open = off
LED / lamp illuminates = on
LED / lamp does not illuminate = off

Fig. 90

19.3 Table Height Controller

Code no. 4512 134 0626x

Preconditions
1. Check whether the jumper, the dip switch, and the service switch are set correctly (see chapter Table
Height Controller (4512 134 0626x) on page 130).
2. Check whether voltage applies to the jumper. If no voltage applies to the jumper, the table height
sensor is defective.

Procedure
• Measure the voltage between AGND and AIN (see drawing Z3- 4.1):
– If the table is in its lowest position, the voltage has to be lower than 0.5 V.
– If the table is in its highest position, the voltage has to be greater than 4 V.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 129

19.3.1 Table Height Controller (4512 134 0626x)

– S2 service switch (1)
– S1 dip switch (2)
– W1 jumper (3 or 4)

S1 Dip Switch Settings

Switch Setting
CFG3 OFF
CFG2 OFF
CFG1 OFF
CFG0 OFF
CFG3 OFF
CAN2 OFF
CAN1 OFF
CAN0 OFF
BOOT OFF

W1 Jumper Settings
Table height sensor number Jumper set- Pos
ting .
4512 130 5564x 1–2 (3)
4512 131 3889x 2–3 (4)
Fig. 91

Tip
The table height sensor number is located on
the SZ1X4 cable that is connected to the table
height controller.

Fig. 92

19.4 Bucky Controller (4512 108 1042x)

Code no. 4512 108 1042x

Preconditions
1. Check whether the jumper and the dip switch are set correctly (chapter Bucky Controller (4512 108
1042x) on page 131).

130 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

2. Check whether the voltage applies to the jumper. If no voltage applies to the jumper, the table height
sensor is defective.

Procedure
• At the jumper W5, measure the voltage between pin 2 and GND:
– If the table is in its lowest position, the voltage has to be greater than 1 V
– If the table is in its highest position, the voltage has to be lower than 4 V.

19.4.1 Bucky Controller (4512 108 1042x)

Important
Bucky controller code no. 4512 108 1042x is used in DigitalDiagnost 2.x and is substitute for Bucky
controller code no. 4512 108 0750x.

SZ1 S1 dip switch settings

Switch Setting
1 CAN address OPEN
2 CAN address OPEN
3 CAN address OPEN
4 OPEN
5 OPEN
6 OPEN
7 OPEN
8 OPEN

Fig. 93

W5 jumper settings
Table height sensor number Jumper set-
ting
4512 130 5564x 1
4512 131 3889x 2

Fig. 94

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 131

20 Wall Stand VS

20.1 Fault Isolation Procedure at the Power Supply for Digital Systems
1. Check the power supply at the interface VPI (lo-
cated in the wall connection box VP):
• Remove the connector VPI X7 (1). Check the
voltage between pin 1 and 3 (230 Vac switch-
ed) and between pin 2 and 3 (230 Vac contin-
uous).

3
3
X7
2

2
2

230V
1

1
1
1

2
1

1
2
1

1
1

9
VPI
6

8
1

Fig. 95

2. Check the power supply fuses at the wall con-

nection box VP:
• Check the fuses F1 and F2 at the power sup-
Power supply N5
ply unit N5.

VP
Fig. 96

132 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

If the fuses are intact, perform the following:

3. Push the reset button S1 on VP1 / VT1. Check

1
1
whether the yellow LED H6 (1) at the frame of
VP1 / VT1

1
9
the vertical carriage lights. H6 indicates that the
power for the digital detector is OK.

8
1

off
5
9
Bu

1
S1

1
1
CFG3
BOOT

CFG1
CFG2
CAN0
CAN1
CAN2
CFG0

1
Reset

Fig. 97

If the LED H6 is off after reset:

4. Check the voltage at the power supply unit
VP N3.
If the voltage at VP N3 is ok: VP
5. Check the voltage at the power supply unit
VP N1.

T1
N5
26V DC
L2 :L /

L1:N /

230V AC
219V AC

241V AC
0V
N
L

N1 N2
24V DC 20,4V AC
F4
5A
+
+
-
-

20,4V
AC
0V
9,26V

9,26V
AC

AC
0V

3,2A 3,2A

N3 F8
N4 F6

9,26V AC F7
9,26V AC F5
0,5A 0,5A
230V AC
241V AC

219V AC

230V AC
241V AC

219V AC
0V

Fig. 98

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 133

20.2 Checking the Detector Power Supply Voltage at the Vertical Stand
1. In the following cases, check the voltage of the detector power supply through the Bucky unit:
– An error log indicates an out-of-range voltage supply (log IDs 5020 and 5021).
This situation occurs, if the window comparator on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 detects a volt-
age that is outside the range from 17.7 V to 19.7 V.
– The LED H40 on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 is permanently red.
This situation occurs, if the A/D converter on the Bucky unit controller VAC 1 detects a voltage that
is outside the range from 17.5 V to 20 V.
2. If you readjust the power supply voltage, make sure the voltmeter achieves the following values:
Measuring point Voltage range
Power supply 19 V ± 0.2 V
Power supply unit/Bucky unit controller connector 19 V ± 0.2 V
Wireless portable detector contacts 19 V ± 0.2 V

Tools Required
– Allen key 2 mm
– Allen key 3 mm

Checking and Adjusting the Power Supply Voltage

1. Remove the cover from the wall connection box.
2. To remove the power supply, slide it off the fixing
rail.

Fig. 99

134 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

3. Measure the power supply voltage.

Fig. 100

4. If a readjustment is necessary, turn the adjust-

ment screw (flat headed screw) until the voltage
is 19 V ± 0.2 V.

Fig. 101

5. Install the power supply on the fixing rail.

6. Install the wall connection box cover.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 135

Checking the Power Supply Connector Voltage

1. Remove the side cover (3 × 2 mm Allen screws)
and detach the earth wire VA X12.

Fig. 102

2. Measure the voltage at the power supply con-

nector.
3. Make sure the voltage is 19 V ± 0.2 V.

Fig. 103

4. Install the side cover.

136 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Checking the Wirless Portable Detector Charging Contacts Voltage

1. Remove the side cover (three screws) and de-
tach the earth wire VA X12.

Fig. 104

2. Position the jumpers on X5 to pins 1-2 and 3-4.

If these jumpers are positioned at pins 1-2 and 3-4, the tray closed sensor VAS4 and the charging
relay sensor VAS5 are activated while the Bucky unit tray is open. In this case, there is voltage on
the wireless portable detector charging contacts.
3. Measure the voltage at the wireless portable de-
tector charging contacts.

Fig. 105

4. Set the jumper X5 12 back to default (pin 2 only).

5. Set the jumper X5 34 back to default (pin 4 only).

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 137

6. Install the side cover.

20.2.1 Checking the Function of the Detector Presence Sensor

Inside the docking station, there is a sensor responsible for detecting if the wireless portable detector
is located inside the docking station. If the sensor does not detect a detector, the SAPM protective
cap does not open.

CAUTION
Risk of squeezing through SAPM protective cap
The SAPM protective cap is closed automatically during this test. There is a risk of squeezing your
fingers. Do not insert your fingers into the gap.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

• Place a metallic object (for example, filter) inside

the left-hand side of the front flap of the docking
station.
After about 30 seconds, the SAPM protective
cap should open and the recharging contacts
should become visible.
If the micro switch does not detect a detector re-
sistance, the protective cap will now be closed
and opened twice before finally being closed
again permanently.

Fig. 106

20.3 Controller Board VPI

(Refer to drawing Z3-2.1 ’Interface wall’)

138 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

• Check the jumper setting X15.

Jumper X15

8 4
Without CAN termination (default)
5 1

8 4

With CAN termination

5 1

Fig. 107

20.4 Fault Finding Procedure at the Controller Boards VP1, VT1

20.4.1 Controller Board Vertical Movement VP1

1. Check the power supply at the vertical controller

VP1 (located in the wall connection box VP):
VP1
2. Make sure that the yellow LEDs V51, V49, V53,
and V54 (1) are on. yellow yellow

8 4
V51 V49 V53 V54

5 1

1 cn-13-v-712-14254-130000-06.iso

Fig. 108

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 139

Precheck
1. The jumpers and switches on VP1 are config- Jumper W10
1-2 Tilting only
ured correctly. 2-3 Tilting and vertical motorized

• See the drawing Z3- 4.1. 7 9

1 1

2. All connectors are properly connected. 1 3

X22 X19
1 W10 5 8

1 1 4
1
X21
• See the system connection diagrams in the X6 X2
V51 yellow
X23
corresponding System Reference Manual. 1
X16
V49 yellow

• Check the power connector VP1 X1.

3. The power supply is correct.
W13
• See the chapter Fault Isolation Procedure at
1

X1
1

the Power Supply for Digital Sys- X14

tems on page 132. 1

1
1
W9 W5
4. The Bucky controller and the Acquisition Work- X20
1 W4 V53 yellow

1
W12 W3
spot are configured correctly.
VP 1 V54 yellow

5. The CAN connection is established and commu-

nicating (LED V11 is on or blinking during com- 1 1

munication). W8 W7

1
9
1 X3

Self Test (After Power-On or Reset on W11

15
VP1 S4) W2

8
D3 S2 1
1

HIGH
1. Check the LED status after reset: D1 S3 ON OFF

LED Off On Blinking D2

5
9
X17
LOW X13
V9 Service Service -

6
(yellow) mode inac- mode ac- S1

1
V11
V10

V12
V9

ON X9 X8
tive tive OFF
S4
W1
CAN2

CFG1
BOOT
CAN0
CAN1

CFG0

CFG2
CFG3
yellow
red

yellow
green
green

1 1
1
V10 Self-test ok Self test During RESET

(red) failed or self-test CFG1 on S1:

safety cir- ON - vertical and tilting motorized
OFF - only tilting motorized
cuit open
Fig. 109
V11 CAN bus CAN bus
(yellow) not con- active
nected
V12 Controller Controller -
(green) not ready ready

Controller not Ready - V12 Lights Green

1. Check the log entries.
2. Replace the controller board.

The Self Test Fails - V10 Lights Red

1. Check the log entries.

Important
Self-test failures with V10 light red mostly indicates failures in the safety circuit.
• Refer to the drawing Z1- 4.x (x = depending on the configuration).

140 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Safety Circuit Test

1. To bridge the torque safety switch VBS, move the jumper W9 (Torque switch VBS) into the position
1–2.
2. Check the self-test status after reset. If the self test is ok, check function of VBS and replace the de-
fective unit.

Important
• To activate the safety circuit, after finishing the tests of the safety circuit, move back the jumpers into
the working position.

20.4.2 Controller Board Tilt Movement VT1

• Check the power supply at the vertical controller

VT1, make sure that the yellow LEDs V51, V49,
VP1
V53, and V54 (1) are on.
yellow yellow

8 4
V51 V49 V53 V54

5 1

1 cn-13-v-712-14254-130000-06.iso

Fig. 110

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 141

Pre-Check
1. The jumpers and switches VT1 are correctly con- Jumper W10
1-2 Tilting only
figured. For more information, see drawing Z3- 2-3 Tilting and vertical motorized

4.1. 7 9
1 1

2. All connectors are properly connected. 1 3

X22 X19
1 W10 5 8

• See the system connection diagrams in the X21 1 1

X6
1 4

X2
corresponding System Reference Manual. X23
X16
V51 yellow

• Check the power connector VT1 X1. 1 V49 yellow

3. The power supply is correct. For more informa-

tion, see chapter Fault Isolation Procedure at the W13 1

X1
Power Supply for Digital Systems on page 132. 1

X14
4. The Bucky controller and the Acquisition Work- 1
W6

1
spot are configured correctly. 1
W9 W5
5. The CAN connection is established and commu- X20
1 W4 V53 yellow

1
W12 W3
nicating (LED V11 is on or blinking during com- VT 1 V54 yellow

munication).
1 1

W8 W7

1
9
1 X3

W11

15
W2

8
D3 S2 1
1

HIGH
D1 S3 ON OFF

5
9
X17
LOW X13

6
S1

1
V11
V10

V12
V9

ON X9 X8
OFF
W1 S4
CAN2
CFG0
CFG1
CFG2
BOOT
CAN0
CAN1

CFG3
yellow
red

yellow
green
green

1 1
1
RESET

CFG1 on S1:
ON - vertical and tilting motorized
OFF - only tilting motorized
Fig. 111

Self Test (After Power-On or Reset on VT1 S4)

LED On Off Blinking Remarks
V9 Service mode inac- Service mode ac- N/A
(yellow) tive tive
V10 The self-test is ok Self test failed and During self test V10 Lights Red
(red) safety circuit open • Check the log entries.
• Self-test failures with V10
light red mostly indicate
failures in the safety cir-
cuit. For more informa-
tion, see drawing Z1- 4.x
(x = depending on the
configuration).
V11 CAN network not CAN bus active
(yellow) connected
V12 Controller not Controller ready N/A V12 Lights Green
(green) ready • Check the log entries.
• Replace the controller
board.
142 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES Wall Stand VS

Safety Circuit Test

1. To bridge the safety switches, move the jumper W9 (Safety switches contour VA S3-S6) into the po-
sition 1–2.
2. After the reset, check the self-test status. If the self test is ok, check the function of the VBS and re-
place the defective unit.

Safety Circuit Test

1. To bridge the safety switches, move the jumper W12 (Stretch grip detection switches) into the posi-
tion 1–2.
2. After the reset, check self-test status. If the self test is ok, check the function of the VBS and replace
the defective unit.

Important

• To activate the safety circuit, after finishing the test of the safety circuit, move back the jumpers into
the working position.

20.5 Magnetic Brake

Problem
It is possible to manually move the Bucky unit up
and down when applying slight pressure, even if
the brake is not released.

Fig. 112: Magnetic brake

Solution
1. If this incident occurs, secure the Torx screws of the magnetic brake with Loctite anew.
2. Remove the top cover of the column.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 143

Important
a) To secure the Torx screw with Loctite, do not re-
move all screws of the magnetic brake at once.
b) Always process one screw completely.
c) Then proceed with the next Torx screws.

3. Remove the first round head Torx screws M3 x

12. The figure only shows three Torx screws.
4. Do not remove all Torx screws at once.
5. To remove any old Loctite residues, clean the
screw.

Fig. 113: Front view

6. Apply some new Loctite to the Torx screw.

7. Reinsert the Torx screw.
8. Fasten the Torx screw.
9. For every single remaining Torx screw, repeat
this procedure.

Fig. 114: Side view

10. Check the function.

20.6 The Tilting Unit does not Rotate Uniformly

Problem
– The tilting unit does not rotate uniformly.

Fig. 115

– The tilting unit vibrates, especially when it reaches the end position.

144 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

– When applying the "Move-to-position" function,

the tilting unit does not stop exactly at 0°, 90°, or
-20°. This way it is not possible to position it ac-
curately.

Fig. 116

Cause
If this incident occurs, the possible reason is an insufficient attachment of the gear unit to the holding
plate.

Solution
To resolve the problem, perform the following steps:
1. Move the tilting module to its highest position (1).
2. Tilt the module 90° (2).

Fig. 117

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 145

3. Remove the bottom cover (1) of the tilting unit.

To remove the corresponding screws, use a
2.5 mm Allen key.

Fig. 118

Important
• Do not remove the screws simultaneously but
rather one after the other.

4. Remove the three Torx screws M 6 x 12 (1) that

attach the gear unit to the holding plate (2).
5. To remove any residues of the formerly applied
Loctite, clean the screws in order.
6. Apply some new Loctite to the three Torx screws
and reinsert them.
7. Tighten the three Torx screws to a torque of
10.2 Nm.

Fig. 119

8. Check the function.

146 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

9. Reinstall the bottom cover (1).

Fig. 120

21 Wall Stand VM / VM2

21.1 Reset of the Encoder of the VL2 Horizontal Controller (VM2 Only)
For a proper function of the encoder, it is neces-
OFF
sary to reset the encoder controller at a end posi- X3 X13
tion. S4
W2 ON
1. Move the VM in the left end or right end position.
1
2. At the VL2 horizontal controller, program the S3 X8
jumper X5 to 2-3 to reset the encoder controller. 1
3. Wait a few seconds.
4. Program the jumper back to 1-2. X9
1

W1
W11
1
D3 D2
S1 1

X5 X5
1

X17

normal operation
1
X5 Horizontal position encoder reset
1

Fig. 121

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 147

22 Collimator

22.1 Checking the Power Supply of the Collimator and the CAN Bus

CAUTION
Wear an Electro Static Discharge (ESD) bracelet during replacements.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

Assignment of Power Supply Connections

No Item
1 CON1
2 12 V to 24 V switch
3 CON3
4 CON2

Fig. 122: Collimator Connections

1. Make sure that all system cables are intact and properly plugged in.
2. Make sure that the collimator supply voltage on the connector CON1 is 24 V.
3. Make sure that the lamp voltage supply on the connector CON1 is 12 V.
4. Check the LED status.
5. Make sure that the specified CAN Bus power supply on CON2 and CON3 is correct.

22.2 Checking the Collimator PCBs

22.2.1 LEDs on the GC007 Board

LD1 - LD3
LD1 Green (5 V, CAN is present)
1. Check the CAN and system cables.
2. To make sure that the system CAN power supply is correctly connected, see chapter Checking the
Power Supply of the Collimator and the CAN Bus on page 148.

LD2 Green (5 V)
If the LD 1 is on, 24 V are applied to CON1.
1. Restart the system.
2. If the collimator does not operate, replace the PCB.
LD3 Green (3.3 V)
1. Make sure that the system cable is correctly connected to CON1.
2. If it was not, restart the system after correction.
3. If the collimator still does not work, replace the GC007 board.

148 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

LED1 and LED3

Important
Mostly no correction required
For the LED2 and LED4 - LED8, there are no corrections required, if those LEDs do not blink or are
not permanently on.
• For abnormal blinking patterns at LED1 and LED3, take the mentioned corrective actions.

LED1 1. If LD2 and LD3 are on and LED1 does not blink, reset the PCB.
2. If LED1 still does not blink, replace the PCB.

LED3 1. If LED3 blinks fast and continuously, replace the PCB.

2. For other blinking modes, wait to finish the running process.

22.2.2 LED on the GC-LED-8A Board

LED1 Green (12 V DC or 24 V DC)
1. If the LED 1 is off, make sure that 12 or 24 V are applied to CON 1.
2. Make sure that the system cables are intact and correctly connected to the GC-LED-8A board.

22.3 Checking Other Collimator Components

Light
1. If it is not possible to switch on the lamp via CAN, do the following:
• Make sure that the CAN power supply is okay.
• Make sure that the right lamp voltage is applied (12 V or 24 V).
• If the power supply and the lamp voltage are correct and the LED still does not operate, replace
the LED.
2. If the area defined by the light field is not completely on film, align the light and the X-ray field (chap-
ter Testing the Alignment of the Collimator Light Field to the X-Ray Field on page 226).

Ruler
If the electronic ruler values are not correct, do the following:
1. Make sure that J9 and JP8 are connected (see ).
2. If they are correctly connected, check the ruler cabling.
3. If necessary, replace the ruler with cable.
4. If the electronic ruler values are still incorrect, replace the GC007 board.

Coupling Flange
• If the 0° position is not stable, replace the coupling flange.

Shutters
1. If the shutters do not hold the position, do the following:
• Make sure that the photocell is correctly calibrated.
• If the photocell is poorly calibrated, replace it.
2. If the shutters fail to move,

Direct Shutter Control Knobs (DSC)

1. If the DSC knobs are rotated and the shutters do not move, do the following:

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 149

• Check the DSC cable connection on the GC007 board.

• If it does not solve the issue, replace the GC007 board.
• If the DSC cable is connected and the knobs still do not move the shutters, replace the DSC as-
sembly.
2. If a replaced DSC knob does not operate, do the following:
• Make sure that the DSC connectors CON22, CON23, CON24, CON27 are correctly connected on
the GC007 board.
• If these connections are alright and the DSC know does not work, replace the GC007 board (see
chapter Replacements)

Spectral Filter
• If the spectral filter is not correctly positioned and visible in images, do the following:
• Replace the filter assembly.
• If this replacement does not solve the issue, replace the GC007 board.

23 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA

23.1 Introduction
To investigate the possible causes of failure or malfunctioning of the generator, the generator offers
several diagnostic functions:
– Build in self tests (BIST)
– Power on self tests (POST)
– Event logs (service mode)
– GEST debug page (service mode)
– Measuring points on the controller board ZB
– Diagnostic LEDs
– GEST tube calibration viewer (service mode)

Log File Access via the Service Tool

It also possible to review error log entries (events) on system level on the Eleva Workspot with the
CAT log viewer. A download of the log files is possible too.
1. To open the log viewer, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Log Viewer.
2. If you want to review service log files offline, on the service laptop for example, this is also possible.
• To get an offline version of the CAT log viewer, download it from the InCenter.
3. To download service logs from the system, go to Service Tool: General ➜ Export data ➜ System
log files.

150 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

23.2 Procedure

Fig. 123

1. If you search for an error, use the system overview as orientation.

The following figure shows a possible order:

Fig. 124
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 151
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Detectors FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

2. To get an idea, in which subsystem to look for the defect, read out the error log from the system via
the Service Tool.
The RIO has status LEDs for the status of signals from the MSB
3. Read out the error log from the M-Cabinet CXA (via GEST)
In most cases you get a hint, which is the possible defective FRU.
With the help of GEST, it is possible to enter the service menu and to check the status messages.
4. For detailed measurements, find more measuring points in the Generator EPS-ETA.

Fig. 125

24 Detectors

24.1 Fault Finding Procedures

• Refer to Pixium 4600 Fault Finding Trees (4512 984 3189x).
• Refer to Pixium 5500 Wireless Portable Detector Fault Finding Trees.
• Refer to Pixium 4343RC Fault Finding Trees.

24.2 Calibrating the Detector

If the system includes more detectors, do the calibration for all detectors.

Important
Hanging calibration process
It is possible that the calibration process hangs up.
• To restart the calibration process, switch back and forth between the diagnostic and the quality as-
surance mode.

152 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

A calibration for a Wireless Portable Detector needs to be done outside the Bucky unit.

Important
Calibration data is not stored on the detector
If you use the detector sharing, every used Wireless Portable Detector detector has to be calibrated
on the system. If you do not leave the [Modality mode: Quality assurance] after calibrating a Wire-
less Portable Detector detector, the calibration data are not stored in the system.
a) Perform detector calibration of the first detector in [Modality mode: Quality assurance].
b) Change from [Modality mode: Quality assurance] to [Modality mode: Diagnostic]. The calibra-
tion data is stored in the system.
c) To calibrate the next detector, return to the [Modality mode: Quality assurance]
d) Proceed likewise for every used detector.

24.2.1 Calibrating the Fix Detector

24.2.1.1 Preparing the Room

Preconditions
1. Keep the room temperature and the detector temperature consistent and on the same level, as dur-
ing the operation, any time.
2. To provide stable working conditions, make sure that the detector is powered for at least 4 hours.
3. Make sure that no high dose X-ray was taken before the calibration starts. Wait about 20 minutes in
this case.
The detector calibration is valid for a temperature range of ± 6°C. This temperature is set during the
detector calibration. In this area the detector provides full image quality. If the detector leaves the
temperature range, a user guidance is shown.
4. To make sure that stable conditions are met, check the detector temperature:
• For the wall stand detector, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wall stand (VS/VM) ➜ Detector
temperature.
• For the table detector, go to Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Table ➜ Detector temperature.
Check whether the detector temperature is stable.

Preparation
1. Remove the X-ray grid.
2. Center the tube to the detector with the help of the collimator light field.
3. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam.
4. Set the SID to the preset position:
– For the table: 110 cm (43 in).
– For the wall stand: 150 cm (59 in).
5. Insert the 21-mm aluminum (Al) prefilter in the accessory rails of the collimator.
The opening of the collimator to 47 cm × 47 cm (18½ in × 18½ in) and the internal filter selection (0
Al) is done automatically by the EPX view set.
6. Select the corresponding registration device for detector exposure.

24.2.2 Calibrating the Wireless Portable Detector

24.2.2.1 Preparing the Room

Precondition
1. Keep the room temperature and the detector temperature consistent and on the same level, as dur-
ing the operation, any time.
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 153
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Detectors FAULT FINDING AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

2. To provide stable working conditions, make sure that the detector is powered for at least 60 minutes.
3. Make sure that no high dose X-ray was taken before the calibration starts. Wait about 20 minutes in
this case.
4. To make sure that stable conditions are met, check the detector temperature. For more information,
see Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wireless portable detector ➜ Detector temperature.
The item "Detector temperature stable" must be "True".

Preparation
i
1. Place the detector in a suitable position on the
floor or a trolley.
2. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray
beam.
3. Set the SID to the preset position (150 cm or 59
in)
4. Center the tube to the detector with the help of
the collimator light field.
5. Open the collimator so that the light field over-
laps the detector by 2 cm (0.8 in) on each side.

cn-09-v-712-18293-090163-09.iso

Fig. 126: Schematic

24.2.3 Common Calibration Procedure

• The offset calibration is only necessary for each installed Pixium 4600 detector.

24.2.3.1 Offset Calibration

Explanation
This calibration produces the offset image. The offset stability (no X-ray) is measured based on five
dark images at different points of time. This calibration looks for noticeable offset behavior of pixel or
groups of pixel. The calibration is done automatically.

Procedure
1. Select “Offset Calib.” from the [Patient list] according to the selected auxiliary.
2. In the patient list, click [Examination]. The examination section is now active.
3. Click [OK].
4. The system displays “PLEASE WAIT - calibration
is running” in the status line at the bottom.
5. The system performs the offset calibration (with-
out radiation) – be patient.
Fig. 127: Offset calibration may take about 4 minutes

154 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

6. After a successful offset calibration, the system

shows a message and the calibration data is
stored.
7. Click [OK].

Fig. 128: Offset calibration successfully finished

8. To exit the "Offset calibration", click [Patient list].

24.2.3.2 Gain Calibration

The gain calibration creates a correction table for the gain of each pixel under different X-ray condi-
tions.
1. Select "Gain calib." from Patient list (1) in ac-
cordance to the selected registration device.
2. Click [Examination] in the Patient list.
The examination view is now active.
3. Perform the first exposure from the examination
list (2).
4. Check the correction factor:
The calculated correction factor is displayed on
the image (3).
If the correction factor is within a range of 0.7 -
1.3, proceed with the gain calibration.
5. Perform the exposure for all views. For all follow-
ing exposures, wait 5 seconds before you contin-
ue.

Fig. 129: Example View - Depends on System and

Configuration

After a successful calibration, a corresponding message appears and the calibration data is stored.
6. Wait until the processing is finished and the related message appears.
7. Click [OK].
If the calibration is not successful, the system reports it with a message and the former calibration
data is not changed.
If the gain calibration fails repeatedly, perform the following steps.

Modifying the default mAs settings during the first-time gain calibration
(optional)
If the displayed factor is outside a range of 0.7 – 1.3, correct your initial mAsStart value with this fac-
tor. The resulting mAsGaincal value defines the proper operating point for any further gain calibration.

Example
If the SID is 150 cm and a factor of 1.5 is displayed, calculate:
5.6 mAsStart x 1.5 = 8.4 mAsGaincal
From now on, use the mAsGaincal value for all regular gain calibrations.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 155

Important
If the gain calibration was not successful the system displays a message, and the old gain calibra-
tion data are not changed.
a) Repeat the gain calibration.
b) If the gain calibration fails again, check the preconditions and repeat the test.

24.2.3.3 Pixel calibration

The pixel calibration creates a pixel map to correct defect pixel.

Important
• If a correction factor has been determined for the default mAs during the gain calibration, use that
correction factor for the pixel calibration too.

1. Select Pixel calibration from Patient list (1) ac-

cording to the selected auxiliary.
2. Click [Examination] in the Patient list.
The examination view is now active.
3. Perform the exposure for all views (2). For all fol-
lowing exposures, wait 5 seconds before you
continue.
4. If an error message appears, repeat the last ex-
posure.

Fig. 130: Example View - Depends on System and

Configuration

After a successful calibration, a corresponding message appears and the calibration data is stored.
5. Wait until the processing is finished and the related message appears.
6. Click [OK].
If the calibration is not successful, the system reports it with a message and the former calibration
data is not changed.
If the calibration fails repeatedly, perform the following steps.

Fault Finding
The pixel calibration checks the behavior of each pixel, under different X-ray conditions. The result of
the pixel calibration is a pixel map of all pixels that are not responding. Single defective pixels can be
interpolated from pixels in the adjacencies with no relevant loss of image details. The software takes
care, that the amount and cluster of defective pixel cannot exceed certain limits. If these limits are
reached, the calibration result is "Error". In this case, a replacement of the detector is necessary.
1. Repeat the calibration.
2. If the calibration fails again, check the preconditions and repeat the test.
marker

156 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

Contents

25 Ceiling Suspension.................................................................................................... 159

25.1 LEDs.................................................................................................................................... 159
25.1.1 LED Codes UA-Field (PCB)................................................................................................. 159
25.1.2 LED Codes UB-Field (PCB)................................................................................................. 161
25.1.3 LED Codes UE-Field (PCB)................................................................................................. 162
25.1.4 LED Codes Display Board PCB........................................................................................... 163
25.1.5 LED Codes UAB (Tracking Controller)................................................................................. 163
25.1.6 LED Codes UFN1/UTC1...................................................................................................... 164
25.1.7 LED Codes UTC2................................................................................................................ 166
25.2 Button and LED Test............................................................................................................ 167

26 Tables........................................................................................................................ 171
26.1 Table TH LEDs..................................................................................................................... 171

27 Wall Stands................................................................................................................ 179

28 Bucky Units................................................................................................................ 186

28.1 Bucky Unit Portable BUP..................................................................................................... 186
28.1.1 Location of Controller and Sensors...................................................................................... 186
28.1.2 LED Codes BUP User Interface........................................................................................... 189
28.1.3 LED Codes VAC1 (BUP Controller)..................................................................................... 189
28.1.4 Switches VAC1 (BUP Controller)......................................................................................... 191
28.1.5 Jumper VAC1 (BUP Controller)........................................................................................... 191

29 Detectors................................................................................................................... 194
29.1 Fixed Detector Pixium 4343RC............................................................................................ 194
29.1.1 Pixium 4343RC Detector LEDs............................................................................................ 194
29.2 Wireless Portable Detector (Pixium 5500)........................................................................... 194
29.2.1 Docking Station.................................................................................................................... 194
29.2.2 Wireless Portable Detector (Pixium 5500)........................................................................... 194

30 Generators................................................................................................................. 197
30.1 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA................................................................................ 197
30.1.1 Diagnostic LED for Rotor Controller Board.......................................................................... 197

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 157

30.1.2 Diagnostic Test Points on the Controller Board ZB.............................................................. 200

30.1.3 Diagnostic LEDs on Controller Board ZB............................................................................. 203
30.1.4 Tube Calibration Viewer....................................................................................................... 203

31 Eleva Workspot.......................................................................................................... 207

31.1 Barcode Reader................................................................................................................... 207
31.1.1 Barcode Reader LED........................................................................................................... 207

Drawings
Locations of LEDs.................................................................................................. Z1-8.3

CS III Location of LEDs.......................................................................................... Z1-8.3

LED code description.......................................................................................... Z1-8.3.1

Location of LEDs (BU3/BUP/TH2)......................................................................... Z1-8.4

LED code description (BUF)................................................................................Z1-8.4.1

LED code description (BU3/TH2)........................................................................ Z1-8.4.1

LED code description (BUP)............................................................................... Z1-8.4.2

LED code description (BUP/TH2)........................................................................Z1-8.4.2

Location of LED's................................................................................................... Z1-8.5

LED code description.......................................................................................... Z1-8.5.1

Location of LED's................................................................................................... Z1-8.1

Location of LED's (BU3)......................................................................................... Z1-8.1

LED code description (BU3)................................................................................Z1-8.1.1

LED Code Description.........................................................................................Z1-8.1.1

Location of LEDs.................................................................................................... Z1-8.2

LED code description.......................................................................................... Z1-8.2.1

VAC1 BUF Controller / LED Jumper Description........................................................ Z-4

Location of LED's................................................................................................... Z1-8.6

LED code description.......................................................................................... Z1-8.6.1

158 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

25 Ceiling Suspension

25.1 LEDs

25.1.1 LED Codes UA-Field (PCB)

LED Color Function Status Explanation
V2 Yellow Transversal catch, Permanently Magnet enabled, bolt retracted, not ready to
bolt (S2) status on rest in catch plate
Flashing N/A
Off Magnet disabled, bolt ready to rest or rests in-
to catch plate
V4 Yellow Transversal catch, Permanently Catch plate detected
detection catch on
plate (S1) status Flashing N/A
Off No catch plate detected
V6 Yellow Height switch sta- Permanently Standard height
tus, system without on
motorization (al- Flashing N/A
pha/long)
Off Any other height
V7 Yellow Longitudinal catch, Permanently Catch plate detected
detection catch on
plate (S1) status Flashing N/A
Off No catch plate detected
V9 Yellow Longitudinal catch, Permanently Magnet enabled, bolt retracted, not ready to
bolt (S2) status on rest in catch plate
Flashing N/A
Off Magnet disabled, bolt ready to rest or rests in
catch plate
V11 Yellow Transversal catch, Permanently Power supply available
catch magnet sta- on
tus Flashing N/A
Off No power supply
V16 Yellow Transversal brake Permanently Brake enabled, transversal movement locked
on
Flashing N/A
Off Brake disabled, transversal movement un-
locked
V23 Yellow Vertical brake Permanently Brake enabled, vertical movement locked
on
Flashing N/A
Off Brake disabled, vertical movement unlocked
V25 Yellow Longitudinal brake Permanently Brake enabled, longitudinal movement locked
on
Flashing N/A
Off Brake is disabled, longitudinal movement un-
locked

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 159

LED Color Function Status Explanation

V28 Yellow Longitudinal catch, Permanently Power supply available
catch magnet sta- on
tus Flashing N/A
Off No power supply
V33 Green Controller Permanently Controller ready
on
Flashing N/A
Off Reset button pressed
V34 Red Controller permanently Selftest failed or reset button pressed
on
Flashing N/A
Off Selftest OK
V35 Yellow Controller Permanently Power supply available
on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V36 Green I² C bus power Permanently Power supply available
supply on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V38 Green UB power supply Permanently Power supply available
on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V40 Green UA power supply Permanently Power supply available
on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V42 Green UE power supply Permanently Power supply available
on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V46 Yellow Alpha drive power Permanently Power supply available
supply on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V50 Yellow Safety circuit TP3 Permanently Safety circuit closed
on
Flashing N/A
Off Safety circuit open

160 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

LED Color Function Status Explanation

V52 Yellow Safety circuit TP1 Permanently Power supply available
on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V55 Yellow Height switch sta- Permanently Standard height
tus, system with on
motorization (al- Flashing N/A
pha/long)
Off Any other height
V58 Green Longitudinal abso- Permanently N/A
lute encoder, data on
transmission Flashing N/A
Off All time
V59 Green Transversal abso- Permanently N/A
lute encoder, data on
transmission Flashing N/A
Off All time
V60 Red Transversal abso- Permanently Reset in progress (jumper set)
lute encoder on
Flashing N/A
Off Standard operating mode
V69 Yellow Tube temperature Permanently Operating temperature
on
Flashing N/A
Off Tube overheat

25.1.2 LED Codes UB-Field (PCB)

LED Color Function Status Explanation
V2 Red Longitudinal abso- Permanently Reset in progress (jumper set)
lute encoder on
Flashing N/A
Off Standard operating mode
V3 Green Tube temperature Permanently Operating temperature
on
Flashing N/A
Off Tube overheat
V6 Yellow CAN bus socket Permanently Socket used by CAN bus plug (for example,
(X6) on long drive controller)
Flashing N/A
Off CAN bus plug not detected (not available)
V8 Yellow CAN bus socket Permanently Socket used by CAN bus plug
(X15) on
Flashing N/A
Off CAN bus plug not detected (not used)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 161

25.1.3 LED Codes UE-Field (PCB)

LED Color Function Status Explanation
V10 Yellow Control handle Permanently Power supply available
power supply on
Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V12 Yellow Clutch beta axis, Permanently Magnet enabled, rotation possible
magnet status on
Flashing N/A
Off Magnet disabled, beta axis ready to rest or
rested
V14 Yellow Clutch beta axis, Permanently Magnet enabled, rotation blocked
magnet status on
Flashing N/A
Off Magnet enabled, rotation possible
V20 Yellow Controller Permanently CAN bus disconnected
on
Flashing CAN bus connected
Off Searching for CAN bus signals
V21 Green Controller Permanently Controller ready
on
Flashing N/A
Off Reset button pressed
V28 Red Controller Permanently Self test failed
on
Flashing Self test in progress
Off Self test OK
V62 Green Collimator light, Permanently Power supply available
collimator power on
supply status(13 V) Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V64 Green Display back- Permanently Power supply available
ground light, power on
supply Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V65 Green Display controller, Permanently Power supply available
power supply sta- on
tus Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V66 Green Collimator control- Permanently Power supply available
ler, power supply on
status (24 V)

162 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

LED Color Function Status Explanation

Flashing N/A
Off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available

25.1.4 LED Codes Display Board PCB

LED Color Function Status Explanation
V2 green Display controller, permanently Power supply available
power supply sta- on
tus flashing N/A
off Power supply not available

25.1.5 LED Codes UAB (Tracking Controller)

LED Color Function Status Explanation
V9 yellow Switch permanently Switch position changed, special mode
on
flashing N/A
off Standard operating mode
V10 red Controller permanently Selftest failed or reset button pressed
on
flashing Selftest in progress
off selftest ok
V11 yellow Controller permanently CAN bus disconnected
on
flashing CAN bus connected
off Searching for CAN bus signals
V12 green Controller permanently Controller ready
on
flashing N/A
off Reset button pressed
V19 yellow Motor drive unit permanently Active
on
flashing N/A
off Stand-by mode
V21 yellow Hall sensor, signal permanently Motor stop or running fast
on
flashing Motor rotating slowly
off Motor stop or running fast
V30 yellow Clutch tracking permanently Closed clutch, mechanical rotation transmitted
motor, status on
flashing N/A
off Clutch open
V31 yellow Motor drive unit permanently Stand-by mode
on
flashing N/A
off active

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 163

LED Color Function Status Explanation

V49 yellow Tracking motor, permanently Power supply available
power supply sta- on
tus flashing N/A
off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V51 yellow Clutch tracking permanently Power supply available
motor on
flashing N/A
off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available
V53 yellow Hall sensor, power permanently Power supply available
supply status on
flashing N/A
off Fuse blown (thermo) or power supply not
available

25.1.6 LED Codes UFN1/UTC1

LED Color Function Status Detail
H10 yellow Encoder B permanently N/A
on
flashing
off
H11 yellow Encoder A permanently N/A
on
flashing
off
H12 green Encoder status permanently functional check Absolute Encoder (LED flash-
on es with serial data current)
flashing
off
H13 green RUN permanently Stand-by ready
on
flashing at ACTIVATED/SERVO motor stopped
0.66 Hz,
750 ms ON,
750 ms OFF
flashing at BUSY motor running
3.33 Hz,
150 ms ON,
150 ms OFF
flashing at Not referenced
1350 ms ON,
150 ms OFF
flashing at Stopped
150 ms ON,
1350 ms OFF
off OFF, error

164 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

LED Color Function Status Detail

H14 yellow MCU status permanently High max. current 17 A
on
flashing N/A
off Normal max. current 11 A
H15 red Failure permanently N/A
Number of flash on
sequences 1 Motor over-current
(250 ms ON,
2 Overvoltage, undervoltage
250 ms OFF), fol-
lowed by a break 3 Watchdog
of 1 second: 4 CAN timeout during FollowMove (>12 ms no
values on controller)
5 Motor blocked
6 Hardware error (no motor current or 24 V out-
put)
7 Motor output stage OFF
off N/A
H4 green 40 V/24 V motor permanently – 24 V power for the table tray drive or CS
power supply on alpha drive
– 40 V power for CS longitudinal drive
flashing N/A
off N/A
H5 green 24 V motor control permanently 24 V motor control unit
unit supply on
flashing N/A
off N/A
H33 green CAN status permanently N/A
on
flashing at ready
200 ms ON
and 200 ms
OFF
off N/A
H34 yellow COM communica- permanently Operational
tion status on
flashing at Connecting
200 ms
flashing at Prepared
1600 ms
flashing at Preparing
400 ms
off Disconnected
H35 red CAN failure 1 Transmiting EMERGENCY stop to motor
Flashing behavior 2 CAN chip in BUS OFF condition
indicates error di-
3 CAL condition 'Disconnected'
agnosis in some
failure situations: 4 CAL condition 'Not operational'
5 Guarding error

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 165

LED Color Function Status Detail

– flash sequence 6 Not used
of 225 ms ON 7 DIP adjustment faulty
and 150 ms
OFF 8 Wrong operating version (Long, Alpha,
– followed by in- Tray, ...)
terval of 9 Motor control software has not yet reported in-
850 ms itialization
– repeated in 10 Error during initialization of servo operation
times depend- 11 Error during initialization of micro controller
ing on error
12 Coupling RAM access error
13 Termination of command process after time-
out (for example, request for Z-values)
14 Error during process of tomography com-
mands
15 Not used
16 Software download not permitted because of
ext. flash
17 Error during initialization of the CAN node
18 Not used
19 Termination of repetition of a command when
the repetition limit is reached
20 Parameter error (for example, slave node re-
ports invalid condition - 'Not referenced', 'Ref-
erencing' or 'Activated')
21 ... 24 Not used
25 Motor control software did not change over in-
to the required operating condition (for exam-
ple, change into CSP mode)
26 Master control cannot transmit slave follow
values since transfer register is not vacant

25.1.7 LED Codes UTC2

LED Color Function Status Detail
D4 green Longitudinal drive, permanently Power supply available
power supply Sta- on
tus (40 V) flashing N/A
off Power supply not available
D6 green Safety circuit, pow- permanently Power supply available
er supply status on
(24 V) flashing N/A
off Power supply not available
D7 green Alpha drive, power permanently Power supply available
supply status on
(24 V) flashing N/A
off Power supply not available

166 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

25.2 Button and LED Test

This page provides you with the possibility to check the proper functionality of the switches installed
at the control handle and the display foil.
i

1. Press and hold and and on the

Button and LED test
control handle to start up or to leave the service Press a button to check it

mode.
2. Choose the page "Button and LED test".
Each time you press a button you can see a re-
sponse on the display.
This indicates that pressing the button has been
detected by the software.

You can leave the screen with or .

You can leave the service mode with and

and . cn-11-v-712-16079-110000-13.iso

Fig. 131: Button and LED test

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 167

off B1
W1 T3 T4 T5 X13 V14 X31 1
230V S4 on POST V12 X3
X13 X12 X11 X8 X4 Serial X6 X7
X9 T1 T2 V10...V12 Appl. SW 1
X10 Interface S1 connection CAN
X8
X5
1 1 1 X7 X4
BB B BL1 1 S2 S3 V21 15
X6 X5
1 not used V28
K3 W2 K1 15 1 15 1 S1
15 2
1 1
X1 X2 K2
1 = normal operation V20
25 1 2 = Service mode
15 1 X3 V65 1 on 1
B X3
V66
9

X11
X18

1
V62
V64
V3 V6 V2 V8 1
ABM1 SW1 X17
X13 X24
1 X48
S2 1
ABY1
2

H33 H34 H35 1 = normal operation

Hose 1 S10 2 = service mode
Up Test W3
FAY1 W4 E
default settings
H10 yw .1.2 W1 Hose 2 FAR1 S11
Down Test
W5 E1 V10
.3 W6
H11 yw .4 gn yw rd 1 E3, E3H1
H12 gn .5 Hose 3 E2
.6 1
X6 .7 V21 blinking = Motor turns slowly
H13 gn .8
X10 X2 X9
H14 X1 yw
XA 6
H15 male rd 1 V19 Amplifier on K1
X3 V30 Brake on
Amplifier off LA
1 D1 V31
FN1 X1 1
1
1 FM1 FBY1 1
H4 gn FN1 X9 FBS1 X10
H5 gn
Controller male
X2 AB 15

9
alpha drive
X2 X2
male
BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 V53 V49 V51 AB 1

1 1 2
7
AN1 1 1 X12 F1 E
1
SV1 X20 Rear side
X11 X8 X4 X8
X5 J1 X7
1
15
V60 S1
1
1 BCY1 V34 V4
female
Top V59 W1 9

V33 V2
view V6
V35
V69
X1
ACB1
yw Safety 3 V50
yw Safety 1 V52
V23
yw Safety 2 V55 X17
1 1 1
X6 V7
2 2 2 V16 V9
X2 X3
3 3 ADY1 ACY1 V11 X19 1
X5 A
1
2
4 4
TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1 X2 1
E3
3 X18 X6
X4
4 X1 V25 1
15
5 1 4 1 4
6 V45
2 5 X4 2 5 X5 X3
3 6 3 6 1 V79 K1
K2 K3 K1
24V TC2 X13 X16 X9
40V 24V MOT
0V GND GND 1 1 1
X22
V28 V1
X4
H33 H34 H35
D4 D6 D7 X8
X6 X2
25 15 X5
15 15
H10 yw .1.2 W1 V58
H11
.3 V40
yw .4 gn yw rd X15
H12 gn .5
Koeser / Schubert

1
V42
.6 1
X6 V38
H13 gn
.7
.8 X10 X12 A = UA Field FAY1 = Clutch alpha
H14 X1 yw
X14 AB = Tracking controller FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
H15 male rd 1 1

X3 6 X10 ABM1 = Tracking motor FBS1 = Clutch beta switch

D1
1
1 ABY1 = Tracking clutch FBY1 = Clutch beta
V36 1

H4 gn TC1 1
1
X11
ACB1 = Encoder transversal FM1 = Alpha drive motor
X9
H5 gn Controller
male
V46 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage FN1 = Controller alpha drive
longitudinal drive 1

X2
X17 A ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
male ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical LA = Collimator
1 1
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
1 X4 ADY1 = Brake Z vertical TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
X11 X8
X5 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V TC2 = Safety circuit
1
15
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
1 female B = UB Field TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
04.04.2011

BB = Encoder longitudinal Longitudinal drive

BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage XA = X-ray tube assembly
BL1 = Mains filter X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)

E = Control handle /controller

E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
E2 = Control grip U
A3

E3 = Display board
E3H1 = Display BuckyDiagnost CS III
Location of LEDs

BUCKYDIAGNOST CS III CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.3

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
UB N2 / UF N1 H33 H34 H35
UBN2 UBB UBE
H10

S1
UBN3 UBN3 H11

A1
UAC
H12
X6 X10

D1
UBN1 UBN1 + 2 H13
H3 UAB UAC H14
UZ UZ H15
X14

UAE UAD X3
UAC D1
UAG UAN1 UAG UAP
H2 H4 X9
F3

UF H5
XA
F2

UFN1
X13

UE X2
F1

X4
H1 X11 X8
LA UFA X5
X12

UFB
X25
X11

LA = Collimator
UE = Control handle UA = Transversal carriage
X10

UF = Tube support arm UAB = Brake transverse carriage

UFA = Clutch alpha UAC = Brake
UAD = Tracking 2 / CAN Interface adapter
X9

UFB = Clutch beta

X24

UFN1 = Alpha drive (option) UAE = Sensing catch assembly

UZ = Coding field transversal carrige
XA = X-ray tube UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
X8

UAN1= Power supply

UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UB = Longitudinal carriage
UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
X7

X23

UBE = Sensing catch assembly longitudinal

carriage
UBN1 = Power distribution
longitudinal drive (option)
X6

UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)

UBN3 = Power supply
X22

longitudinal drive (option)

C1
X4

V2
X3

V51 V49 V53 V54

X21
W2

X15
X2

X3 X13
S2
26V GND 1 8 5 1
C38
X5 X2 9 15 9 6
W1

8 4 W2 S4
Schroeder / Koeser

X4
5 1 S3 X8
1
X55 1
W55
W6 W5 W4 W3
X2
H1 1 1
W7
X9
1

X13 X1
W8 D1
W1
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1
X14 X19
1 W1
1 1 1
W13 MP2 W11

UAP
D3 D2
+5V
UE2
1
S1 1
X23 HIGH LOW
X1
1
X22 V12
1

9 3
W9 W12 X5 V9
X21
7 1
X14
X20
X60
1
6 9
5
V10
2 1 X17
4 3 1 1
V11
14.03.2011

X17
X11
X16

UE1 H6
H1 H5
A3

H2 H4
H3 BuckyDiagnost CS
Location of LED´s

BUCKYDIAGNOST CS CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.3

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
UB N2 / UF N1
LED Flash Code Condition UAP
H10 yw Encoder B LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H11 yw Encoder A V9 yellow Service Mode active
Functional check AbsolutEncoder (LED flashes with V10 red Selftest ok Selftest failed self test
H12 gn Encoder status Flashing
serial data current)
Continuously ON Standby ready / safety circuit open
0.66Hz 750ms ON, 750ms OFF ACTIVATED/SERVO motor stopped V11 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
3.33Hz 150ms ON, 150ms OFF BUSY motor running V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready
H13 gn RUN
1350ms ON, 150ms OFF Not referenced
V49 yellow PO 26V_MOT
150ms ON, 1350ms OFF Stopped
Continuously OFF ERROR V51 yellow PO 26V_BRK
Continuously OFF normal max. current 11A
H14 yw MCU status
Continuously ON high max. current 17A
Number of flash sequences
(250ms ON / 250ms OFF) After V53 yellow PO 26V_EL
sequence pause of 1 s. V54 yellow PO 26V_DIS
1 Motor over-current
2 Over/under-voltage
H15 rd Failure 3 Watchdog
4 CAN timeout during FollowMove (> 12ms no values UE2
on controller) LED color ON OFF flashing remark
5 Motor blocked H1 red processor error
6 Hardware error (no motor current or 24V output)
7 Motor output stage OFF
H4 gn 40V/24V Motor LEDs ON indicates 24V power ok. For table tray drive
supply or CS alpha drive or 40V power ok. For CS UZ
longitudinal drive LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H5 gn 24V MCU supply 24V Motor Control Unit
H33 gn CAN status Flashing: 200ms ON, 200ms READY H1 green 24V ok
OFF H2 green 24V ok
H34 yw COM status Flashing period Indicates the communication condition via H3 green 24V ok
various flash sequences
OFF Disconnected
200ms Connecting
400ms Preparing
1600ms Prepared
ON Operational
H35 rd CAN failure No. of flash pulses  Flashing for error diagnosis during some error
conditions.
 Flash sequence 225ms ON, 150ms OFF,
repeated n times depending on error.
 Afterwards interval of 850ms.
1 Transmit EMERGENCY Stop to motor controller
2 CAN chip in BUS OFF condition
3 CAL condition 'Disconnected'
4 CAL condition 'Not operational'
Lessmann / Koeser

5 Guarding errorr
6 Not used
7 DIP adjustment faulty
8 Wrong operating version (Long, Alpha, Tray,...)
9 Motor control SW has not yet reported initialization
10 Error during initialization of servo operation
11 Error during initialization of micro controller
12 Coupling RAM access error
13 Termination of command process after timeout (e.g.
request for Z-values)
14 Error during process of TOMO commands
15 Not used
16 Software download not permitted because of ext.
15.03.2011

FLASH
17 Error during initialization of CAN node
18 Not used
19 Termination of a repetition of a command when the
repetition limit is reached
20 Parameter error (e.g. slave node reports invalid
condition – not ‚Referenced’, ‚Referencing’ or
‚Activated’)
A3

21-24 Not used

25 Motor control SW did not change over into the BuckyDiagnost CS
required operating condition (e.g. change into CSP
mode) LED code description
26 Master control cannot transmit slave follow values
since transfer register is not vacant

BUCKYDIAGNOST CS CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.3.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

26 Tables

26.1 Table TH LEDs

LED Color On Off Flashing
V1 Yellow Footswitch is activated N/A N/A
V9 Yellow Switch postion changed, Normal operation mode N/A
special mode
V10 Red Selftest failed or reset but- Selftest ok Selftest running
ton pressed
V11 Yellow CAN bus disconnected Searching for CAN bus CAN bus connected
signals
V12 Green Controller ready Reset button pressed N/A
V53 Green No failure Failure in height sensor or N/A
remote light

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 171

X15 C2
1
K1 IC1
W16 2 KA331
K1 W17 S1
W18 S1 Reset
C1
W19 Service gn X5 X8
W20
W21 gn
W22 U20 X6 1
X1
AVAC1 W23
W24
2 1
S2
Reset
X5 1 X2
X2 OUT
X9 1 X13 X14 1
(BUF controller)
1 1
X8 X7
Reset board H39 H38 H40 H41 H42 H44 H43

X15
P1 P2 W16
1
2
K1 W17
W18 S1
V40 V38 V39 V44 V9 V12 V18 V16 W19
W20
Service

W21
W22 U20 X6 1

not used V41 W23

S2 X5 1
18
16
17
15
S1 V42 AVA AC W24
2 1 Reset
X9 1 X13 X14 1
14
12
13
11 K1 1 2 Tray boot manager 1 1
W1 10 9
X8 X7
8 7 U20 S2 U21 V43 F5 X5
Top view A - B
6 5
4 3
X6 ACH
2 1 X4 F4 X3 X2 AVAC1
Reset X7 X8
AVAC1 (BUP controller) X1
X11
AC

AY20
AY21

A = Transverse carriage
AY31 ACH = Second table control (option)
V29 V22 AE = Footswitch lock
AI = Tray interface PCBA
AY1 AI AS1 AY2 AC = Tray boot manager
AGND AIN AS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
X14
I TH controller Front =
X800

1
ye
AVA Bucky unit
X500
X600

X400
X300
15
K8
AVAC1 = BUF controller / BUP controller
X1 X20 AY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
TRB X4 RIO
AY20+21 = Transversal brakes
1
X38 S5 1
15 ye
AY31 = Bucky frame brake
X60 C = Footswitch
OPEN X40 X53 1 F1 = Motor protection switch
X13
X70 X6 9 I = TH controller
2
1

V11
ye
1 234 56 7 8 1 1
Top view C - D L1 = Mains filter 1
S1 D2 X51
V10 L2 =
rd
I N1 Mains filter 2
V9 ye
gn
X52 1 N1F2 N1F1 NVM = Table height motor
V12
S2
V5
L2 L1 NVS1...3 = Motor control switches
X41
D3 N1 = Power supply 20.4 Vac
S3 C32 V72 F1 NVS U = Height Poti
S4 D1
gn

TSN1 1..3
gn
K1
Schroeder / Scholl

S7
X11 NVM
V34 V64 U
S6
V36 gn
K5 C for DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3) only
ye ye ye
ye ye ye
X31 Front (Bucky unit 3 digital with Trixell 4343 RC)
V66
V32
ye
gn
K9 K4
gn
K3 AVA = Power supply 24 Vdc
V44
ye K6 A AE A AVA B
V48
ye ye ye ye ye ye gn V74
V50 +5 V K2
X39
ye gn gn
C PHILIPS D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only
gn X7
9 9

1 1 1 9
gn V14 TSN1 = Power supply 19 Vdc
gn

X4 X8 K7 1
gn
003 04.11.2013

6 X37 gn
V15
9 X5
8
1
C NVS1..3 NVM
X9 X10 1
V13
X30
X2

V38 V40 V42 V52 V54 V46 V26 V83 V56 V78 V68 V70 V81 V76

S
A3

Location of LEDs
DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3 / BUP)

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( c/13.1 ) Z1-8.4

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAN1 Tray drive controller 4512 130 2349x SZ1 Bucky controller 4512 108 0750x
LED Flash Code Condition LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H10 yw Encoder B H1 green controller ready
H11 yw Encoder A
Functional check AbsolutEncoder (LED flashes with H2 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
H12 gn Encoder status Flashing
serial data current) H3 red Self test failed
Continuously ON Standby ready
0.66Hz 750ms ON, 750ms OFF ACTIVATED/SERVO motor stopped SZ1 Table height controller 4512 134 0626x
3.33Hz 150ms ON, 150ms OFF BUSY motor running
H13 gn RUN
1350ms ON, 150ms OFF Not referenced
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
150ms ON, 1350ms OFF Stopped V1 yellow Footswitch is activated
Continuously OFF ERROR V9 yellow Switch position Normal operation mode Status switch
Continuously OFF normal max. current 11A changed, special mode
H14 yw MCU status
Continuously ON high max. current 17A
Number of flash sequences V10 red Selftest failed or Selftest ok Selftest running Controller status
(250ms ON / 250ms OFF) After reset button pressed
sequence pause of 1 s. V11 yellow CAN bus disconnected Searching for CAN bus CAN bus connected Controller status
1 Motor over-current
2 Over/under-voltage
signals
H15 rd Failure 3 Watchdog V12 green Controller ready Reset button pressed Controller status
4 CAN timeout during FollowMove (> 12ms no values V53 green No failure Failure in height sensor
on controller) or remote light
5 Motor blocked
6 Hardware error (no motor current or 24V output) SI IF Main TH 4512 131 3880x
7 Motor output stage OFF LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H4 gn 40V/24V Motor LEDs ON indicates 24V power ok. For table tray drive
supply or CS alpha drive or 40V power ok. For CS D1 green +26 V SZ1 + SZ2 ok
longitudinal drive D2 green +26 V MSB table ok
H5 gn 24V MCU supply 24V Motor Control Unit D5 green Enable move signal Safety circuit
H33 gn CAN status Flashing: 200ms ON, 200ms READY
OFF
H34 yw COM status Flashing period Indicates the communication condition via
SA PCB Pixium control board 4512 201 0367x
various flash sequences LED color ON OFF flashing remark
OFF Disconnected H1 green 24 Vac Trigger
200ms Connecting H2 green +24 V
400ms Preparing H3 green -5 V
1600ms Prepared H4 green +5 V
ON Operational
H35 rd CAN failure No. of flash pulses • Flashing for error diagnosis during some error H5 yellow Detector power ok or
conditions. Jumper J1 plugged in
• Flash sequence 225ms ON, 150ms OFF, H6 yellow Detector power ok or
repeated n times depending on error.
Jumper J1 plugged in
• Afterwards interval of 850ms.
1 Transmit EMERGENCY Stop to motor controller
2 CAN chip in BUS OFF condition SA VAC1 BUF controller 4512 133 1494x
3 CAL condition 'Disconnected' LED color ON OFF flashing remark
4 CAL condition 'Not operational'
H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
5 Guarding errorr
6 Not used H39 green BUF ready
7 DIP adjustment faulty H40 red Self test failed During self test
Lessmann / Koeser

8 Wrong operating version (Long, Alpha, Tray,...) H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
9 Motor control SW has not yet reported initialization
10 Error during initialization of servo operation
not detected
11 Error during initialization of micro controller H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)
12 Coupling RAM access error H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
13 Termination of command process after timeout (e.g.

14
request for Z-values)
Error during process of TOMO commands
SZ2 Table control 4512 130 5556x
15 Not used LED color ON OFF flashing remark
16 Software download not permitted because of ext. H1 green Table up
FLASH H2 green Table down
17 Error during initialization of CAN node
18 Not used H3 green Start up
19 Termination of a repetition of a command when the H4 green enable movement
26.05.2011

repetition limit is reached H5 green +15 V ok

20 Parameter error (e.g. slave node reports invalid
condition – not ‚Referenced’, ‚Referencing’ or
‚Activated’)
21-24 Not used
25 Motor control SW did not change over into the
required operating condition (e.g. change into CSP
mode)
26 Master control cannot transmit slave follow values
A3

since transfer register is not vacant

DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF)
LED code description

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.4.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SI TH controller SA VAC1 BUF controller
LED color ON OFF flashing LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V5 green Power 26 V motor Multifuse R60 Power 26 V motor tripped H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V9 yellow Service mode active H39 green BUF ready
V10 red Self test failed H40 red Self test failed During self test
V11 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
V12 green Power-ON not detected
V13 green Power Screen / P26 V Multifuse R61 Power Screen / P26 V tripped H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)
V14 green Power 26 V MSB Multifuse R62 Power 26 V MSB tripped H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
V15 green Power 15 V / 24 V Multifuse R70 Power 15 V / 24 V tripped
V22 yellow Status K8 enable movement
SA VAVA Reset board
V26 yellow Safe release LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V29 yellow Power 26 V carriage motor amp P1 green Power PCB
V32 yellow Footswitch break P2 green Power X2 OUT
V34 yellow Footswitch table top up
V36 yellow Footswitch table top down
SA C Tray boot manager
V38 yellow Handswitch break LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V40 yellow Handswitch table top up
H39 green BUF ready
V42 yellow Handswitch table top down
H40 red Self test failed During self test
V44 yellow K1 motor table top up
H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
V46 yellow Carriage move left
not detected
V48 yellow K2 motor table top down
V50 yellow S3 table height 750 mm H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)
H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
V52 yellow S1 carriage
V54 yellow Carriage move right
V56 yellow Footswitch lock
V64 green Status K5 main voltage for SNV
V66 green Status K3 startup capacitors
V68 green Status K7 power on brakes

V70 green Status K6 request movement

V72 green Status K1 motor table top up
Lessmann / Scholl

V74 green Status K2 motor table top down

V76 green Status K4 table height 750 mm

V78 green Clutch tracking

V81 green Status K9 break carriage
V83 green Power 5 V Multifuse R61 Power Screen tripped / P26V
007 04.11.2013
A3

LED code description

DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3)

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( b/13.1 ) Z1-8.4.1

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAN1 Tray drive controller 4512 130 2349x SZ1 Table height controller 4512 134 0626x
LED Flash Code Condition LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H10 yw Encoder B V1 yellow Footswitch is activated
H11 yw Encoder A
Functional check AbsolutEncoder (LED flashes with V9 yellow Switch position Normal operation mode Status switch
H12 gn Encoder status Flashing
serial data current) changed, special mode
Continuously ON Standby ready V10 red Selftest failed or Selftest ok Selftest running Controller status
0.66Hz 750ms ON, 750ms OFF ACTIVATED/SERVO motor stopped
reset button pressed
3.33Hz 150ms ON, 150ms OFF BUSY motor running
H13 gn RUN V11 yellow CAN bus disconnected Searching for CAN bus CAN bus connected Controller status
1350ms ON, 150ms OFF Not referenced
150ms ON, 1350ms OFF Stopped signals
Continuously OFF ERROR V12 green Controller ready Reset button pressed Controller status
Continuously OFF normal max. current 11A
H14 yw MCU status
Continuously ON high max. current 17A V53 green No failure Failure in height sensor
Number of flash sequences or remote light
(250ms ON / 250ms OFF) After
sequence pause of 1 s. SI IF Main TH 4512 131 3880x
1 Motor over-current LED color ON OFF flashing remark
2 Over/under-voltage
3 Watchdog D1 green +26 V SZ1 + SZ2 ok
H15 rd Failure
4 CAN timeout during FollowMove (> 12ms no values D2 green +26 V MSB table ok
on controller) D5 green Enable move signal Safety circuit
5 Motor blocked
6 Hardware error (no motor current or 24V output) SA VAC1 BUP controller 4512 134 3700x
7 Motor output stage OFF
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H4 gn 40V/24V Motor LEDs ON indicates 24V power ok. For table tray drive
supply or CS alpha drive or 40V power ok. For CS V9 yellow WPD Charging
longitudinal drive transistor on
H5 gn 24V MCU supply 24V Motor Control Unit V12 yellow WPD Charging relay on
H33 gn CAN status Flashing: 200ms ON, 200ms READY
OFF V16 green 19 Vdc power supply
H34 yw COM status Flashing period Indicates the communication condition via V18 green 5 Vdc supply voltage
various flash sequences WPD detector
OFF Disconnected orientation
200ms Connecting V38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
400ms Preparing
V39 green BUP ready
1600ms Prepared
ON Operational V40 red Self test failed During self test
H35 rd CAN failure No. of flash pulses  Flashing for error diagnosis during some error V44 yellow Tray closed (sensor
conditions. VAS4 activated)
 Flash sequence 225ms ON, 150ms OFF,
repeated n times depending on error.
 Afterwards interval of 850ms.
SZ2 Table control 4512 130 5556x
1 Transmit EMERGENCY Stop to motor controller LED color ON OFF flashing remark
2 CAN chip in BUS OFF condition H1 green Table up
3 CAL condition 'Disconnected'
H2 green Table down
4 CAL condition 'Not operational'
5 Guarding errorr H3 green Start up
6 Not used H4 green enable movement
7 DIP adjustment faulty H5 green +15 V ok
8 Wrong operating version (Long, Alpha, Tray,...)
9 Motor control SW has not yet reported initialization
10 Error during initialization of servo operation
11 Error during initialization of micro controller
Koeser /

12 Coupling RAM access error

13 Termination of command process after timeout (e.g.
request for Z-values)
14 Error during process of TOMO commands
15 Not used
16 Software download not permitted because of ext.
FLASH
17 Error during initialization of CAN node
18 Not used
19 Termination of a repetition of a command when the
23.05.2011

repetition limit is reached

since transfer register is not vacant

DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP)
LED code description

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.4.2

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SI TH controller SA VAC1 BUP controller
LED color ON OFF flashing LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V5 green Power 26 V motor Multifuse R60 Power 26 V motor tripped V9 yellow WPD Charging
V9 yellow Service mode active transistor on
V10 red Self test failed V12 yellow WPD Charging relay on
V11 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active V16 green 19 Vdc power supply
V12 green Power-ON V18 green 5 Vdc supply voltage
V13 green Power Screen / P26 V Multifuse R61 Power Screen / P26 V tripped WPD detector
V14 green Power 26 V MSB Multifuse R62 Power 26 V MSB tripped orientation
V15 green Power 15 V / 24 V Multifuse R70 Power 15 V / 24 V tripped V38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V22 yellow Status K8 enable movement V39 green BUP ready
V26 yellow Safe release V40 red Self test failed During self test
V29 yellow Power 26 V carriage motor amp V44 yellow Tray closed (sensor
V32 yellow Footswitch break VAS4 activated)
V34 yellow Footswitch table top up
V36 yellow Footswitch table top down SA C Tray boot manager
V38 yellow Handswitch break LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V40 yellow Handswitch table top up H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V42 yellow Handswitch table top down H39 green BUF ready
V44 yellow K1 motor table top up H40 red Self test failed During self test
V46 yellow Carriage move left H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
V48 yellow K2 motor table top down not detected
V50 yellow S3 table height 750 mm H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)
V52 yellow S1 carriage H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
V54 yellow Carriage move right
V56 yellow Footswitch lock
V64 green Status K5 main voltage for SNV
V66 green Status K3 startup capacitors
V68 green Status K7 power on brakes

V70 green Status K6 request movement

V72 green Status K1 motor table top up
Koeser / Scholl

V74 green Status K2 motor table top down

V76 green Status K4 table height 750 mm

V78 green Clutch tracking

V81 green Status K9 break carriage
V83 green Power 5 V Multifuse R61 Power Screen tripped / P26V
012 04.11.2013
A3

LED code description

DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP)

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.1 ) Z1-8.4.2

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
V64 V63 V62 V67 V65 V3 V66

S2 S1
S4 X15

S6
X10
15 X23
S3 8
SW1
SY2 X4
W1
S5 1
9 W2
SY3
SM SZ1 X24
X9
SY1
S10 1
6
SN10 X14
9
SN1 5 V32
SZ5
SU X11
SZ4

X8
SZ1 TH-S Controller 5
SZ4 Footswitch 1
9
X13
SZ1
SZ5 Footswitch 2 X7
6 1
SM Hydraulic motor
SN1 Power supply X20 X21 X6
SN10 Mains filter
1
S10 Mains switch
Schroeder / Koeser

X12
SU Height potentiometer X1
S3 Footswitch lock 1
S4 Footswitch lock 2 X5
S5 Pressure switch hydraulic 1
S6 Collision switch table top X3 X22
SY1 Valve down movement X2
SY2 Valve brake table top
SY3 Valve up movement
17.03.2011
A3

Single Sided Table TH-S

Location of LED's

SINGLE SIDED TABLE TH-S CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.5

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SZ1
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V3 green +24VDC
V62 green
V63 yellow
V64 red
V65 yellow service mode
V66 yellow hydraulic pump motor
V67 yellow W1 bridged for SW
download
Lessmann / Koeser
17.03.2011
A4

Single Sided Table TH-S

LED code description

SINGLE SIDED TABLE TH-S CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.5.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

27 Wall Stands

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 179

X15
1
VP N5 W16 2
K1 W17 X66
W18 S1
W19 Service
W20
W21 1
X4
W22 U20 X6
ok VM W23
S2 1
VAC (BUF) W24 X5
Reset
VZ VHP VH VB 2 1
X9 1 X14 1
X13
VA 1 1
G1 G2 X8 X7

N5 N2 C PCB H4
V51 V49 V53 V54 N11 PCB P
X3 X13
S2 N1
26V GND 1 8 5 1
C38 9 15 9 6
N10
X2
8 4 W2 S4 X5

5 1 S3 N4 N3
X8 Option (only VM2)
X55 1 J1
W55 SW1
W6 W5 W4 W3 VL Horizontal drive unit (HDU)
1 1 G
X9 VP VD
W7 1

X1
VL1 IF Main HDU
W8 D1 X3
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1 VC VL2 Horizontal controller
X19
1
PH
W1
1 1 1 W11
W13 MP2 3 H6
1
D3 D2 1
+5V S1 1
X23 VP1 HIGH LOW H5
X22
1 V12
1 H2
N2
9 3 X5 V9
W9 W12
1 5 5
7 1 X60
X14 6 9 V10 1 X2
X21 2 1
X20 X17 2 4 2
4 3 1 1
V11
N1 X1

VA Bucky unit digital VL H3

VA C BUF Controller
VA G User interface connector board User
VU
1 8 VA G1 interface left
X45
9 15
1 X10 X14
1 8 1

X44
8 1 K1 15 9
VA G2 User interface right
X13 15 9
H1
1 VA P Pixium 4600
X41 X11
8 1
X43 15 9

1 X21
VA PCB Pixium control board
1 S1
X2
VP5 1 X12
8 1
VB Vertical brake unit J2
X42 1 X1
15 9 X6
1 1 VC C-Arm
VD Display
VH Horizontal catch assembly
V6 V5 V4 V3 V2
VHP Horizontal potentiometer
VM Vertical motor unit
VP E-Rack
VP1 Vertical controller
VP2 Tilt arm controller
V51 V49 V53 V54 VP3 5-Field controller V51 V49 V53 V54
X3 X13
VP4 Remote controller X3 X13
S2 S2
26V GND 1 8 5 1 26V GND 1 8 5 1
C38 9 15 9 6
VP5 MSB Connector board C38 9 15 9
X2 X2 6
8 4 W2 S4 8 4 S4
VU Vertical carriage W2

5 1 S3 5 1
X8 VZ Antenna remote control S3 X8
X55 1 X55 1
W55 W55
W6 W5 W4 W3 PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber W6 W5 W4 W3
1 1 1 1
X9 X9
W7 1 W7 1
X1 X1
W8 D1 W8 D1

Koeser /
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1 W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1
X19 X19
1 W1 1 W1
1 1 1 W11 1 1 1 W11
W13 MP2 W13 MP2
1
D3 D2 D3 D2
1
+5V S1 1 +5V S1 1
X23 VP2 HIGH LOW X1 X23 VL2 HIGH LOW
N3 N1 N2
X22 X4 X22
1 V12 X5 1 V12
X2
1 1

9 3 X5 V9 9 3 V9
W9 W12 W9 W12 X5
1 5 1 5
7 1 X60 7 1
X14 6 9 V10 VP3 V18 X14
X60 6 9 V10
X21 2 1
X20 X17 U4 X21 X20
2 1 X17
4 3 1 1 VP4 S2 V17 1
J2 J1 4 3 1
V11 RP2 X35 X34 V11
X31
U10 U8 U9
U1
X5
X32

29.03.2011
U2
U12
X33
S1
RP1 U11
X2

A3 U13

X7
U14
DigitalDiagnost VM
D1 D2 D3 D4 Location of LEDs

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
H39 H38 H40 H41 H42 H44 H43

X15
VP N5 K1
W16
W17
1
2

W18 S1
W19 Service
W20
W21
U20 X6 1
ok VM W22

VZ VHP VH VB VAC W23

W24
2 1
S2
Reset
X5 1

X9 1 X13 X14 1

G1 VA G2 X8
1 1
X7

N5 C
V51 V49 V53 V54 N11 P
26 V
C38
GND 1
X3
8
S2
5
X13
1
N1 N10
X2 9 15 9 6
S4
W2
G
8 4
C2
K1 IC1
5 1 S3 X8 S1
W55
X55 1 Reset
C1
X5
VP
W6 W5 W4 W3
gn X8
1 1
W7
X9 VD gn
X1
1
X1
W8 D1
VC X2
X19
W10 X6 X16 X50

1
1 BR1
PH X2 OUT
W1
1 1 1
W13 MP2 W11
1 3
VP1
D3 D2
1
+5 V S1 1
Reset board
X23 HIGH LOW

1
X22 V12
1

V9 P1 P2
9 3
W9 W12 X5
5
X21
7 1
X14
X20
X60
1
6 9
5
V10 2 4 Option (only VM2)
2 1 X17
4 3 1 1
V11 VL Horizontal drive unit (HDU)
VL1 IF Main HDU
VL2 Horizontal controller
VA Bucky unit 3 digital
VA C BUF Controller
VA G User interface connector board User
VU
VA G1 interface left
X45
N2
1 8

X10 X14
VA G2 User interface right
9 15
1
1 8 1

X44
8 1 K1
X13 15 9

1
X41
15 9

X11 VA P Pixium 4343 RC 2 1

VB Vertical brake unit
8 1
X43

VP5
15 9

N1
1 X21
VC C-Arm
1 S1
X2 1 X12
1
X42 X1
8

VD Display
1 15 9

1 1

VH Horizontal catch assembly VL

VHP Horizontal potentiometer
V6 V5 V4 V3 V2
VM Vertical motor unit
VP E-Rack
VP1 Vertical controller
VP2 Tilt arm controller
VP3 5-Field controller
V51 V49 V53 V54 VP4 Remote controller V51 V49 V53 V54
VP5 MSB Connector board
Koeser / Scholl

X3 X13 X3 X13
VU Vertical carriage
S2 S2
26 V GND 1 8 5 1 26 V GND 1 8 5 1
C38 C38
X2 9 15 9 6 X2 9 15 9 6
8 4 W2 S4
VZ Antenna remote control 8 4 W2 S4

5 1 S3 X8 PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber 5 1 S3 X8

X55 1 X55 1
W55 W55
W6 W5 W4 W3 W6 W5 W4 W3
1 1
X9 1 1
X9
W7 1 W7 1
X1 X1
W8 D1 W8 D1
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1 W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1
X19 X19
1 W1 1
MP2
W1
1 1 1
W13
W11 1 1 1
W13 MP2 W11

VP2
D3 D2

VL2
D3 D2
1
+5 V S1 1
1
+5 V S1 1
X23 HIGH LOW X1 X23 HIGH LOW
N3 N1 N2
1
X22 V12 X4 X5 X2 1
X22 V12
1 1

V9 V9
9 3
W9 W12 X5
VP3 X5
071 02.07.2013

9 3
W9 W12
7 1 X60
1 5
V10 V18 X60
1 5
V10
VP4
7 1
X14 6 9
X14 6 9
X21 2 1
X20 X17 V17 U4 X21 X20 X17
V11
2 1
S2
4 3 1 1
J2 J1 RP2 X35 X34
4 3 1 1
V11
X31
U10 U8 U9
U1
X5
X32
U2
U12
X33
S1
RP1 U11
X2
U13
A3

Location of LEDs
U14

D1 D2 D3 D4 DigitalDiagnost VM

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.1 ) Z1-8.1

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
VP1 Vertical controller VP5 MSB connector board
LED color ON OFF flashing remark LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode active V2 green no collision
V10 red Selftest failed Selftest ok self test V3 green 24 V BuF controller /
/ safety circuit open Remote contr. available
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active V4 yellow "Manual movement" is
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready pressed on the UI
V49 yellow PO 26 V_MOT VMM (vertical motor) V5 green Torque switch not
V51 yellow PO 26 V_BRK VP3 (power) activated (no collision in
VBB (vertical brake) horizontal direction)
VMC (vertical clutch) V6 yellow Switch for horizontal
V53 yellow PO 26 V_EL Horizontal control handle brake pressed at the
V54 yellow PO 26 V_DIS VD (wallstand display) column / horizontal
brake released
VP2 Tilt arm controller VP4 Remote controller
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode active
D1 red without function
V10 red Selftest failed Selftest ok self test
D2 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
/ safety circuit open
D3 green Power ok
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active
D4 red receiving data
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready
V49 yellow PO 26 V_MOT VUM (tilt motor) VP3 5-field controller
V51 yellow PO 26 V_BRK VCB (tilt brake)
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
VH (horizontal detent)
V17 green VCC 5 V ok CAN bus active
VAS1+S2 (stretch handle)
V18 green +15 V ok
VAS3+S4+S5+S6
(contour switches) VA Reset board 4512 134 5610x
Horizontal brakes
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V53 yellow PO 26 V_EL Safety circuit
P1 green Power PCB
V54 yellow PO 26 V_DIS
P2 green Power X2 OUT

VL2 Horizontal controller VP N5

LED color ON OFF flashing remark LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active nn green 24 V Output ok
V10 red Selftest ok Selftest failed self test
/ safety circuit open
Lessmann / Stroelau

V11 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active

V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready
V49 yellow PO 26 V_MOT VLM (horizontal motor)
V51 yellow PO 26 V_BRK VCB (horizontal brake)
VLC (horizontal clutch)
VB (hor. Brake floor carr.)
V53 yellow PO 26 V_EL
V54 yellow PO 26 V_DIS

VAC BUF controller

070 24.09.2014

LED color ON OFF flashing remark

H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
H39 green BUF ready
H40 red Self test failed During self test
H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
not detected
H42 red No function No function
A3

H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)

LED code description
H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
DigitalDiagnost VM

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( a ) Z1-8.1.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
VP1 Vertical controller VP5 MSB connector board
LED color ON OFF flashing remark LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode inactive V2 green no collision
V10 red Selftest failed Selftest ok self test V3 green 24 V BuF controller /
/ safety circuit open Remote contr. available
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active V4 yellow "Manual movement" is
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready pressed on the UI
V49 yellow 26V power supply motor PO 26 V_MOT not ok VMM (vertical motor) V5 green Torque switch not
VBM ok activated (no collision in
V51 yellow 26V power supply PO 26 V_BRK not ok VP3 (power) horizontal direction)
mvertical brake VBY1 VBB (vertical brake) V6 yellow Switch for horizontal
and clutch VBY2 ok VMC (vertical clutch) brake pressed at the
V53 yellow 26V power supply PO 26 V_EL not ok Horizontal control handle column / horizontal
safety circuit/ wall stand brake released
controller VP1 D1 ok
V54 yellow 26V power supply wall PO 26 V_DIS not ok VD (wallstand display) VP4 Remote controller
stand display VD ok LED color ON OFF flashing remark
D1 red without function
VP2 Tilt arm controller D2 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
LED color ON OFF flashing remark D3 green Power ok
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode inactive D4 red receiving data
V10 red Selftest failed Selftest ok self test
/ safety circuit open VP3 5-field controller
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready V17 green VCC 5 V ok CAN bus active
V49 yellow PO 26 V_MOT ok PO 26 V_MOT not ok VUM (tilt motor) V18 green +15 V ok
V51 yellow PO 26 V_BRK ok PO 26 V_BRK not ok VCB (tilt brake)
VH (horizontal detent) VA Reset board 4512 134 5610x
VAS1+S2 (stretch handle) LED color ON OFF flashing remark
VAS3+S4+S5+S6 P1 green Power PCB
(contour switches) P2 green Power X2 OUT
Horizontal brakes
V53 yellow PO 26 V_EL ok PO 26 V_EL not ok Safety circuit VP N5
V54 yellow PO 26 V_DIS ok PO 26 V_DIS not ok LED color ON OFF flashing remark
nn green 24 V Output ok
VL2 Horizontal controller
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active
V10 red Selftest ok Selftest failed self test
Lessmann / Stroelau

/ safety circuit open

V11 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready
V49 yellow PO 26 V_MOT VLM (horizontal motor)
V51 yellow PO 26 V_BRK VCB (horizontal brake)
VLC (horizontal clutch)
VB (hor. Brake floor carr.)
V53 yellow PO 26 V_EL
V54 yellow PO 26 V_DIS

VAC BUF controller

070 05.06.2015

LED color ON OFF flashing remark

H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
H39 green BUF ready
H40 red Self test failed During self test
H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
not detected
A3

H42 red No function No function

H43 green CTRL X (sync grid) LED code description
H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
DigitalDiagnost VM

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( b ) Z1-8.1.1

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
C Koninklijke Philips N.V. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
V51 V49 V53 V54
X3 X13
S2
26V GND

VB
1 8 5 1
C38
X2 9 15 9 6
S4

"Wall Box"
8 4 W2
X66

VP
5 1 S3

High End
X8
X55 1
W55
W6 W5 W4 W3
X4
1 1
X9
1
W7 1

X1
W8 D1
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1
X19
1 W1
1 1 1
W13 MP2 W11

VP1
D3 D2
+5V
PCB H4
1
S1 1
X23 HIGH LOW

1
X22 V12
1

9 3
W9 W12 X5 V9
X5 X21
7 1
X14
X20
X60
1
6 9
5
V10
2 1 X17
4 3 1 1
V11
J1 SW1

H6 X1

H5 X4 X5

H2 VD VAG2
X2
VP4 J2 J1
S2
RP2

VA = Vertical frame
X1
VA
U1
VAC1 = BUF controller / BUP controller U2
F1
VAG1 = User interface left S1
H3 VAG2 = User interface right X2
RP1

VAPCB = Pixium control board

VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
Bucky unit portable (BUP) D1 D2 D3 D4
H1
VD = Display
VT VP = Wall box
J2 VT = Tilting unit
X6

VAC1*1
N1 N2
X2

VAG1 V40 V38 V39 V44 V9 V12 V18 V16 VP3

V18
not used V41 V17 U4

VAPH 18
16
14
17
15
13
S1 V42
K1 X31
X35 X34

12 11 1 2 U10 U8 U9
W1 X5
10 9
8 7 U20 S2 U21 X32

VAVA
V43 X5
Schroeder / Koeser

6 5 F5
4 3 U12
2 1 X4 F4 X3 X6 X2 X33
V51 V49 V53 V54 VAC1 (BUP) Reset X7
X1
X8 X11
U11

X3 X13
S2 U13
26V GND 1 8 5 1
C38
X2 9 15 9 6

8 4 W2 S4 X7
U14

5 1 S3
X8

VAC1 *2 User side (Grid insertion side)

X55 1
W55
W6 W5 W4 W3
1 1
X9
1 W7 1

X1 H39 H38 H40 H41 H44 H43

W8 D1
W10 X6 X16 X50 1 BR1
X19
1 W1 X15
1 1 1
W13 MP2 W11
W16
1
2 gr
VT1
D3 D2
1
+5V S1 1 K1 W17
W18 S1
19.07.2011

X23 HIGH LOW W19 Service

X22 V12 W20
1
1

V9
W21
W22 U20 X6 1
VP N5
9 3
W9 W12 X5 VAC1 (BUF) W23
W24 S2 X5 1

X21
7 1
X14
X20
X60
1
6 9
5
V10 2 1 Reset
X9 1 X13 X14 1
2 1 X17
4 3 1 1
V11 X8
1 1
X7

*1 = VAC1 (BUP) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting

VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS basic / advanced
A3

*2 = VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting BuckyDiagnost VS

Location of LEDs

BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-8.2

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
VP1 Vertical controller VP N5
LED color ON OFF flashing remark LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode inactive nn green 24V Output ok
V10 red Selftest failed or Selftest ok During self test
safety circuit open VAC1 BUF controller
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready H38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V49 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_MOT not ok H39 green BUF ready
motor VBM ok H40 red Self test failed During self test
V51 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_BRK not ok H41 red Motor error Sensor VAS3
vertical brake VBY1 and not detected
clutch VBY2 ok H43 green CTRL X (sync grid)
V53 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_EL not ok H44 green RQ SN X (start grid)
safety circuit / wallstand
controller VP1 D1 ok
VAC1 BUP controller
V54 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_DIS not ok
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
wallstand display VD ok
V9 yellow WPD Charging
transistor on
VT1 Tilt controller V12 yellow WPD Charging relay on
LED color ON OFF flashing remark V16 green 19 Vdc power supply
V9 yellow Service Mode active Service Mode inactive V18 green 5 Vdc supply voltage
V10 red Selftest failed or Selftest ok During self test WPD detector
safety circuit open orientation
V11 yellow CAN bus not connected CAN bus active V38 yellow CAN missing CAN operating
V12 green Controller ready Controller not ready V39 green BUP ready
V49 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_MOT not ok V40 red Self test failed During self test
motor VTM ok V44 yellow Tray closed (sensor
V51 yellow 26 V power supply ok PO 26V_BRK not ok VAS4 activated)
V53 yellow 26 V power supply PO 26V_EL not ok
safety circuit / wallstand
controller VP1 D1 ok
V54 yellow 26 V power supply ok PO 26V_DIS not ok

VP3
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
V17 green VCC 5V ok CAN bus active
Lessmann / Koeser

V18 green +15V ok

VP4
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
D1 red without function
D2 yellow CAN bus inactive CAN bus active
D3 green Power ok
D4 red receiving data
31.05.2011

PCB Pixium control board

LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H1 green 24Vac Trigger
H2 green +24V
H3 green -5V
H4 green +5V
H5 yellow Detector power ok or
A3

Jumper J1 plugged in BuckyDiagnost VS

H6 yellow Detector power ok or
Jumper J1 plugged in LED code description

BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.2.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

28 Bucky Units

28.1 Bucky Unit Portable BUP

28.1.1 Location of Controller and Sensors

Fig. 132

186 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

28.1.1.1 Detector Charging Status

The charging transistor and the charging relay are part of the BUP controller. They are connected in
series.
C
BUCKY UNIT PORTABLE

VA 1 BUP CONTROLLER
+ 19V DC D1 DETECTOR
TRAY CLOSED
CHARGING
CHARGING INTERFACE
SENSOR
TRANSISTOR
S4 DETECTOR X4
+ 19V DC
CHARGING
S5 GND GND
POWER X5
CHARGING CHARGING
RELAY RELAY
SENSOR

icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-02.iso

Fig. 133: Series connection of charging transistor and charging relay

Detector Charging Satus

Component name Component identifi- Description
cation code
Charging power The charging power is ON, when the charging
transistor is ON and the charging relay is activat-
ed. Charging transistor and charging relay are in-
cluded in the BUP controller (VAC1). Power is al-
ways OFF, unless the Bucky tray is fully inserted
with or without detector. Possible states: YES
and NO.
Charging transistor While inserting the Bucky tray the "Tray closed
sensor" (VAS4) activates the charging transistor
and enables the 18 Vdc detector charging power.
Possible states: YES and NO.
Charging relay sensor VAS5 Activates the charging relay.
Charging relay The charging relay switches on the 18 Vdc detec-
tor charging power. Possible states: YES and
NO.

Tray Status
Sensor name Component identifi- Description
cation code
Tray closed sensor VAS4 Detects if the Bucky tray is fully inserted and acti-
vates the charging transistor when the Bucky tray
is fully inserted. Possible states: YES and NO.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 187

Detector Orientation
Sensor name Component identifi- Description
cation code
Detector present contact VAD1 X6 If the detector is present, VAD1 X6 is activated.
Possible states: YES and NO.
Detector in landscape detect- VAS7 If the detector is inserted in landscape orienta-
ed sensor tion, VAS7 is activated. Possible states: YES and
NO.
Detector orientation Possible states: Landscape left, Landscape right,
Portrait, and Unknown.

28.1.1.2 Detector Orientation Status

Fault Finding for Detector Orientation
Status Possible defects
"Unknown" although detector is inserted (land- "Detector present contact" (VAD1 X6) is defect.
scape or portrait)
"Portrait" although detector in landscape orienta- "Detector present contact" (VAD1 X6) is OK.
tion inserted Detector in landscape orientation sensor (VAS7)
is defect.
"Landscape" although detector in portrait orienta- "Detector present contact" (VAD1 X6) is OK.
tion inserted "Detector in landscape orientation sensor"
(VAS7) is defect or jammed.

28.1.1.3 Grid Status

Grid Status
Component name Component identifi- Description
cation code
Grid lever sensor VAS3 Detects the position of the grid lever. Possible
states: YES and NO.
Grid end position sensor VAS1 Detects if the grid is fully inserted. Possible
states: YES and NO.
Grid status For more information, see the following table.
Possible states: Loaded, Unloaded, and Loaded
incompletely.
Grid type detection Detects which grid type is inserted. Grid detection
is only possible if the grid is equipped with an
RFID tag.

The following table shows the grid status in correspondence to the activation state of the sensors.
Activation state of the sensor is YES or NO.

Grid Status
Grid status VAS1: Grid end position VAS3: Grid lever sensor
sensor
1) Grid unloaded. NO NO
2) Grid loaded incompletely. The grid status NO YES
"Loaded incompletely" is also activated by simply
pressing the grid lever manually.

188 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Grid status VAS1: Grid end position VAS3: Grid lever sensor
sensor
3) Grid loaded. YES NO
4) Grid loaded incompletely. The unloading of the YES YES
grid is started by activating the grid lever. The
gird end position sensor (VAS1) is only activated
for less than a second. After that the end position
sensor is not activated as in grid status 2).

Important
• Check the system log viewer for more information about the grid status and the activation state of
the sensors.

28.1.2 LED Codes BUP User Interface

V
H1 H2 H3 H4 AC2
USER INTERFACE

icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-01-A.iso

Fig. 134: Bucky unit portable: User interface

User Interface LEDs (on VAC2)

LED name Function
H1 Grid inserted. LED is blinking when grid is not fully inserted into or
taken out of the grid frame.
H2 Landscape left
H3 Portrait
H4 Landscape right

All LEDs are ON during system start-up.

28.1.3 LED Codes VAC1 (BUP Controller)

i
Test pin GND Test pin 5V not used
not used V41 not used
18 17 S1 V42
16 15
V44 V16
14 13 V40 V12 1 2
12 11
W1 10 9 V38 not used V9
8 7 S2 V43
6 5 V39 X5
4 3
2 1 V18
Reset

V6
W2
1 2
1
Jumper

cn-11-v-712-18293-110000-22.iso

Fig. 135

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 189

LED Color Status Explanation

V39 Green Permanently on BUP ready
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V38 Yellow Permanently on CAN missing
Flashing CAN in operation
Off N/A
V40 Red Permanently on Self-test failed
Flashing Self-test in progress
Off N/A
V16 Green Permanently on 19 Vdc power supply
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V18 Green Permanently on 5 Vdc power supply WPD detector alignment
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V9 Yellow Permanently on WPD transistor charging
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V12 Yellow Permanently on WPD relay charging
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V44 Yellow Permanently on Tray closed (sensor VAS4 activated)
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V41 Red Permanently on N/A
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V42 Red Permanently on N/A
Flashing N/A
Off N/A
V43 Yellow Permanently on N/A
Flashing N/A
Off N/A

190 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

28.1.4 Switches VAC1 (BUP Controller)

i
Test pin GND Test pin 5V not used
not used V41 not used
18 17 S1 V42
16 15
V44 V16
14 13 V40 V12 1 2
12 11
W1 10 9 V38 not used V9
8 7 S2 V43
6 5 V39 X5
4 3
2 1 V18
Reset

V6
W2
1 2
1
Jumper

cn-11-v-712-18293-110000-22.iso

Fig. 136

Switch Function
S1 No function
S2 Reset controller

28.1.5 Jumper VAC1 (BUP Controller)

i
Test pin GND Test pin 5V not used
not used V41 not used
18 17 S1 V42
16 15
V44 V16
14 13 V40 V12 1 2
12 11
W1 10 9 V38 not used V9
8 7 S2 V43
6 5 V39 X5
4 3
2 1 V18
Reset

V6
W2
1 2
1
Jumper

cn-11-v-712-18293-110000-22.iso

Fig. 137

W1
Jumper Function Comment Default BUP TH Default BUP VS
W 2-1 Bootstrap For factory use only; No jumper No jumper
If this jumper is used, the
BUP controller does not
start.
W 4-3 No function No jumper No jumper
W 6-5 CAN1 TH BUP (CAN0 not bridg- No jumper No jumper
W 8-7 CAN0 ed, CAN1 not bridged) VS No jumper jumper bridged
BUP (CAN0 bridged,
CAN1 not bridged)
W10-9 No function No jumper No jumper
W 12-11 No function No jumper No jumper
W 14-13 No function No jumper No jumper
W 16-15 No function No jumper No jumper

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 191

Jumper Function Comment Default BUP TH Default BUP VS

W 17 GND test pin Do not use this jumper! No jumper No jumper
W 18 5 V test pin Do not use this jumper! No jumper No jumper

W2
Jumper Function Comment Default BUP TH Default BUP VS
W 2-3 Memory configura- Closed
W 4-5 tion Closed
W 1-6 Open

X5
Jumper Function Comment Default BUP TH Default BUP VS
X5 1-2 Tray closed sensor VAS4 Jumper on PIN 2 Jumper on PIN 2
activated at open tray for only only
fault finding (safety - has to
be removed after test, no
error log)
X5 34 Charging relay sensor Jumper on PIN 4 Jumper on PIN 4
VAS5 activated at open only only
tray for fault finding (safety
- has to be removed after
test, no error log)
X5 5-6 Simulation of wireless port- Jumper on PIN 6 Jumper on PIN 6
able detector portrait posi- only only
tion (center orientation for
TH BUP and VS BUP)
X5 7-8 Simulation of wireless port- No jumper No jumper
able detector orientation:
BUP VS right side -> land-
scape upper position ---
BUP TH -> right orientation
X5 9-10 Simulation of wireless port- No jumper No jumper
able detector orientation:
BUP VS left side -> land-
scape upper position ---
BUP TH -> left orientation

192 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

W18 S1 Service
W19
W20
rd H40 gn H44
W21
W22 U20 yw H38 gn H43 X6 1
W23
W24 S2 Reset gn H39 X5 1
2 1 X13 X14
X9 1 1

1 1
X8 X7

Rear side

3 2 1 2
4 1
5 6
1 X1 U17
W25 X16
1 X2
1 X3
1 X4 15 16

Jumper setting
0 = no jumper LED interpretation
1 = jumper

W16 for factory only Status

LED
0 default flashing permanent ON

W17 for factory only H40 (rd) during self test self test failed
0 default
H38 (yw) CAN operating CAN missing
W18 for factory only
0 default
H39 (gn) BU3 ready
W19 W20 for Bucky Unit 3 digital in wall stand and table
Schroeder / Scholl

sensor VAS3 Motor error

0 0 wall stand and table H41 (rd)
not detected
W21 W22 for Bucky Unit 3 digital
H42 (rd) no function
0 0 Bucky Unit 3 used in table
1 0 Bucky Unit 3 used in wall stand RQ SN X
H44 (gn)
(start grid)
W23 for service (Configuration, calibration)
0 default H43 (gn) CTRL X
(sync grid)
1 Configuration and calibration mode
005 24.09.2013

W24 for factory only

0 default
3 2
W25 4 1 default
5 6
A4

VAC1 BUF Controller

LED / Jumper Description

BU3 CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z-4

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

29 Detectors

29.1 Fixed Detector Pixium 4343RC

29.1.1 Pixium 4343RC Detector LEDs

Detector LEDs (Pixium 4343RC)
LED Sta- Meaning
tus
D1 ON External power supply is applied to
the detector boards.
D2 ON Boot up of the detector was success-
ful.
D3 ON Communication between system con-
troller (AWS) and detector is estab-
lished.
D4 ON Detector has received a Frame Re-
quest from the system controller Fig. 138
(AWS).
D5 ON X-ray window open (signaled by the
active state of the X-ray Enable sent
to the RIO interface).

29.2 Wireless Portable Detector (Pixium 5500)

29.2.1 Docking Station

LED Codes Docking Station
Meaning
Power Ready
Green Green DS connected to power; ready to receive image
Green Green DS connected to power; image in progress
(blinking)
Green Orange DS connected to power; not ready to receive image
OFF OFF DS not connected to power; not ready to receive image

29.2.2 Wireless Portable Detector (Pixium 5500)

LED Codes Pixium 5500
Meaning
Detector Status WiFi Status Battery Status
Green Green Green – Ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery ok
Green Green Green – Ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
(blinking) – WiFi ok
– Battery getting low

194 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Meaning
Detector Status WiFi Status Battery Status
Green Green Orange – Ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery low
Green OFF Green – Ready for image with backup cable
– WiFi disabled
– Battery getting ok
Green OFF Green – Ready for image with backup cable
(blinking) – WiFi disabled
– Battery getting low
Green OFF Orange – Ready for image with backup cable
– WiFi disabled
– Battery low
Green Orange Green – Ready for image with backup cable
– WiFi not ok
– Battery ok
Green Orange Green – Ready for image with backup cable
(blinking) – WiFi not ok
– Battery getting low
Green Orange Orange – Ready for image with backup cable
– WiFi not ok
– Battery low
OFF Green Green – Image in progress with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery ok
OFF Green Green – Image in progress with backup cable or WiFi
(blinking) – WiFi ok
– Battery getting low
OFF Green Orange – Image in progress with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery low
OFF OFF Green – Image in progress with backup cable
– WiFi disabled
– Battery ok
OFF OFF Green – Image in progress with backup cable
(blinking) – WiFi disabled
– Battery getting low
OFF OFF Orange – Image in progress with backup cable
– WiFi disabled
– Battery low
OFF Orange Green – Image in progress with backup cable
– WiFi not ok
– Battery ok
OFF Orange Green – Image in progress with backup cable
(blinking) – WiFi not ok
– Battery getting low
OFF Orange Orange – Image in progress with backup cable
– WiFi not ok
– Battery low

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 195

Meaning
Detector Status WiFi Status Battery Status
Orange Green Green – Not ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery ok (=> internal error)
Orange Green Green – Not ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
(blinking) – WiFi ok
– Battery getting low (=> internal error)
Orange Green Orange – Not ready for image with backup cable or WiFi
– WiFi ok
– Battery low (=> connect backup cable, if con-
nected: internal error)
Orange OFF Green – Not ready for image
– WiFi disabled
– Battery ok (=> connect backup cable, if con-
nected: internal error)
Orange OFF Green – Not ready for image
(blinking) – WiFi disabled
– Battery getting low (=> connect backup cable, if
connected: internal error)
Orange OFF Orange – Not ready for image
– WiFi disabled
– Battery low (=> connect backup cable, if con-
nected: internal error)
Orange Orange Green – Not ready for image
– WiFi not ok
– Battery ok (=> connect backup cable, if con-
nected: internal error)
Orange Orange Green – Not ready for image
(blinking) – WiFi not ok
– Battery getting low (=> connect backup cable, if
connected: internal error)
Orange Orange Orange – Not ready for image
– WiFi not ok
– Battery low (=> connect backup cable, if con-
nected: internal error)
OFF OFF OFF – Detector not powered or powered by backup
cable and image in progress, battery dashon-
nected or switched off.

196 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

i
Pixium 5500 Battery Pinout (Front View of Battery
Connector)
Ter- Leg Description Voltage in rela-

6 5 4
mi- end tion to terminal
nal 1 (+)
1 (+) Positive pole. N/A
2 (C) SMBus clock. A 11 V
1MΩ resistor is con-

3 2 1
nected between (C)
and (-).
3 (D) SMBus clock. A 12 V
1MΩ resistor is con-
nected between (D) cn-10-v-712-18293-100000-02.iso
and (-). Fig. 139: Pinout of WPD battery connector (front view)
4 (T) A 300Ω ±5% resis- 11 V
tor is connected be-
tween (T) and (-).
5 (-) Negative pole. 12 V
6 (N Not connected. N/A
C)

30 Generators

30.1 M-Cabinet CXA - Generator EPS-ETA

30.1.1 Diagnostic LED for Rotor Controller Board

On the front of the generator above the controller
basket, a two color LED (green and red) provides
indication on the current operative condition. This
LED flash an orange color five times when the
generator is switched on. After that, the color will
turn green (flashes or continuous – described in
the following table) and indicate normal operation
of the system.
In a fault condition, the LED will flash in red color representing in a 2-digit code. The pattern is re-
peated continuously. The code can be interpreted as follows:
1. X1 pulses of 250 ms on red LED where the number of pulses X1 indicates the decimal number of the
first digit.
2. 1/2 s delay between first and second digits.
3. X2 pulses of 250 ms on red LED where the number of pulses X2 indicates the decimal number of the
second digit.
4. 2 second-pause.
5. Steps 1 to 4 are repeated.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 197

Rotor Controller Board Troubleshooting Guide

Orange Flashes: 5 times during generator switch

on.
Green Flashes: The rotor controller board oper-
ates normally.
Continuous: Tube brake condition

198 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Rotor Controller Board Error Guide

Red The following two-digit code is used to signal fault conditions. The
2-digit code code is repeated continually with a 2-second pause time between 2
cycles.
X1 X2 2 bit-Code (X1 & X2) Fault description Actions
1 1 Hardware fault "W/3/Main" wire shorted with • Check stator cable.
"V/2/Common" wire.
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
1 2 Overtime fault Too long boost or brake time. • Check and adjust GEST
The boost time of the tube ex- "Boost" & "Brake" timing in
ceeded 12 seconds or the brake GEST.
time exceeded 15 seconds.
Defective H.S. starter • Contact manufacturer.
1 4 Stator inversed fault Tube phase current is higher • Check W/3 is connected to
than main current. main (Line filter board J6-1).
• Check U/1 is connected to
Phase (Line filter board
J6-3).
1 5 I_Both_Too_Low Tube main and phase current
too low.
1 6 Tube main current too The main is not connected to • Check W/3 is connected to
low the H.S. starter. main (Line Filter board
J6-1).
The common is not connected • Check V/2 is connected to
to the H.S. starter main (Line filter board J6-2)
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
1 7 Tube phase current too The phase is not connected to • Check U/1 is connected to
low the H.S. starter main (Line filter board J6-3)
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
2 1 No line No power • Check input mains line volt-
age.
• Check HSS fuses.
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
2 2 VC1 unbalance Maximum allowed voltage ex-
ceeded on supply rail.
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
3 1 DC unregulated DC Voltage out of Positive toler-
ance
Defective H.S. starter. • Contact manufacturer.
5 1 Illogical operation User Interface requested illogi- • Perform a switch off and on
cal sequence. operation.
If problem persists, defective • Contact manufacturer.
H.S. starter.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 199

30.1.2 Diagnostic Test Points on the Controller Board ZB

WARNING
Hazard of electrical shock caused by exposed voltage
• Dangerous and lethal potentials are present in offline circuits in several places of this unit.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

This section defines the different diagnostic test points all available on the controller board ZB.

200 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Test Points on Controller Board ZB

Test Point Description Range / Scaling
TP1 Not used
(*)
TP2 kV Total feedback 1 V = + 40 kV
(*)
TP3 kV Anode feedback 1 V = + 20 kV
(*)
TP4 kV Cathode feedback 1 V = - 20 kV
TP5 kV Select 1 V = + 40 kV
TP6 Not used
TP7 Large filament current feedback 1V=1A
(actual value)
TP8 Small filament current feedback 1V=1A
(actual value)
TP9 Tube current ITUBE < 50 mA ⇨ 1 V = 15.6 mA
ITUBE ≥50 mA ⇨ 1 V = 250 mA
TP10(*) not used
TP11 Not used
st
TP12 Main Clock 1 Harmonic
TP13 Not used
TP14 mAs meter (–) Use a mAs meter to measure the tube mAs with
TP15 mAs meter (+) TP14 and TP15.
It is not necessary to remove a bridge; the gener-
ator recognizes when a mAs meter is connected
to the test points.
TP16 Large filament current select 1V=1A
(nominal value)
TP17(*) Main gate 5 V = X-ray On; 0 V = X-ray Off
TP18 Ground 0 VDC
TP19 Not used
TP20 Not used
TP21 Not used
TP22 Not used
TP23 Not used
TP24 Ready to expose (I/O’s) 5 V = OK to expose; 0 V = Inhibit exposure
TP25 Not used
TP26 Not used
(*)
TP27 AEC/ABS ramp: 0.1 to 4 VDC 2.0 V = 100% Brightness or normal density
When the film density is modified by a factor or when film/screen correction is ap-
plied, the voltage read at TP27 at the end of exposure is modified by the same factor
or correction.
TP28 Small filament current select 1V=1A
(*) See also typical waveforms following.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 201

Typical Waveforms

Fig. 141 Fig. 142

Typical Exposure @ 100 kV, 500 mA Typical Exposure @ 100 kV (Anode + Cath-
ode)
Channel 1: TP17 Trigger 5V/Div Channel 1: TP17 Trigger 5V/Div
Main Gate Main Gate
Channel 2: mA TP9 1V/div Channel 2: TP9 1V/div
Anode
Channel 3: KV TP2 1V/div Channel 3: TP2 1V/div
Cathode
Time: 25 msec Time: 25 msec

Fig. 143 Fig. 144

Typical Exposure @ 40 kV, 500 mA Typical AEC Exposure @ 100 kV
Channel 1: TP17 Trigger 5V/Div Channel 1: TP17 Trigger 5V/Div
Main Gate Main Gate
Channel 2: TP7 2V/div Channel 2: KV TP2 1V/div
Tube Fil Cur Total
Channel 3: KV TP2 1V/div Channel 3: TP27 1V/div
AEC Feedb.
Channel 4: mA TP9 500mV/Div Time: 250 mi-
Time: 5 msec crosec

202 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

30.1.3 Diagnostic LEDs on Controller Board ZB

Controller Board LEDs Status
LED Description
Lights on = Mains AC power applied to the generator controller
CR11 Turned off = Controller power is off. WARNING ‑ Lethal voltage
"Standby" may still be present. Verify LEDs on inverter boards
before removing covers or servicing.
LED blinks = I/O µC operation is OK
CR34
LED lights on = I/O µC failure
LED blinks = XRAY µC operation is OK
CR35
LED lights on = XRAY µC failure
CR37 Not used
CR38 LED on with each X-ray release.

30.1.4 Tube Calibration Viewer

In GEST, the tube calibration viewer permits to visualize the different tube emission calibration
curves existing in the generator or on a computer. The different curves (up to 9) represent the plot-
ting of the tube current mA versus the tube filament current (A), for a given focal spot and kV station.
The curves can be obtained from the generator using the [Get from generator] button when the PC
is connected to the generator and the communication is at least in the transfer mode. The curves can
also be loaded from a computer using the [Load from file] button. Once the tube calibration curves
are obtained from the generator, they can be stored to a connected PC using the [Save to file] but-
ton.

Fig. 145: Tube calibration viewer of the GEST service module

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 203

It is also possible to transfer the tube calibration from a connected computer to the generator, using
the [Send to generator] button. This last action should be used very wisely, as it is not intended to
replace a tube calibration process. Doing a tube calibration is normal and unavoidable from time to
time as the characteristics of the tube vary with aging.

Important
Before sending a tube calibration file to the generator, make sure that the tube chart of the sent tube
matches the tube physically installed on the generator and configured in the tube setup of GEST.

The tube calibration viewer is best used by using the right mouse button to zoom in or out, display
the coordinates of a specific curves point at the location of the cursor (Show Cursor), or print the pic-
ture. The curve coordinates (x and y) are displayed using the scientific notation, for example:
x= 5.385E+00
y = 6.389E+02

204 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
front side rear side front side
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11
F2
F9
TRB NP F14 K7
F1
X40 X51 X52 X53
K5 F13 F12 F11
9 F5
F7
NP X324 K6 NP
X21 X22
F8 EZ K2 X41 X42 X43
IC2 IC1 K4
F4 XP2
X328 X327 X326
EN K1
REL3 REL2
EZ X21 X325 X330 X30 X31 X32 X33
XP1 REL8 REL5 REL6 REL7 X31 X32
X22 K3

IC100 TRB X41 X33 X23

MP2 MP4 MP1 F3
X42
S1 S2
X51 X52
SW1
TA1

REL4 REL1
IC17
IC30 IC7 IC6
H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H3 H2 H1 H4

H7 H4 H5 H6 H3 H1 H9 H11 H15 H13

MP6 MP5 H2 H8 H10 H12 H14 G

EN Power supply
EZ Backpanel
EZ ISO Interface
G H.V.Generator
EWA102 RAD NP SPDU
TRB RIO
EZ102 EZ119 EZ130 EZ130 EZ139 EZ150 EWB102 R/F
Low voltage supply mA control kV control kV control Central unit Basic interface Universal I/O (option)

20kV/V 20kV/V
X3 AV HT X3 AV HT
S1

X4 AV HT AN X4 AV HT AN
X3 ON

AV HT CA X5 AV HT CA DS MC 0V FLUORO

X5 OFF

X4 ON

X6 X6 DS MC SG PREP
OFF
2.5A/V X6
average value EN X C/
X23 Gain in X23 Gain in
S2

H1 Line X7 S1 reset X5
Schroeder / Koeser

X26 Ucomp X26 Ucomp

H2 +26V
H3 +15V X800 status
+5V X32 H1 status H1 status H1 status
H4 H800 status
H5 -15V
H800 H800
X801 watching status status
X4 clock
X800 X800
X5
X8
25 pole
17.03.2011
A3

Optimus CXA
Location of LED's

OPTIMUS CXA CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.6

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
TRB Room Input - Output (RIO)
LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H1 green +24V ok
H2 green +12V ok
H3 green +5V ok
H4 rd error
H5 yellow CAN bus active CAN bus status
H6 green Application
H7 green +24V HSW 1 Handswitch 1
H8 yellow EN X Enable X-ray
H9 yellow RQ SN X Request sync. X-ray
H10 yellow EN MV Enable movement
H11 yellow CTRL X Control X-ray
H12 yellow X ACT X-ray generation active
H13 red COLL Collision
H14 yellow CTRL XD ID Ctrl X-ray image detection
H15 yellow CTRL I Control image detection

NP System Power Distribution Unit (SPDU)

LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H1 green L1 230VAC ok phase L1 continous power
H2 green L2 230VAC ok phase L2 continous power
H3 green L3 230VAC ok phase L3 continous power
H4 green +24VDC power supply ok
H5 yellow EEC ON EEC ON button
pressed
H6 yellow EEC OFF EEC OFF button
pressed
H7 yellow remote OFF ON puls when system is
switched off by RIO signal
"OFF ALL" or by "PC ON
feedback" from AWS
H8 yellow System ON ON during K1 active
H9 yellow GEO power Geometry subsystems
are switched on
Lessmann / Schubert

H10 yellow AWS remote ON during K5 active

(switch ON puls for AWS)

EZ102 Low voltage supply

LED color ON OFF flashing remark
H1 green line
H2 green +26V ok
H3 green +15V ok
H4 green +5V ok
05.05.2011

H5 green -15V ok
A4

Optimus CXA
LED code description

OPTIMUS CXA CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-8.6.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INDICATORS AND MEASURING POINTS

31 Eleva Workspot

31.1 Barcode Reader

31.1.1 Barcode Reader LED

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 207

This page intentionally left blank

208 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

TESTING

Contents

32 Documenting the Tests.............................................................................................. 213

33 Electrical Safety Test................................................................................................. 213

33.1 General Introduction............................................................................................................. 213
33.1.1 Verification Steps................................................................................................................. 213
33.1.2 Safety of the Personnel Carrying out the Tests................................................................... 214
33.1.3 Condition of Supply Mains................................................................................................... 214
33.2 Visual Inspection.................................................................................................................. 214
33.3 Measuring the Protective Earth Resistance......................................................................... 214
33.4 Measuring the Touch Current.............................................................................................. 215
33.5 Reference and Test Points for Protective Earth Resistance and Touch Current................. 217
33.5.1 Reference Point................................................................................................................... 217
33.5.2 Test Points........................................................................................................................... 218
33.6 Measuring the Equipment Leakage Current........................................................................ 220
33.6.1 Test Points........................................................................................................................... 222
33.7 Functional Test..................................................................................................................... 224

34 Visual Inspection........................................................................................................ 224

35 Functional Tests........................................................................................................ 224

35.1 Tests with Ceiling Suspension Common.............................................................................. 225
35.1.1 Testing the Alignment of the X-Ray Field............................................................................. 225
35.1.2 Testing the Stitching Function.............................................................................................. 234
35.1.3 Tracking with free WPD....................................................................................................... 235
35.2 Tests with Ceiling Suspension CS2/4.................................................................................. 235
35.2.1 Tracking............................................................................................................................... 235
35.2.2 Beam Alignment................................................................................................................... 237
35.2.3 Testing the System Ready Signal........................................................................................ 238
35.3 Tests with Ceiling Suspension CS III................................................................................... 240
35.3.1 Checking the Geometry Adjustment.................................................................................... 240
35.3.2 Tracking............................................................................................................................... 251
35.3.3 Beam Alignment................................................................................................................... 252
35.3.4 Testing the System Ready Signal........................................................................................ 252

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 209

35.4 Functional Tests Wall Stand VS........................................................................................... 254

35.5 Functional Tests Wall Stand VM and VM2........................................................................... 255
35.6 Functional Test Table TH..................................................................................................... 257
35.6.1 Testing the Tray Drive.......................................................................................................... 257
35.7 Functional Test Table TH-S................................................................................................. 258
35.8 Functional Test Table TA-M................................................................................................. 259
35.9 Functional Tests Workstation............................................................................................... 259
35.9.1 DICOM Verification.............................................................................................................. 259
35.9.2 Testing the Connection to the RIS....................................................................................... 260
35.9.3 Adding a Patient................................................................................................................... 260
35.9.4 Query and Retrieve.............................................................................................................. 260
35.9.5 One Button Stores All (OBSA) Function.............................................................................. 260
35.10 Testing the Brakes of the Table Top.................................................................................... 261
35.11 Order of Amplimat Fields..................................................................................................... 262
35.12 Amplimat Field Test............................................................................................................. 265
35.12.1 Preconditions....................................................................................................................... 265
35.12.2 Measurement Wall Stand..................................................................................................... 265
35.12.3 Measurement Table............................................................................................................. 265
35.13 Amplimat Dose Test............................................................................................................. 266
35.13.1 Preparation........................................................................................................................... 266
35.13.2 Measuring the Switch-Off Dose........................................................................................... 267
35.13.3 Switch-Off Dose Table......................................................................................................... 268
35.13.4 Switch-Off Dose Wall Stand................................................................................................. 269
35.14 Testing the Grid of the Bucky Unit....................................................................................... 270
35.15 Functional Tests of the BUP User Interface......................................................................... 271
35.16 Checking the Battery Status................................................................................................. 271
35.17 Checking the WiFi Status..................................................................................................... 271
35.18 Image Quality Assurance..................................................................................................... 271
35.18.1 Switching to the Quality Assurance Mode............................................................................ 271
35.18.2 Checking the Adequate Detector Temperature................................................................... 271
35.18.3 Detector Performance Pixium 4600..................................................................................... 272
35.18.4 Detector Performance Pixium 4343RC................................................................................ 275
35.18.5 Detector Performance Pixium 5500 (WPD)......................................................................... 278
35.18.6 Monitor Performance............................................................................................................ 279
35.19 Tests with Generator Optimus............................................................................................. 282
35.19.1 Area Exposure Product Calculation (Option)....................................................................... 282
35.20 Tests with Generator M-Cabinet CXA.................................................................................. 286
35.20.1 Short Test: Accuracy of Loading Factors............................................................................. 286

210 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.20.2 Dose Area Product Indication.............................................................................................. 287

35.21 Performing a Test Exposure................................................................................................ 288
35.22 Testing the Connection to the PACS................................................................................... 288
35.23 Testing the Connection to the Printer................................................................................... 289
35.24 Testing the PCR Reader...................................................................................................... 289
35.24.1 PCR Reader Image Quality Test.......................................................................................... 289

36 Visual Inspection Record........................................................................................... 293

37 Protective Earth Resistance: Measurement Record.................................................. 295

38 Touch Current: Measurement Record....................................................................... 299

39 Equipment Leakage Current: Measurement Record................................................. 303

40 Functional Tests Record............................................................................................ 305

41 Assessment Report Electrical Safety (IEC 62353).................................................... 307

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 211

This page intentionally left blank

212 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

32 Documenting the Tests

1. Make sure all necessary tests have been carried out successfully as described in the chapter Func-
tional Tests.
The test layout is generic for all system configurations. Skip the steps that do not apply to the particu-
lar system, on which you work.
2. Make sure that the tests are completed and recorded against the checklists in this manual or in the
performance assurance tool.

33 Electrical Safety Test

33.1 General Introduction

After installation, modification, repair and during regular maintenance activities, the electrical safety
of medical electrical equipment must be verified and assessed in accordance with IEC 62353 "Re-
current test and test after repair of medical electrical equipment".
This standard is valid for medical electrical equipment which complies with IEC 60601-1 2nd and 3rd
edition.
IEC 62353 describes different roles and responsibilities:
– The manufacturer provides information how to verify the electrical safety of the medical electrical
equipment.
– The responsible organization (usually the owner of the medical electrical equipment) is accountable
to maintain the electrical safety of the medical electrical equipment through qualified, “electrically skil-
led” personnel.
– The qualified personnel verifies and evaluates the electrical safety of the medical electrical equip-
ment during different service activities. Verification and evaluation are based upon manufacturer in-
structions, technical knowledge, and experience.
IEC 62353 allocates the following tasks to the qualified personnel:
– Visual inspections, functional tests and measurements of the electrical properties.
– Customization of the test extent to the individual situation.
– Final assessment and declaration of the safety status of the medical electrical equipment.
– Information of the responsible organization about the safety status.
– Recommendation for further verification activities (for example, test interval adaptation due to promi-
nent test results or reduced degree of usage of the medical electrical equipment).

33.1.1 Verification Steps

IEC 62353 proclaims that “Each individual equipment of a medical electrical system which can be
connected or disconnected from supply mains without the use of a tool, shall be tested individually.
Also the medical electrical system as a whole shall be tested.”
IEC 62353:2014 requires the following verification steps for all service activities:
– Visual Inspection
– Measurements of the electrical properties
• Protective Earth Resistance
• Touch Current
• Equipment Leakage Current

– Functional Test
– Final Assessment
The following chapters provide the details of how to verify the electrical safety of medical electrical
equipment in accordance with IEC 62353. The verification of compliance with additional national or
regional requirements is a task of the local service organization.
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 213
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Electrical Safety Test TESTING

33.1.2 Safety of the Personnel Carrying out the Tests

• To avoid electric shock, especially when you touch the generator, perform the procedures stated in
this chapter according to the descriptions and to the instructions for use of the measuring equipment.

33.1.3 Condition of Supply Mains

The IEC 62353 expects that the supply mains meets the requirements of international wiring regula-
tions, for example, IEC 60364-7-710. Consequently, it excludes testing of the electrical installation,
including the supply mains and associated wiring, in medical locations which are covered by IEC
60364-7-710 or national equivalents. This testing is an obligation of the responsible organization
which is accountable for the use and maintenance of the medical electrical equipment.

33.2 Visual Inspection

In accordance with IEC 62353, a visual inspection is required before putting medical electrical equip-
ment (back) into service and during recurrent test. All tests of the visual inspection are covered in the
chapter Visual Inspection on page 224.

33.3 Measuring the Protective Earth Resistance

It shall be demonstrated that the protective earth conductor connects all accessible conductive parts,
which may become live in case of a fault, in a proper and safe way to:
– either the protective earth terminal of the mains plug for plugged-in equipment
– or to the protective earth point for permanently installed equipment.

Applicability
This measurement must be performed during:
– Putting into Service (Installation)
– Recurrent Test (Planned Maintenance)
– Inspection, Servicing, and Repair (Corrective Maintenance)
– Upgrade and Change
When the measurement is performed after repair, focus the testing procedure on those components
which were involved (for example, measure at all test points where covers have been removed and
reinstalled).

Preconditions
– All covers must be installed.
– The system must be switched off.

214 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Procedure for Permanently Installed Equipment

1. Connect the TC378 Gossen Earth Bond Electri-
cal Safety Tester to the system. For detailed in-
struction, refer to the Instructions for Use of the
Electrical Safety Tester.
2. Measure the protective earth resistance between
the central earth connector (reference point) and
the test points. For more information, see chapter
Reference and Test Points for Protective Earth
Resistance and Touch Current on page 217.

Fig. 146: Measuring circuit for systems that cannot be

disconnected from the mains supply

Procedure for Plugged-in Equipment

1. Connect the TC378 Gossen Earth Bond Electri-
cal Safety Tester to the system. For detailed in-
struction, refer to the Instructions for Use of the
Electrical Safety Tester. L
2. Measure the protective earth resistance of the
equipment between the protective earth connec- N
tor of the mains plug (reference point) and the PE
test points. For more information, see chapter
Reference and Test Points for Protective Earth
Resistance and Touch Current on page 217.
3. Check the integrity of the earth conductor of the icn-12-v-732-0052-120000-05.iso

power cord by flexing it along its length. Fig. 147: Measuring circuit for systems that can be
4. Repeat the measurement with opposite polarity disconnected from the mains supply
of the power connector if applicable.
5. Record the highest result in the measurement re-
cords.

33.4 Measuring the Touch Current

According to IEC 62353, accessible conductive parts that are not connected to protective earth re-
quire a measurement of the touch current (see "Definitions"). Specific parts in DXR equipment fall
within this category (for example, side bars, stretch grips, accessory rails). These applied parts are
not connected to protective earth due to construction restrictions. To exclude potential risk from unin-
tended interference voltages, DXR extends the measurement of the touch current to all conductive
parts that can be reached by the patient or by the operator in contact with the patient during normal
use.
Consequently, a measurement of the touch current at accessible conductive parts in the patient envi-
ronment is prescribed here. The patient environment is a volume of 1.5 m (59 in) around the equip-
ment as shown in the example sketches (see following figures). A measurement of equipment parts
outside the patient environment is not necessary. Depending on the system and the actual room lay-
out, different components may be located in the patient environment, other than shown in the exam-
ple.
• Make sure that all relevant components are tested!
The test focuses on a measurement of the touch current against earth in operating mode (without
system movements, without release of X-ray) while applying the stricter limit value from DIN-VDE
0107 (20 µA).

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 215

1.5 m
1.5 m
Movement area

1.5 m

Table Movement area 1.5 m

1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m 1.5 m
1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m
Patient

1.5 m 1.5 m
1.5 m

Patient
Wall stand fixed
icn-14-v-706-15778-140000-05-D.iso Wall stand movable icn-14-v-706-15778-140000-05-F.iso

Fig. 148: Example: Patient Environment for a Table Fig. 149: Example: Patient Environment for a Wall
Stand

Definitions
IEC 62353 defines the touch current as "the leakage current flowing from the enclosure or from parts
thereof, excluding patient connections, accessible to any operator or patient in normal use, through
an external path other than the protective earth conductor, to earth or to another part of the enclo-
sure".
In other standards and recent Philips documentation, the term "touch voltage" is used. Touch voltage
and touch current are related as follows: 1 mV touch voltage ≜ 1 µA touch current
Depending on the measuring tool, either touch voltage or touch current is measured. For the final
report, touch current in µA is used.

Preconditions
– All covers must be installed.
– The system must be switched on and ready for use.

216 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Procedure
1. Connect the TC378 Gossen Earth Bond Electri-
cal Safety Tester to the system to determine the
touch current. For detailed instruction, refer to
the Instructions for Use of the Electrical Safety
Tester.
2. Alternatively, use the TC075 Measuring Filter in
combination with the TC091 Multimeter to deter-
mine the touch voltage (AC).
3. Measure the touch current (AC) between the
Fig. 150: Measuring setup
central earth connector and the test points. For
more information, see chapter Touch Current:
Measurement Record on page 299.
4. If necessary, transform the measured value to
µA (1 mV touch voltage ≜ 1 µA touch current).
5. Record the measured value for each test point in
the measurement records.

33.5 Reference and Test Points for Protective Earth Resistance and
Touch Current
33.5.1 Reference Point

Reference Point M-Cabinet CXA

Test Test point
points
1 Main protection earth wall connection
box MEX300

icn-10-v-712-18293-100000-05.iso

Fig. 151: Reference Point (M-Cabinet CXA)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 217

33.5.2 Test Points

Test Points M-Cabinet CXA
2 3 4 5 (left side) rear view with
front view top cover C side view
6 (right side)

front view rear view side view B D E (left side)

with top cover icn-16-v-712-15778-160000-03.iso F (right side)
icn-16-v-712-15778-160000-02.iso

Fig. 152: M-Cabinet CXA (without lacquer-free meas-

Fig. 153: M-Cabinet CXA (with lacquer-free measur-
uring points)
ing points)

Test Points Optimus CXA

icn-15-v-712-7966-150000-100-B.iso

Fig. 154: Test Points Optimus CXA

Test Points Ceiling Suspension

3
2

7 4
5
6 icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-75.iso

Fig. 155: Test Points Ceiling Suspension

218 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Test Points Wall Stands

2
3 3

4
2
icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-76.iso icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-79.iso

Fig. 156: Test Points Wall Stand VM/VM2 Fig. 157: Test Points Wall Stand VS

Test Points Tables

7 W
6
7
2 4
2
5
3 5 8 icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-78-A.iso

Fig. 159: Test Points Table TH-S

6 4
icn-13-v-712-16079-130000-13-B.iso

Fig. 158: Test Points Table TH

Test Points PCR Reader

Fig. 160: Test Point PCR Reader

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 219

33.6 Measuring the Equipment Leakage Current

The equipment leakage current is the total current flowing from main parts to earth via
– the protective earth conductor, all accessible conductive parts of the enclosure, and the applied parts
(differential method, used for permanently installed equipment), or
– all accessible conductive parts of the enclosure and the applied parts (direct method, used for plug-
ged-in equipment)

Applicability
This measurement must be performed:
– after installation
– after modifications (for example, upgrades) impacting the electrical properties of the equipment.

Precondition
– The system must be switched on and ready for use.

Procedure for Permanently Installed Equipment

1. To switch on the current clamp, without any con- 2 4
tact to cables or wires, press [Power] (1).
2. To activate the low-pass filter, press [Filter] (2).

1V/F.S.
2V/F.S.
(200V)
3. To switch the current clamp in the automatic

RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW

200 A
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER
range modus, press [Auto] (3).

FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 A
4. Wait until the current clamp shows 0.00 mA (4).

GRAPH

10 mA 100 mA 1 A
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
1 3
icn-15-v-706-7966-150000-68.iso

Fig. 161

Important
Take care to reduce any impact on the measuring result.
a) The measurement should be done away as far as possible from components like transformers and
motors which carry strong magnetic fields and should be held from other parts with maximum sepa-
ration distance to prevent wrong measurements.
b) Exclude any PE conductors (green-yellow) or cable shields (normally red) from the current clamp
during the measurement.
c) Do not round the measured value, for example 0.36 mA and not 0.4 mA.

220 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Measurement for Three Phases Power Supply with Neutral Wire

• Enclose the related wires (L1, L2, L3, and N) L1 - L3
perpendicularly to the current clamp.
N
PE

1 V/F.S.
2 V/F.S.
(200 V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

200 A

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 A
GRAPH

10 mA 100 mA 1 A
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-12-v-712-15578-120000-14.iso

Fig. 162

Measurement for Three Phases Power Supply without Neutral Wire

• If no N-wire (neutral) is installed, enclose the L1 - L3
phase wires (L1, L2, and L3) perpendicularly to
the current clamp.
PE

1 V/F.S.
2 V/F.S.
(200 V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
200 A
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 A
GRAPH

10 mA 100 mA 1 A
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-12-v-712-15578-120000-13.iso

Fig. 163

Measurement for Single Phase Power Supply

• Enclose the related wires (L1 and N) perpendicu-
larly to the current clamp. N
L1
1 V/F.S.
2 V/F.S.
(200 V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

200 A
FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 mA 100 mA 1 A 10 A
GRAPH
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

PE
icn-15-v-706-7966-150000-69.iso

Fig. 164

5. Wait 5 seconds before noting the measured value.

6. Measure the equipment leakage current at different situations. For more information, see chapter
Equipment Leakage Current: Measurement Record on page 303.
7. Record the measured value for each test point in the measurement records.
8. In cases where the generator and the rest of the geometry are connected to the mains voltage wall
connection of the hospital independently from each other, the value of earth leakage currents have to
be recorded separately for each main path to the wall connection.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 221

Procedure for Plugged-in Equipment

1. Connect the TC 378 Gossen Earth Bond Electrical Safety Tester to the system (for detailed instruc-
tion, refer to the Instructions for Use of the Electrical Safety Tester).
2. Note the mains voltage in ……… V.
3. Measure the equipment leakage current under the conditions, as mentioned in the SRM > Installation
Records or, if available, in the table of the following chapter.
4. Repeat the measurement with opposite polarity of the power plug, if applicable.
5. Record the highest measured value in the measurement record.

33.6.1 Test Points

DigitalDiagnost (System)
– Power supply cables 20 cm to 30 cm from the L1 - L3
generator (or mains transformer, if installed) in
N
the direction to the MEX terminal of the wall junc-
tion box.
PE

1 V/F.S.
2 V/F.S.
(200 V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

200 A

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 A
GRAPH

10 mA 100 mA 1 A
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-12-v-712-15578-120000-14.iso

Fig. 165

Table
– M-Cabinet CXA at the SPDU: Wires at connec- NPX1
tion NPX1

1V/F.S.
2V/F.S.
(200V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

200A
FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10A
GRAPH
BAR

10mA 100mA 1A
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-03-A.iso

Fig. 166

222 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Ceiling Suspension
– M-Cabinet CXA at the SPDU: Wires at connec- NPX2
tion NPX2

1V/F.S.
2V/F.S.
(200V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

200A
FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10A
GRAPH
BAR

10mA 100mA 1A
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-04-A.iso

Fig. 167

Wall Stand
– M-Cabinet CXA at the SPDU: Wires at connec-
NPX3
tion NPX3

1V/F.S.
2V/F.S.
(200V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

200A
FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10A
GRAPH
BAR

10mA 100mA 1A
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-05-A.iso

Fig. 168

Generator EPS-ETA
– M-Cabinet CXA
NPX201 - NPX204
SPDU: NPX201 - NPX204 at terminal X201 -
X204. PE
1 V/F.S.
2 V/F.S.
(200 V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
200 A
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10 A
GRAPH

10 mA 100 mA 1 A
BAR
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

icn-12-v-712-15578-120000-14-A.iso

Fig. 169: Example with 4 wires (incl. neutral)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 223

Acquisition Workspot (AWS)

– M-Cabinet CXA at the SPDU: Wires at connec- NPX5
tion NPX5

1V/F.S.
2V/F.S.
(200V)
RANGE HOLD

mA
APS

RMS
SLOW
/HZ

HIOKI 3283

OUTPUT
CLAMP ON LEAK HITESTER

200A
FILTER
/ MIN
MAX

10A
GRAPH
BAR

10mA 100mA 1A
A

FILTER
CAT III

AUTO
200 A

300 V

POWER

OUTPUT

9V
icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-07-A.iso

Fig. 170

33.7 Functional Test

In accordance with IEC 62353, a functional test is required before putting medical electrical equip-
ment (back) into service and during recurrent test. All tests of the system functionality and of the spe-
cific safety features of the equipment are covered in the chapter Functional Tests on page 224.

34 Visual Inspection
Inspect the system and all accessories for completeness and integrity.
1. Look for obvious damages or contaminations.
2. Look for signs of damage or wear (for example oil leakage).
3. Check the integrity of all mechanical parts.
4. Check the integrity of detachable or fixed power supply cords.
5. Verify that all safety-related markings and labels are legible and complete.
6. Verify that all covers and housings are intact and installed.

35 Functional Tests

WARNING
Hazard of uncontrollable system behavior caused by inconsistent program data
a) Make sure to perform the acceptance tests after installation and service.
b) Make sure to perform the acceptance tests according to the local regulations.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

1. To test that the system is fully operational, perform the steps described in this chapter.
2. To resume work, completely configure and adjust the system.
3. The test layout is generic for all system configurations. Skip the steps that do not apply to the particu-
lar system, on which you work.

224 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.1 Tests with Ceiling Suspension Common

35.1.1 Testing the Alignment of the X-Ray Field

35.1.1.1 Preconditions

Important
Geometry alignment differences between portrait and landscape orientation
Depending on the adjustment of the alignments CS to mechanical detector center, (portrait or land-
scape) the other orientation is shifted 4 mm. The center of detector active area is not the center of
the physical detector dimensions.

1. Login as service user.

2. Go to UI: System ➜ General.
3. Select "Quality assurance" from the Modality
Mode list.
The Eleva Workspot switches to the so-called
QA mode. A dedicated EPX database is activat-
ed in the background.

Fig. 171

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 225

35.1.1.2 Testing the Alignment of the Collimator Light Field to the X-Ray
Field
1. On the Patient list tab, select Geometry.
2. Switch to the Examination tab.
3. Select the view X-ray / light field test.
4. Select the registration device (table, wall stand, or wireless portable registration) in the examination
window.
5. Center the X-ray tube to the detector.
6. To display the preconditions, exposure settings, and additional help, click this button.

7. Set the typical SID: for example, 150 cm (59 in) for the wall stand or 110 cm (43 in) for the table.
8. Open the collimator to get a light field of approximately
– For SkyPlate detectors, 20 cm × 20 cm (8 in × 8 in)
– For other detectors, 30 cm × 30 cm (12 in × 12 in)
9. Place markers at the edges of the light field, for example washers with a diameter of approximately
1 cm (0.4 in).
10. Release the exposure.
11. To reconstruct the edges of the light field, use
a 1 X-ray field
markers. b1
• If necessary, use larger markers or add more
markers.
12. Measure the distances a1, a2, b1, and b2 at the
center of the side of the X-ray field.
13. Calculate the maximum permissible deviation:
– Limit1 = 0.02 × SID
b2
14. Calculate the deviation. The maximum allowed
deviation is:
• |a1| + |a2| ≤ Limit1 light field a2 icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-14-C.iso

• |b1| + |b2| ≤ Limit1 Fig. 172

226 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.1.1.3 Testing the Indicated X-ray Size

Only perform the test for sensing systems.
1. On the Patient list tab, select Geometry.
2. Switch to the Examination tab.
3. Select the view X-ray / light field test.
4. To display the preconditions, exposure settings, and additional help, click this button.

5. Select the appropriate registration device.

6. Center the X-ray tube to the registration device.
7. Set the typical SID: for example, 150 cm (59 in) for the wall stand or 110 cm (43 in) for the table.
8. Open the collimator according to the present detector:
– For SkyPlate detectors, approximately 20 × 20 cm
– For other detectors, approximately 30 × 30 cm
9. Release an exposure.
10. Read the length of the X-ray field on the scale,
see figure.
11. Read the width of the X-ray field on the scale,
see figure.
In both directions, the difference between the in-
dicated field size and the obtained field size must
not exceed 2% (rejection limit) of the SID.

Fig. 173

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 227

35.1.1.4 Testing the Alignment of the X-ray Field to the Detector

1. On the Patient list tab, select Geometry.
2. Then, switch to the Examination tab.
3. Select the view X-ray / light test.

Fig. 174: Geometry

4. To display the preconditions, exposure settings, and additional help, click this button.

5. Select the appropriate registration device.

6. Center the X-ray tube to the registration device.
7. Set the typical SID: for example, 150 cm (59 in) for the wall stand or 110 cm (43 in) for the table.
8. Open the collimator to get a light field of approximately
– For SkyPlate detectors, 20 cm × 20 cm (8 in × 8 in)
– For other detectors, 30 cm × 30 cm (12 in × 12 in)
9. Release an exposure.
10. Check the distance between the edge of the X- c1
ray image and the expected size of the horizontal d1
and vertical axis.
11. Calculate the maximum permissible deviations: X-ray field
– Limit2 = 0.03 × SID
– Limit3 = 0.04 × SID
12. Calculate the deviations: Image
d2
– |c1| + |c2| ≤ Limit2 receptor
– |d1| + |d2| ≤ Limit2 area
c2
– |c1| + |c2| + |d1| + |d2| ≤ Limit3 icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-15.iso

Fig. 175: Deviation of the X-ray field

13. Make sure to test the alignment of the X-ray field for all other possible registration devices. For ex-
ample, wall stand detector in 0° (vertical) and 90° (horizontal) and the table.

228 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.1.1.5 Testing the Centering of the X-ray Field to the Detector

1. On the Patient list tab, select [Geometry].
2. Then, switch to the Examination tab.
3. Select the view X-ray / light test.

Fig. 176: Geometry

4. To display the preconditions, exposure settings, and additional help, click this button.

5. Select the appropriate registration device.

6. Center the X-ray tube to the registration device.
7. Set the typical SID: for example, 150 cm (59 in) for the wall stand or 110 cm (43 in) for the table.
8. Open the collimator according to the present detector:
– For SkyPlate detectors, approximately 20 × 20 cm
– For other detectors, approximately 30 × 30 cm
9. Release an exposure.
10. Check the alignment of the X-ray field and the Image
detector. receptor
11. Calculate the maximum permissible deviation: area
– Limit1 = 0.02 × SID X-ray field
d1
12. Calculate the deviations:
– C = |0.5 × (c1 - c2)|
– D = |0.5 × (d1 - d2)| d2
– SQRT(C2 + D2) ≤ Limit1

c1 c2 icn-14-v-706-7966-140000-15-A.iso

Fig. 177

13. Make sure to test the alignment of the X-ray field for all other possible registration devices. For ex-
ample, wall stand detector in 0° (vertical) and 90° (horizontal) and the table.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 229

35.1.1.6 Checking Automatic Return to PBL - BU3

Preconditions
• Perform this test only if the FDA collimation restrictions are enabled. For further information, go to
Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Local Workspot ➜ Options.

Preparatory Work
1. Align the tube and the detector.
• When you center the tube to the detector and in a catch, position the tube at 0° or 90°.
2. Set the SID to 100 cm (40 in).

Automatic Return to PBL when SID is Changed

1. On the [Patient list] tab, select [Geometry].
2. Then, switch to the [Examination] tab.
3. In the examination window, select the applicable registration device (table or wall stand).
4. Select the view X-ray / light field test.
The collimation is set to 30 cm x 30 cm.
5. Set the collimation to 20 cm x 20 cm.
6. To change the SID, move the tube at least for 5 cm (2 in) up or down.
The collimation is automatically set back to 30 cm x 30 cm.

230 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.1.1.7 Checking Actual and Indicated SID

Perform the test only for sensing systems.
1. Select free detector.
2. Place the detector on a suitable surface (table, wall stand, floor).
3. Center the tube over the detector.
4. To set the SID to exactly 100 cm (40 in), use the measuring tape.
5. Pull down the measuring tape and wait until you hear a beep.
The SID is now indicated on the ceiling suspension control handle.
6. Compare the measured SID to the SID indicated on the ceiling suspension control handle:
SIDindicated - SID measured = Δ SID
Δ SID must be ≤ ±2% of SID measured.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 231

35.1.1.8 Testing the System Ready Signal

1. On the [Patient list] tab, select [Test Patient].
2. Click [Edit patient data].

3. Select a view from the list, but not a stitching view. The view should be suitable for the respective
beam center position (as described in the following sections).
4. Click [OK] to confirm the selection.
5. Go to UI: Examination and select the appropriate view.
6. Ensure that the tube is locked in the appropriate catches for the respective beam center position.
7. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

8. Place the tube in table center position (the beam

is aligned with the table detector):
9. Check that the green system ready lamp lights
up on the CSCH.

Fig. 178

10. Select the registration device "Wall Stand".

11. To align the beam with the wall stand detector

(horizontal position), position the tube directly
over the detector.
LIGHT
CROSS

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-48.iso

Fig. 179

12. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

13. To check the Wireless Portable Detector, attach it to the system.

14. Check that all relevant LEDs on the Wireless Portable Detector are lit up green.
15. Select the registration device "Free Detector".

232 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

16. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

17. If available, attach the click-on grid to the Wireless Portable Detector.
18. In the status bar at the bottom of the user interface, check whether the icon for the grid is highlighted.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 233

35.1.2 Testing the Stitching Function

1. Make sure the positioning of the detector and the tube is suitable for stitching exposures:
– Make sure that the detector is at 0° for table acquisitions.
– Make sure that the tube is at 90° for acquisitions with a vertical wall stand.
– Make sure that the SID is as large as possible (that is, leave as much distance as possible between
detector and tube).
– Make sure that the detector is under the table and the tube is at 0° for acquisitions using a wall stand
VM with a table TH-S. Make sure that the transversal lock is active.
– Make sure that the tube is locked longitudinal and transversal for TH2 acquisitions.
2. Position the patient support on the floor plates (applicable for wall stand acquisitions only).
3. Select the test patient from UI: Patient List.
4. Click [Edit patient data].

5. Select a stitching view from the list, for example, DR Long Leg Both.
6. To confirm the selection, click [OK].
7. Go to UI: Examination and select the appropriate stitching view.
8. The default registration device for stitching exposures is the wall stand. For a table stitching test,
change the registration device manually.
Test 9. To perform a test run of the stitching movements, click [Test] on the ceiling suspension control han-
dle.
10. Check that the test run is performed without problems.
The movement should run through without interruption.
The Bucky unit should not collide with the patient support (applicable for wall stand acquisitions
only).
11. Test the stitching functionality.

Tip
Abort stitching test run
Pressing any of the tube assembly movement buttons (blue, green, purple, yellow and black) aborts
the test run. In this case, the tube needs to be moved back to 0° or 90° position manually.

234 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.1.3 Tracking with free WPD

The tracking functionality enables the tube to follow the selected registration device in a vertical
movement (within the designated pick-up band).

Tracking - Wireless Portable Detector

i
1. Place the detector in a suitable position on the
floor or table and align the tube.

cn-09-v-712-18293-090163-09.iso

Fig. 180

2. Select the registration device "Free detector" at the CSCH.

3. Activate the tracking function.
4. Pull the measuring tape from the collimator down to the detector and wait until you hear a beep.
5. Return the measuring tape to its storage location.
The tube assembly has to move to the set SID.

35.2 Tests with Ceiling Suspension CS2/4

35.2.1 Tracking
The tracking functionality enables the tube to follow the selected auxiliary in a vertical movement
(withing the designated pick-up band).

Tip
The tracking function is activated by pressing the "Auxiliary" button on the CS control handle twice.

• Check the tracking functionality for the following configurations/positions:

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 235

Tracking - TH
1. Make sure the system is ready for tracking:
• Select the table as auxiliary.
• Make sure the tube assembly is at a 0° angle.
• It is alright, if the ceiling suspension is outside
the catches.

Fig. 181: Tracking - TH2

2. Activate the tracking function.

3. Move the table up or down.
To sustain the required SID, the tube has to follow the table in a vertical movement.

Tracking - Wall Stand with horizontal Beam

Make sure that the system is ready for tracking:
1. Select wall stand as registration device.
2. Activate the tracking mode. Press the wall stand button on the ceiling suspension control handle
twice.
3. Make sure that the tube assembly is at a 90° an-
gle that points towards the wall stand.
4. Make sure that the detector is in the vertical posi-
tion. It is alright, when the ceiling suspension is
outside the catches.
5. Move the Bucky unit up or down.
The tube assembly has to follow the unit in a ver-
tical movement.

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-111.iso

Fig. 182: Tracking with horizontal beam

Tracking - Tiltable Wall Stand

Make sure that the system is ready for tracking:
1. Select the wall stand as registration device.
2. Activate the tracking mode. Press the wall stand button on the ceiling suspension control handle
twice.
3. Make sure that the tube assembly is at a 0° angle that points towards the wall stand.
4. Make sure that the detector is in the horizontal position.
– It is alright, if the ceiling suspension is outside the catches.

236 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

5. Move the Bucky unit up or down.

The tube assembly has to follow the unit in a ver-
tical movement.

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-112.iso

Fig. 183: Tracking with tiltable wall stands

Tracking - Wireless Portable Detector

i
1. Place the detector in a suitable position on the
floor or table and align the tube.

cn-09-v-712-18293-090163-09.iso

Fig. 184

2. Select the registration device "Free detector" at the CSCH.

35.2.2 Beam Alignment

The beam alignment functionality enables the detector to align with the tube. It only works together
with the wall stand VM2 and an activated tray drive function of the table TH.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 237

Important
For a proper beam alignment, it is important that the following preconditions are fulfilled.
a) For all longitudinal ceiling suspension catches, adjust the SID, even if the catch is not relevant for
application purposes.
b) To adjust the SID, go to Service Tool: Adjustment ➜ System ➜ SID CS VM Long.
c) After the system start-up, move the ceiling suspension into one of the longitudinal catches.

1. Make sure the tracking mode is not active.

2. Make sure the positioning of the detector and the tube is suitable for aligning the detector and the
tube assembly:
– For TH acquisitions, the detector must be horizontal and the tube angle must be between 0° and
45°.
– For VM2 acquisitions, the detector must be at 0°, the arm swing must be at 90°, and the tube an-
gle must be between 45° and 90°.

3. On the CS control grip, press the beam align-

ment button for 2 seconds:

Now, the detector now aligns with the tube.

35.2.3 Testing the System Ready Signal

1. On the [Patient list] tab, select [Test Patient].
2. Click [Edit patient data].

238 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

7. Check if the green system ready lamp lights up

on the CS control grip for the beam center posi-
tions described below. 1 Syst em SID 115 18 x 24 M em or y

A 0 Al Fitl er

*Lateral APR

- + Tom o Test

0
30 30

Fig. 185: System-ready lamp (1)

8. Place the tube in table center position (the beam

is aligned with the table detector):
9. Check that the green system ready lamp lights
up on the CSCH.

Fig. 186

10. Select the registration device "Wall Stand".

11. To align the beam with the wall stand detector

(horizontal position), position the tube directly
over the detector.
LIGHT
CROSS

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-48.iso

Fig. 187

12. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

13. To check the Wireless Portable Detector, attach it to the system.

14. Check that all relevant LEDs on the Wireless Portable Detector are lit up green.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 239

15. Select the registration device "Free Detector".

16. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

17. If available, attach the click-on grid to the Wireless Portable Detector.
18. In the status bar at the bottom of the user interface, check whether the icon for the grid is highlighted.

35.3 Tests with Ceiling Suspension CS III

35.3.1 Checking the Geometry Adjustment

This procedure checks if the geometry adjustments are still in line with the specifications.

Tools required
– CS alignment tool (with new batteries 2 x AA)
– Tin with oil or water
– Thin wire of about 3 m length
– Adhesive tape
– Ruler
– Sheet of paper
– Thin marker

Procedure
The following procedures have to be performed in this order:
• Pre-alignment
• Alignment of the laser tool
• Vertical test
• Banana test
• Beta test
• Test collimator light cross
• Check tube axis orientation and alpha axis orientation

240 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.3.1.1 Pre-Alignment
This procedure makes sure that the subsystem is properly prepared to start the geometry check.
The geometry check is only performed in dedicated positions. These positions are necessary be-
cause the telescopic column bends differently depending on its position, its length, and the orienta-
tion of the tube assembly.
The tube orientation depends on the alignment of the ceiling rails, the correct alignment of the ball
bearings, and the height alignment.
• Do not try to correct any error of these components with the following alignment procedure.

Precondition/Preparation
1. Make sure the system is disconnected.
2. Make sure the ceiling rails are aligned.
3. Make sure the eccentric axes of all ball bearings are aligned.
4. Make sure the room height adjustment is performed.

Procedure
1. In both directions, longitudinal and transversal, position the telescopic carriage in the catch position.
That way it is in the center of the ceiling rails and the center of the longitudinal carriage.
2. Turn the tube so the tube axis is perpendicular to the longitudinal carriage.
3. Make sure that the tube control handle is under the wire drum of the telescopic carriage.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 241

35.3.1.2 Alignment of the Laser Tool

Target
The laser is vertically aligned in the middle of the movement range of the telescopic column.

Principle
The laser is vertically aligned based on the horizontal surface of liquid (oil or water).

Precondition/Preparation
1. Make sure that the pre-alignment of the ceiling suspension is performed.
2. Measure the distance between the tube focus and the floor for the lowest and highest vertical tube
position.
3. Calculate the distance between the tube focus and the floor for the middle vertical position of the
tube:
= Dmin + (0.5 × (Dmax - Dmin))
4. Install the laser tool at the rails of the collimator. Attach it with the plastic screws.
5. Position the tube so that the tube focus is about 1 m (+10 cm) above the floor.
6. Darken the room.
7. Activate the laser tool with the lower knurled screw at the laser housing.
8. Position the tin with oil or water on the floor.
9. Check the position of the reflected laser light at the white disc of the laser tool.
10. Align the laser with the two upper knurled screws at the laser housing, so that the reflected laser light
appears on the exit window of the laser.
11. Move the tube upwards until the focus is at the calculated middle vertical position.
12. Fine-tune the laser orientation with the two upper knurled screws at the laser housing, so that the
reflected laser light appears on the exit window of the laser.

Remark
• If the alignment range of the laser tool (knurled screws) is too small, insert some paper between the
laser base plate and the laser to compensate the angle.

242 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.3.1.3 Vertical Test

Target
1. Perform this test to check the vertical alignment of the ceiling suspension.

Principle of the Test

A vertically aligned laser is the reference. The laser moves vertically along the movement range of
the telescopic column when moving the tube assembly up and down. Any deviation in the orientation
of the axis of the telescopic column and of the laser cause the laser spot to deviate on the floor.

Precondition/Preparation
1. Turn the tube into the 0 degree alpha rotation so the laser beam is vertical and points in the direction
of the ground.
2. Make sure that the laser is vertically aligned.

Procedure
1. Activate the pre-aligned laser with the knurled
A
screw.
2. Attach the sheet of paper to the ground at the
position of the laser light.
X B
3. Move the tube in the lowest position.
4. Mark the position of the laser light on the sheet
of paper as position A.
5. Move the tube focus to the middle of the tele-
scopic movement range (standard height).
6. Mark the position of the laser light on the sheet
of paper as position X.
7. Move the tube to the highest position. icn-10-v-712-16079-100000-02.iso

8. Mark the position of the laser light on the sheet Fig. 188
of paper as position B.
9. Measure the distances between the marker of
the standard height (position X) and the other
two markers (positions A and B).
10. The procedure is passed if the distances are less
than 4 mm.

Readjustments for a Failed Vertical Test

1. If the vertical test fails, continue with the following:
• Check the alignment of the ball bearings. The eccentric axes of all ball bearings has to be aligned
properly, so that the ball bearings touch the rails.
• Check the alignment of the ceiling rails.
2. Perform the vertical test again.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 243

35.3.1.4 Banana Test

Target
1. Perform this test to check if the alpha axis is horizontally aligned.

Principle of Test
The vertically aligned laser draws a line on the floor when the tube is turned around the alpha axis.
The line is straight if the laser is perpendicular to the alpha axis. If the angle is smaller or larger than
90 degrees, it draws a bent line. Therefore, an alpha axis not horizontally aligned causes a bent line.

Precondition/Preparation
1. Make sure that the laser is vertically aligned.
2. Make sure that the vertical test is passed.

Procedure
i

1. Turn the tube so it rests in the alpha position (0°)

and locate the tube focus 60 cm above the
ground.
2. Activate the laser with the lower knurled screw at
the laser housing.
3. Swivel the tube clockwise in +45° position.
4. Attach the wire with adhesive tape to the ground
at the position where the laser light hits the
ground.
5. Swivel the tube counterclockwise into -45° posi-
tion.
6. Attach the wire with adhesive tape to the ground
cn-09-v-712-18146-090000-34.iso

exactly at the position of the laser light. To get a Fig. 189

straight line, tighten the wire.
i
7. Swivel the tube between ±45° positions in alpha
direction and observe the path of the laser light.

cn-09-v-712-18146-090000-37.iso

Fig. 190

244 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

8. Compare the shape of the line of the laser point

1
with the straight line of the tightened wire.
9. The procedure is passed if the laser deviates
less than ±3 mm from the straight line in the cen-
tral position (angle = 0°).
Task completed.
If the procedure is not passed:
2
• Repeat the test right from the start (complete
geometry check). 1
• Check the alignment of the ball bearings. 2
cn-09-v-712-18146-090000-38.iso

• Perform the alignment of the alpha axis orien-

tation and repeat the test. Fig. 191

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 245

35.3.1.5 Beta Test

Target
This procedure checks if the beta axis is aligned properly with the longitudinal and transversal axes.

Principle
When the laser and the longitudinal direction are aligned, the laser spot does not move horizontally.

Preconditions
1. Make sure that the vertical test is passed.
2. Make sure that the banana test is passed.
3. Make sure that the laser is still vertically aligned.
4. Make sure that the ceiling suspension is in a catch position in the middle of the ceiling rails.

Procedure
i
1. Turn the tube clockwise into the 90° position until
the laser beam is parallel to the ceiling rails.
2. Move the tube in longitudinal direction towards
the wall and in reverse direction along a move-
ment range of at least 2 m.
3. Observe the laser beam during the movement. It
must not move along the horizontal axis. A verti-
cal movement is not yet of interest.
4. The procedure is passed if the laser beam move-
ment along the horizontal axis is smaller than
4 mm.
If the procedure is not passed, repeat the test.

cn-09-v-712-18146-090000-101.iso

Fig. 192

246 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.3.1.6 Test Collimator Light Cross

NOTICE
Damage at the corrugated hose
When turning the tube upside down, the corrugated hose might be damaged.
• Be careful when turning the tube.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of property damage.

1. Turn the tube upside down until you look onto the window plate.
2. Put a sheet of paper onto the window plate.
3. Switch on the collimator light.
4. Close the shutter in one direction until a small light gap is visible left and right of the collimator cross
line.
5. Compare the light on both sides of the cross line of the window plate, it should be symmetrically.
6. Repeat the procedure for the other direction.
7. If the light is not symmetrically, see the chapter Adjusting the Window Plate of the Collimator.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 247

35.3.1.7 Testing the Tube Axis Rotation and Alpha Axis Rotation
Target
The target of this procedure is to ensure that the focus point of the tube does not move horizontally
while moving the tube up and downwards. The adjustment is made at the standard height. The laser
is used instead of the collimator light cross.

Precondition/Preparation
1. Make sure that the collimator cross mask is properly aligned.
2. Make sure that the vertical test has been passed.
3. Make sure that the beta test has been passed.
4. Make sure that the banana test has been passed.

Aligning the Beam of the Laser Tool to the Collimator Light

1. Attach a sheet of paper to the floor below the collimator.
2. Switch on the collimator light.
3. Move the collimator as close as possible to the sheet of paper.
4. Mark the position of the light cross center on the sheet of paper as position A.
5. Move the collimator to the maximum distant position of the sheet of paper.
6. Mark the position of the light cross center on the sheet of paper as position B.
7. Attach the laser tool to the collimator.
8. Loosen the screws attaching the laser to the base plate.
9. Activate the laser tool.
10. Move the collimator including the laser tool as close as possible to the sheet of paper.
11. Move the laser onto the base plate until the laser spot meets position A on the sheet of paper.
12. Tighten the screws attaching the laser to the base plate.
13. Move the collimator including the laser tool to the maximum distant position of the sheet of paper.
14. Align the laser inclination with the knurled screws of the laser housing until the laser spot meets posi-
tion B.
15. Move the collimator downwards and check whether the laser spot still meets position A.
16. If the laser spot does not meet position A, repeat this procedure from step: Loosen the screws at-
taching the laser to the base plate.

Check Tube Axis Rotation and Alpha Axis Rotation

1. Turn the tube to alpha position (zero degree, laser beam vertical).
2. Move the tube up or down to reach the middle of the movement range of the telescopic column.
3. Activate the laser tool.
4. Place the oil tin below the laser tool with a distance of 1 m (for example, using a ladder).
5. Check the position of the reflected laser light at the white disc of the laser.
6. Measure the distance between the exit window of the laser and the white disc.
7. Compare the measured distance to the allowed tolerance of 4 mm.
The test is passed if the deviation is below the value of 4 mm.
8. If the deviation is larger than 4 mm, repeat this procedure.
9. If it still fails, proceed with the adjustment procedure in the chapter chapter Aligning the Tube Axis
and the Alpha Axis on page 123.

248 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.3.1.8 Testing the Alignment of Control Handle Laser

CAUTION
Hazard of laser beam
The laser beam inside the control handle can point to the eye.
• Never look into the laser beam directly and/or repeatedly.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

Important
The center laser is adjusted in the factory.
• If deviations occur, perform the adjustment only.

Targets
1. The laser beam is parallel to the lateral axis of the light cross.
2. The laser beam is vertically aligned.
3. The laser beam and the light cross coincide.

Procedure
1. Ensure that the collimator is in the 0° position.
2. Move the tube mount assembly to the middle of 1
the movement range of the telescopic column.
3. Position a paper sheet 20 cm below the collima-
tor.
4. Press the button (1) to switch on the center laser
and the collimator light.
5. Compare the laser beam orientation to the lateral
axis of the collimator light cross. 3
If the laser beam is not parallel to the lateral axis
of the collimator light cross (2):
– Loosen the fixing screws of the control handle.
– To correct the orientation of the laser beam,
remove or insert shims (3) between the control
handle and the tube mount.
– Fasten the fixing screws of the control handle.

Fig. 193

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 249

6. Mark the position of the laser beam on the paper

sheet. 1
7. Move the tube upwards as far as possible.
8. Check the position of the laser beam on the pa-
per sheet.
If the laser beam moves left and/or right while lift-
ing the tube mount assembly up and down:
– Loosen the fixing screws of the control handle. 3
– Rotate the control handle until the laser beam
does not move to the left or right anymore.
– Fasten the fixing screws of the control handle.

Fig. 194

9. Check whether the laser beam is centered to the

lateral line of the collimator light cross. 1
If the laser beam is not centered, perform the
alignment procedure.
– Remove the grip cover of the control handle.
– Loosen the two fixing screws of the center la-
ser.
– Adjust the laser (4) until the laser beam and 3
the lateral axis of the collimator light cross co-
incide.
– Tighten the two fixing screws.
– Install the grip cover of the control handle.

Fig. 195

250 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.3.2 Tracking
The tracking functionality enables the tube to follow the selected registration device in a vertical
movement (within the designated pick-up band).

Fig. 196: Tracking - TH2

2. Activate the tracking function.

3. Move the table up or down.
To sustain the required SID, the tube has to follow the table in a vertical movement.

Tracking - Wall Stand with horizontal Beam

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-111.iso

Fig. 197: Tracking with horizontal beam

Tracking - Tiltable Wall Stand

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 251

5. Move the Bucky unit up or down.

The tube assembly has to follow the unit in a ver-
tical movement.

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-112.iso

Fig. 198: Tracking with tiltable wall stands

35.3.3 Beam Alignment

The beam alignment functionality enables the detector to align with the tube. It only works with the
table TH with activated tray drive function and with the wall stand VM2.

1. Make sure that the tracking mode is not active.

2. Make sure that the positioning of the detector and the tube is suitable for aligning the detector and
the tube assembly:
– For TH acquisitions, the detector must be horizontal, and the tube angle must be 0- 45°.
– For VM2 acquisitions, the detector must be at 0°, the arm swing must be at 90°, and the tube an-
gle must be 45- 90°.
3. Press the beam alignment button on the CS control handle for 2 seconds.
The detector now aligns with the tube.

35.3.4 Testing the System Ready Signal

1. On the [Patient list] tab, select [Test Patient].
2. Click [Edit patient data].

252 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

8. Place the tube in table center position (the beam

is aligned with the table detector):
9. Check that the green system ready lamp lights
up on the CSCH.

Fig. 199

10. Select the registration device "Wall Stand".

11. To align the beam with the wall stand detector

(horizontal position), position the tube directly
over the detector.
LIGHT
CROSS

icn-13-v-706-7966-130000-48.iso

Fig. 200

12. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

13. To check the Wireless Portable Detector, attach it to the system.

14. Check that all relevant LEDs on the Wireless Portable Detector are lit up green.
15. Select the registration device "Free Detector".

16. Check that the green system ready lamp lights up on the ceiling suspension control handle.

17. If available, attach the click-on grid to the Wireless Portable Detector.
18. In the status bar at the bottom of the user interface, check whether the icon for the grid is highlighted.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 253

35.4 Functional Tests Wall Stand VS

Movements
1. Make sure that all movements run through
smoothly.

Fig. 201

2. Check the function of the brakes.

Move-to-position
• Press the buttons displayed below on the wall stand control panel and/or on the remote control (use
both if available) to check whether the designated move-to-position functionality is activated.
+ – Bucky unit raises and tilts to -20° position (skull position).
+ – Bucky unit lowers and returns to 0° position.

Stretch Grip

CAUTION
Hazard of collision of a person with the
stretch grip
a) Make sure that it is not possible to perform the
alpha tilt movement when the stretch grip is at-
tached.
b) Mark that checkpoint in chapter Functional
Tests Record on page 305.
If you do not obey these instructions,
there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

1. Attach the stretch grip.

2. Activate the alpha tilt movement.
Tilting must be deactivated for the Bucky unit
while the stretch grip is attached.

Fig. 202

254 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.5 Functional Tests Wall Stand VM and VM2

Movements
1. Check whether all movements run through smoothly.
2. Check the function of the brakes.
3. Make sure that the manual driving of the wall stand operates as it is expected.

Fig. 203: Movements

Move-To-Position
• Press the buttons displayed below on the wall stand control panel and/or on the remote control (use
both if available) to test if the designated move-to-position functionality is activated.
BuckyDiagnost VM
+ Detector moves into horizontal position; the height remains the same.

+ Bucky unit raises and tilts to -20°.

+ Detector moves down into horizontal position.
BuckyDiagnost VM2
• Make sure that the geometry positioning is suitable for the move-to-position functionality:
– The detector must be in the vertical position.
– The swiveling arm must be at 0°.
– The VM must be moved outside of the longitudinal locks.
– If a table is included in the configuration, the table must be moved to the opposite side of the VM
user side.
+ Detector moves into horizontal position; the height remains the same.
+ Detector moves into the horizontal position under the table.

Detector rises slowly.

Detector lowers slowly.

Testing the Collision Switch

1. Start one of the move-to-position movements.
2. Press the wall stand cover firmly during the movement.
3. Make sure the collision switch is activated.
4. Check that the movement is interrupted.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 255

Stretch Grip

1. Attach the stretch grip.

2. Activate the alpha tilt movement.
Tilting must be deactivated for the Bucky unit
while the stretch grip is attached.

Fig. 204

256 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.6 Functional Test Table TH

Testing the Table Movements
1. Test the table movement up and down switched by the foot switches ▲ and ▼.
2. Test the table movement up and down switched by the optional second table control.
3. Test the table top movement.

Testing the Table Brakes

1. Test the function of the longitudinal brake.
2. Test the function of the transverse brake.

Testing the Collision Switch

1. Move the table top downwards.
2. Press foot switch ▼ to move the table down-
wards.
3. Lift with about 200 N against the table top during
movement table down.
The movement must stop automatically.

Fig. 205

35.6.1 Testing the Tray Drive

1. Remove the two fixing screws of the rear cover.
2. To access the service flap, remove the rear cov-
er.

Fig. 206

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 257

3. On the rear side, swing out the service flap.

Fig. 207

4. Press the button S6 on the TH-controller board.

• Check that the tray drive reaches the right end
position.
5. Press the button S7 on the TH-controller board.
• Check that the tray drive reaches the left end
position.
6. If one end position is not reached, check the po-
tentiometer adjustment.

Fig. 208: TH Controller Board

35.7 Functional Test Table TH-S

Testing the Movement of the Swivel Unit
1. Release the push button.
2. Rotate the TH-S table on the swivel for TH-S ta-
ble base through 90-degrees out of the radiation
area.
3. Rotate the TH-S table back again.

Fig. 209

258 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Testing the Up-And-Down Movement

Important
No up-and-down movement possible in 90-degree turned-out position
When the TH-S table is rotated out of the radiation area, up-and-down movements of the TH-S table
are not possible.
The TH-S table remains on the same height.

1. Check the up-and-down movements of the table.

2. Rotate the TH-S table on the swivel for TH-S table base in the 90-degree position out of the radiation
area.
3. Check the possibility of up-and-down movements of the table.
4. Rotate the TH-S table back again.

35.8 Functional Test Table TA-M

1. Clean the table.
2. Check for any damage.
3. Check for oil leakage.
4. Check all movements/brakes of the table.
Y
5. Move the trolley in X-direction.
Z
6. Move the table top in transverse direction (Y-di-
rection).
7. Move the table top up/down (Z-direction).
8. Check the different functions of the wheels.
9. Check the brakes. X

Fig. 210

– (1) All brakes are active. No wheel can steer or 3

turn. Table top is fixed. 1 2 4
5
– (2) All wheels can steer and turn. Table top is
fixed.
– (3) Wheels on the front axis are fixed in longitudi-
nal direction. Wheels of the axis under the col-
umn can steer. All wheels can turn. Table top is
fixed.
– (4) No wheel can steer. All wheels can turn. Ta-
ble top is fixed.
– (5) No wheel can steer. All wheels can turn. Ta-
ble top can float. Fig. 211

35.9 Functional Tests Workstation

35.9.1 DICOM Verification

1. Go to UI: System ➜ Quality Assurance and click [DICOM Verification].

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 259

The screen lists all configured DICOM nodes.

2. To check that the related DICOM node is opera-
ble, click [Verify].
3. To check that all listed DICOM nodes are opera-
ble, click [Verify all].
The results of the test are indicated with a green
check mark.

Fig. 212

35.9.2 Testing the Connection to the RIS

1. If possible, ask the hospital staff to create a test patient profile in the RIS.
2. Go to UI: Patient List.
3. To update the patient list, click [RIS query] at the bottom of the screen.
Now, the added patient is listed in the patient list.
If the RIS connection is not operational, an error message appears.
4. If it is not possible to create a test patient profile in the RIS, perform a RIS query and check whether
an error message appears.

35.9.3 Adding a Patient

1. Go to UI: Patient List.
2. Click [Add Patient].

3. Fill in "Test" for patient last name, and "Patient" for patient first name.
4. Click [OK].
The patient list displays new entry for the test patient.

35.9.4 Query and Retrieve

35.9.5 One Button Stores All (OBSA) Function

35.9.5.1 Purpose
In case an error occurs, you have the possibility to immediately create a data set that reflects the
current system state by pressing a single button.

260 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

1. To create a problem report, click [Create] in the

user interface.

Fig. 213

Analyzing the OBSA Information

• If desired, unzip the individual ZIP files for inves-
tigation and fault finding.

Fig. 214

35.9.5.2 File Export

35.10 Testing the Brakes of the Table Top

1. To make sure that the adjustment is correct, move the table top in all directions.
– The bearings have to slide on the guide easily but do not have to have any play.
– The table top has to move easily.
– There must be no grinding noises.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 261

2. Check the distance between the guide of the ta-

ble top and the released brake (1).
3. Switch on the table.
4. Apply the brake.
5. Check it for proper function.
The brake has to catch tightly but still has to al-
low the table to move without any friction when
released.
• If the brake does not work properly, repeat the
adjustment until the brake works properly.

Fig. 215

35.11 Order of Amplimat Fields

CAUTION
Hazard of excessive radiation caused by repeated X-ray run
This chapter is part of the acceptance test for the Amplimat chamber.
• Make sure to perform the instructions stated in this chapter accordingly.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

Preparing the System

1. For a Bucky unit with wireless portable detector, perform the following:
• Insert the wireless portable detector into the Bucky unit (table or wall stand) in landscape position.
The short side of the detector is parallel to the tube axis.
2. Make sure that the X-ray tube is centered to the detector.
3. Insert an anti-scatter-grid.
4. Set the SID in accordance with the used grid:
fo grid = 110 cm ➜ SID = 110 cm
fo grid = 140 cm ➜ SID = 150 cm
fo grid = 180 cm ➜ SID = 180 cm
5. In the collimator, select 0 mm Al pre-filtration.
6. For all kinds of detectors, open the collimator to approximately 43 × 43 cm (17 in × 17 in).
7. Insert the 21 mm Al filter into the accessory rails of the collimator.
8. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam (for example, a trolley).

262 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Preparing the Table

1. Cover the center field and the lower two fields
with a lead cover strip (1 - 2 mm thick).
2. Refer to the following figures.

3 4 3 4
2 2
1 5 1 5
icn-14-v-712-15778-140000-06.iso

Fig. 216: Patient Head Side Left and Right

Procedure at the Table

1. On the Patient list tab, select Order of Amp. Fields.
2. Select Table.
3. Select the first table view.
4. Release an exposure.
5. Make sure that the Amplimat chamber terminates the exposure without a failure message.
6. Repeat this procedure for all test patients.
7. If a failure message appears, check the position of the switch S1 on the Amplimat Chamber.

Amplimat Settings for the Table

Amplimat Chamber Table
Patient head side left right
Switch position: S1 1 2

Fig. 217: Amplimat Chamber

Preparing the Wall Stand

1. Cover the center field and the lower two fields
with a lead cover strip (1 - 2 mm thick).
2. Refer to the following figures.

1 3 4 5
2 2
5 4 3 1
icn-14-v-712-15778-140000-08.iso

Fig. 218: User Side Left and Right

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 263

Procedure at the Wall Stand

CAUTION
Hazard of excessive radiation
• If the exposures are not terminated, check the position of the switch S1 on the Amplimat chamber
and the position of jumper X2 on the 5-field controller VP3
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of minor or moderate injury.

1. On the Patient list tab, select Order of Amp. Fields.

2. Click Examination in the Patient list (examination section is now active).
3. Select Wall stand as registration device.
4. Select the view Amp Fields Wall 1.
5. Release an exposure.
6. Make sure that the Amplimat chamber terminates the exposure without a failure message.
7. If a failure message appears, check the position of the switch S1 on the Amplimat Chamber.
8. Select the view Amp Fields Wall 2.
9. Release an exposure.
10. Make sure that the Amplimat chamber generates
a failure message.
Fig. 219

Amplimat Settings for the Wall Stand

Amplimat Chamber Wall Stand
User side left right
Switch position: S1 1 1

Fig. 220: Amplimat Chamber

5 Field Controller VP3 - Wall Stand 5V

User side left right

1
Jumper position X2 1-2 2-3 N3

VP3 5 Field control

4512 133 0210.

Fig. 221: 5-field controller VP3

264 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

35.12 Amplimat Field Test

35.12.1 Preconditions
Establish the following measuring conditions:
– X-ray tube is centered regarding the detector.
– No anti-scatter grid.
– SID is set to
– 110 cm (43.5 in) for table measurement
– 180 cm (71 in) for wall stand measurement
– Internal prefiltration in the collimator is set to 0 mm Al.
– Collimator is opened completely. Make sure that the light field overlaps all Amplimat measuring fields
completely.
– Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam.
– Insert a 20-25 mm Al filter in the accessory rails of the collimator.

35.12.2 Measurement Wall Stand

Examinations with Amplimat
1. On the Patient list tab, select Amp. Field Test Wall.
2. Click Examination in the Patient list (examination section is now active).
3. Select Amp Field 1/5.
4. Release the exposure.
5. Write down the mAs value of the exposure in the following table.
6. Repeat the last two steps for the other measuring fields.
7. Calculate the deviation of the recorded mAs values compared to the value for the reference field.
Amplimat Examination mAs Field deviation in %
(compared to reference field)
Amp Field 1/5
Amp Field 2/5
(reference field)
Amp Field 3/5
Amp Field 4/5
Amp Field 5/5
The maximum deviation allowed is ±25 %.

To calculate the deviation (in percent) of the mAs

mAs field x
value for a given field (field x) from the mAs val- field deviationfield x [%] = * 100 - 100
ue of the reference field (field 2), use the formula mAs field 2
shown.

35.12.3 Measurement Table

Examinations with Amplimat
1. On the Patient list tab, select Amp. Field Test Table.
2. Click Examination in the Patient list (examination section is now active).
3. Select Amp Field 1/3.
4. Release the exposure
5. Write down the mAs value of the exposure in the following table.
6. Repeat the last two steps for the other measuring fields.
7. Calculate the deviation of the recorded mAs values compared to the value for the reference field.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 265

Amplimat Examination mAs Field deviation in %

(compared to reference field)
Amp Field 1/3
Amp Field 2/3
(reference field)
Amp Field 3/3
The maximum deviation allowed is ±25 %.

To calculate the deviation (in percent) of the mAs

mAs field x
value for a given field (field x) from the mAs val- field deviationfield x [%] = * 100 - 100
ue of the reference field (field 2), use the formula mAs field 2
shown.

35.13 Amplimat Dose Test

WARNING
• Make sure that the system integrator sets the automatic dose control parameters (AEC RADIOGRA-
PHY).
Perform these tests during installation time and when any components of the system are changed.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

The Amplimat dose test checks the dose adjustment in the generator (switch-off dose of the Ampli-
mat chamber). The test has to be performed for all detectors (table and/or wall stand). The test has
to be performed for speed levels S200, S400, and S800.

35.13.1 Preparation
1. Move the longitudinal and transverse carriage of the ceiling suspension into the corresponding catch
to center the X-ray tube to the detector.
2. Insert an anti-scatter grid. Use the preferred or standard grid of the customer.
3. Set the SID in accordance with the used grid:
– f0 grid = 110 cm ➜ SID = 110 cm (43.5 in) (ta-
ble)
– f0 grid = 140 cm ➜ SID = 140 cm (55 in) (wall Fig. 222
stand)
– f0 grid = 180 cm➜ SID = 180 cm (71 in)
4. 0 mm Al pre-filtration on the ceiling suspension control handle (no internal pre-filtration in the colli-
mator) is selected.
5. Attach the dosimeter probe on the table top or at the front cover of the wall stand.

Important
• Do not cover the measuring fields with the dosimeter probe.

266 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Table
• Use one of the two positioning plates supplied
with the system (for SIDs 110 cm and 140 cm) to
position the dosimeter on the table top and at-
tach the dosimeter with tape.

Fig. 223

Wall Stand
• Use the markings on the wall stand cover to posi-
tion the dosimeter on the wall stand and attach
the dosimeter with tape.

Fig. 224

35.13.2 Measuring the Switch-Off Dose

1. Wait until the login screen appears.
2. Log in to the Eleva Workspot application software as service user (User name: Service, Password:
P@ssword).

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 267

3. Go to UI: System ➜ General.

4. Select "Quality assurance" from the Modality
Mode list.
The Eleva Workspot switches to the so-called
QA mode. A dedicated EPX database is activat-
ed in the background.

Fig. 225

1. Select UI: Patient list.

2. Select the service-patient Amp. Dose Adjustment.
3. In the examination window, select the registration device.
4. Make sure that the collimator is opened to approximately:
– 43 cm x 43 cm (17" x 17") (for table or wall stand with BUF or BU3)
– 35 cm x 43 cm (14" x 17") (for table or wall stand with BUP)
5. Insert the 21 mm Al filter in the accessory rails of the collimator.
6. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam (for example, trolley and cassette).
7. Select the EPX program *Amp Dose S400 for the sensitivity S400.
8. Release the first exposure with S400.
9. Check that the measured dose fits the expected dose (KT). The expected dose (KT) depends on the
used grid.
10. For more information:
– see chapter Switch-Off Dose Table on page 268
– see chapter Switch-Off Dose Wall Stand on page 269
11. Repeat these steps for the remaining sensitivities.

35.13.3 Switch-Off Dose Table

The following tables contain the required switch-off dose values depending on the used grid type.
The SID should be selected to fit the grid.

Important
In the TH table only three fields of the 5-Field Amplimat (9890 000 07000x) can be used.

Explanations
KT = expected dose on the table top
1 µGy = 0.114 mR
1 mR = 8.77 µGy
Grid: f0= 140 cm / r = 8 / L = 40
Attenuation factor: 1.8
Chamber 1 KT [µGy] tolerance
S200 9.0 ± 2.0
S400 /Data Set 1 4.5 ± 1.0
S800 2.3 ± 0.5

268 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Grid: f0= 110 cm / r = 8 / L = 40

Grid: f0= 140 cm / r = 12 / L = 40
Attenuation factor: 1.9
Chamber 1 KT [µGy] tolerance
S200 9.5 ± 2.0
S400 /Data Set 1 4.8 ± 1.0
S800 2.4 ± 0.5

Grid: f0 = 110 cm / r = 12 / L = 36
Grid: f0 = 110 cm / r = 12 / L = 40
Attenuation factor: 2.0
Chamber 1 KT [µGy] tolerance
S200 10.00 ± 2.0
S400 /Data Set 1 5.00 ± 1.0
S800 2.50 ± 0.5

35.13.4 Switch-Off Dose Wall Stand

The following tables contain the required switch-off dose values depending on the used grid type.
The SID should be selected to fit the grid.
Explanations:
KT = expected dose on the wall stand cover
1 µGy = 0.114 mR
1 mR = 8.77 µGy
Grid: f0= 110 cm / r = 12 / L = 36
Grid: f0= 110 cm / r = 12 / L = 40
Attenuation factor: 2.0
Chamber 3 KT [µGy] tolerance [µGy]
S200 10.00 ± 2.0
S400 / Data Set 1 5.00 ± 1.0
S800 2.50 ± 0.5
Grid: f = 140 cm, r = 8, L = 40
Grid: f = 180 cm, r = 12, L = 40
Attenuation factor: 1.7
Chamber 3 KT [µGy] Tolerance
S200 8.5 ± 2.0
S400 / Data Set 1 4.3 ± 1.0
S800 2.1 ± 0.5
Grid: f = 110 cm, r = 8, L = 40
Grid: f = 140 cm, r = 12, L = 40
Attenuation factor: 1.8
Chamber 3 KT [µGy] Tolerance
S200 9.0 ± 2.0
S400 / Data Set 1 4.5 ± 1.0
S800 2.3 ± 0.5

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 269

Grid: f = 180 cm, r = 8, L = 40

Attenuation factor: 1.6
Chamber 3 KT [µGy] Tolerance
S200 8.0 ± 2.0
S400 /Data Set 1 4.0 ± 1.0
S800 2.0 ± 0.5

35.14 Testing the Grid of the Bucky Unit

The grid test checks if the X-ray trigger is synchronized correctly with the release of the grid. A result-
ing image is calculated to check the grid delay time. Perform the test for all detectors (table, wall
stand).

Important
The grid delay time of a Bucky unit is not adjustable.

Preconditions
Establish the following measuring conditions:
1. Select the suitable registration device for detector exposure.
2. Insert an anti-scatter grid.
• Use the preferred or standard grid of the customer.
3. To center the tube to the detector, use the collimator light field.
4. Set the SID according to the used grid:
– f0 grid = 110 cm ➜ SID =110 cm (43.5 in) (table)
– f0 grid = 140 cm ➜ SID = 140 cm (55 in) (wall stand)
– f0 grid = 180 cm ➜ SID =180 cm (71 in)
5. Open the collimator to approximately 47 cm × 47 cm (18.5 in × 18.5 in).
6. Select 0 mm Al pre-filtration on the CS control handle (no internal pre-filtration in the collimator).
7. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam (for example, trolley and cassette).

Measurement
1. Go to UI: System ➜ General.
2. Select "Quality assurance" from the Modality
Mode list.
The Eleva Workspot switches to the so-called
QA mode. A dedicated EPX database is activat-
ed in the background.

Fig. 226

3. Click [Patient list].

4. Select the patient Grid Test.
5. In the examination window, select the registration device.
6. Select the first view [Grid Test 1/2].
7. Release an exposure.
The result of this test is directly displayed in the image. It is also possible to check it in the QA tool.
8. Select the second view [Grid Test 2/2].
9. Release an exposure.
The result of this test is directly displayed in the image. It is also possible to check it in the QA tool.

270 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

10. Perform the test for any other registration devices

35.15 Functional Tests of the BUP User Interface

1. Insert the Wireless Portable Detector into the tray and close the tray.
V
2. Check the detector orientation displayed on the H1 H2 H3 H4 AC2
USER INTERFACE

BUP user interface.

The active LED (H2, H3, or H4) should concur
with the physical orientation of the Wireless Port-
able Detector.
icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-01-A.iso

Fig. 227

3. Repeat this check for all detector positions.

4. Insert a matching grid into the BUP.
V
5. Check the grid status displayed on the BUP user H1 H2 H3 H4 AC2
USER INTERFACE

interface.
The grid status LED (H1) should be on.

icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-01-A.iso

Fig. 228

35.16 Checking the Battery Status

• Check the battery status via Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wireless Portable Detector ➜ Battery
Status.

35.17 Checking the WiFi Status

• Check the WiFi status via Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wireless Portable Detector ➜ WiFi Sta-
tus.

35.18 Image Quality Assurance

35.18.1 Switching to the Quality Assurance Mode

1. Go to UI: System ➜ General.
2. Select "Quality assurance" from the Modality
Mode list.
The Eleva Workspot switches to the so-called
QA mode. A dedicated EPX database is activat-
ed in the background.

Fig. 229

35.18.2 Checking the Adequate Detector Temperature

1. Keep the room temperature and the detector temperature consistent and on the same level, as dur-
ing the operation, any time.
2. Make sure that no high dose X-ray was taken before the calibration starts. Wait about 20 minutes in
this case.
3. To be sure, check that the detector temperature is stabilized via

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 271

– Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Table TH ➜ Detector temperature

or
– Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wall stand VS/VM ➜ Detector temperature
or
– Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜ Wireless portable detector ➜ Detector temperature
4. Check whether the detector temperature is stable.
5. If the temperature is not stabilized already, check it again after some minutes.

35.18.3 Detector Performance Pixium 4600

35.18.3.1 Checking Status of the Detector

1. On the status display, click in the lower right cor-
ner of the screen.
2. Click "Detector status" or "Detector 1 status".

Fig. 230

3. If the detector calibration is due in seven days or less, do the detector calibration. For the calibration
procedure, see chapter Calibrating the Detector on page 152.
4. To close this window, click [Close].

35.18.3.2 Preparing Exposures

1. Remove the X-ray grid.
2. Center the tube to the detector with the help of the collimator light field.
3. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam.
4. Set the SID to the preset position:
– For the table: 110 cm (43 in).
– For the wall stand: 150 cm (59 in).
5. Insert the 21-mm aluminum (Al) prefilter in the accessory rails of the collimator.
The opening of the collimator to 47 cm × 47 cm (18½ in × 18½ in) and the internal filter selection (0
Al) is done automatically by the EPX view set.
6. Select the corresponding registration device for detector exposure.

35.18.3.3 Procedure
1. Select the applicable auxiliary (table, wall stand)
in the examination window.
2. Select the examination “Detector Test Wall” or
“Detector Test Table” at the Acquisition Work-
spot.

Fig. 231

272 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

3. Select the view "Dose 1 Wall 1/4*".

For this first view, the collimator is closed automatically.
4. Release the first exposure.
5. Check the result, refer to the subsequent chapter.
6. Do these steps again for the remaining acquisitions.
Exposure Acquisition
1 *Dose 1 Wall 1/4
2 *Dose 2 Wall 2/4
3 *Dose 3 Wall 3/4
4 *Dose 4 Wall 4/4

7. Perform the test for the second detector (table) also.

35.18.3.4 Testing the Detector Performance

For the detector test, four exposures at different dose levels are necessary, all with the same precon-
ditions.
After an image is processed, the results are directly rendered into the images,
for example, Noise_RatioX=1.20272 OK.
If the shown label is in brackets, the result is rated.
There are three labels: [OK], [WARNING], [ERROR].
• Make sure that there is no result that shows an error. If there is an error, check the preconditions and
do the test again. If the error still occurs, perform a detector calibration.

35.18.3.5 Exposure Index EI_s

Check the Exposure Index for each detector. Check the system reference manual (SRM) for an Ex-
posure Index reference value. If there is a reference value, do procedure 1. If there is no reference
value, do procedure 2.

Exposure Index EI_s - Procedure 1

Preconditions
1. Let the test conditions unchanged - use the same setup as for the detector performance test.
2. Put the applicable anti-scatter-grid in.

Procedure
1. If not already done, change to QA mode.
2. Select the "wall stand" or "table" in the examination mode.
3. Select the EPX program "EI_s Check".
4. Release an exposure.
5. Record the EI_s value shown in the info line of the image.
6. Compare the value with the reference value in the SRM.
7. If the difference is more than 20%, adjust the exposure index.

Exposure Index EI_s - Procedure 2

Preconditions
1. Let the test conditions unchanged - use the same setup as for the detector performance test.
2. Put the applicable anti-scatter-grid in.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 273

Procedure
1. If not already done, change to QA mode.
2. Select table or wall stand auxiliary in the examination mode (Exposure Index EI_s Table or Expo-
sure Index EI_s Wall).
3. Select the EPX program “EI_s w/o dosimeter”.
4. Release an exposure.
5. Record the EI_s value, shown in the info line of the image, in the table:
Wall Stand Detector Table Detector
Service DB: Examination: EI_s = EI_s =
EI_S w/o dosimeter

6. Attach a dosimeter in the middle of the centered table top/cover.

7. Select the EPX program “EI_s with dosimeter”.
8. Release an exposure.
9. Write down the dose value in micro gray in the table:
Wall Stand Detector Table Detector
service DB: Examination: Dose (µGy) = Dose (µGy) =
EI_s with dosimeter

10. Find out the correct attenuation factor (see the table).
Attenuation Factors for Table TH
Grid fo [cm] r L
1.8 110 8 36/40
2.0 12

Attenuation Factors for Wall Stands VS, VM, and VM2

Grid f0 [cm] r L
1.7 140 8 36/40
1.8 110
140 12
180
2.0 110

11. Calculate "EI_s measured" with the equation.

12. Calculate the deviation of "EI_s w/o dosimeter"
from "EI_s measured".

Fig. 232

13. If the difference is more than 20%, adjust the exposure index.
14. Do the same procedure for the second detector.

Adjusting the Exposure Index EI_S

1. Go to Service Tool : Configuration ➜ Table ➜ Detector or Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Wall
stand ➜ Detector.
2. Write down the value for LSB per micro gray.
Wall stand detector Table detector
Detector LSBOLD LSBOLD = LSBOLD =

274 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

3. Insert the values in the equation. If necessary,

see the values from the measurement proce-
dure.

Fig. 233

4. Enter the new "LSB per micro gray" in the following table of the related detector.
Wall stand detector Table detector
LSBNEW= LSBNEW=

5. Enter the new Detector Sensitivity (lsb/μGy) in the Service Tool dialogue of the related detector.
6. Close the Service Tool procedure.
7. Select the EPX program EI_S Check.
8. Remove the dosimeter.
9. Perform an exposure.
10. Compare the EI_SDisplay (displayed in the info line of the image in the examination register) and the
EI_Smeasured (tolerance: ±20 %, 100 % = EI_Smeasured).
Wall stand detector Table detector
EI_S check EI_SMEASURED = EI_SMEASURED =
EI_SDISPLAY = EI_SDISPLAY =

35.18.4 Detector Performance Pixium 4343RC

35.18.4.1 Checking Status of the Detector

1. On the status display, click in the lower right cor-
ner of the screen.
2. Click "Detector status" or "Detector 1 status".

Fig. 234

35.18.4.2 Preparing Exposures

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 275

35.18.4.3 Test
The detector test includes the following measurements:
– Electronic noise
The evaluation of the electronic noise is based on three exposures.
– Dose field flatness
The evaluation of the dose field flatness is based on nine exposures for each detector (wall or table).
The homogeneity of each image is measured as the FieldFlatness_LocalStructure value and Field-
Flatness_GlobalStructure value. The FieldFlatness_Median value indicates the detector signal level
of the exposure.
After an image has been processed, the results are directly rendered into the image 3 for Electronic
noise test, or into the images 6, 8, and 9 for Dose field flatness test.
If the shown label is in brackets, the result is rated.
There are two labels: [OK], [ERROR].
The detector tests are part of the Quality Assurance mode. They have to be performed when you are
logged in as Service user.

Electronic Noise Test

1. Select UI: Patient list ➜ Electr. Noise Test Table or Electr. Noise Test Wall and the appropriate
auxiliary.
2. Click [Examination].
The examination list is now active and all required views are displayed.
3. Select Electr. Noise Test 1.

Fig. 235

4. Check that the collimator is closed.

5. Release the first exposure.
6. Do these steps again for the remaining two acquisitions.
The results of the test is displayed in the third
image (values are displayed in %).

Fig. 236

7. Make sure the test results for each parameter are OK (possible results and value ranges are dis-
played in the following table).

276 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

OK Error
Noise_columnDsp 0.0–15 > 15
Noise_chipDsp 0.0–15 > 15
Noise_lineDsp 0.0–18 > 18
Noise_pixelDsp 0.0–7.0 > 7.0

8. If there is a result indicating an error, perform the detector self-test Service Tool: Diagnostics ➜
Table TH or Wall stand VM, VS ➜ Detector self test.
9. Repeat the test.

Testing the Dose Field Flatness

1. Select UI: Patient list ➜ DoseFieldFlat Test Table or DoseFieldFlat Test Wall and the appropri-
ate auxiliary.
2. Click [Examination].
The examination list is now active and all required views are displayed.
3. Select the first test *DoseFieldFlatness 1/9.

Fig. 237

4. Check that the collimator is set to 47 cm × 47 cm (18.5''×18.5'').

5. Release the first exposure.
6. Perform these steps again for the remaining 8 exposures.
The results of the test are displayed in images 6,
8, and 9 (values are displayed in %).

Fig. 238

7. Make sure the test results for each parameter are OK (possible results and value ranges are dis-
played in the following table).
OK Error
FieldFlatness_LocalStructure (displayed in %) 0.0–2.5 > 2.5
FieldFlatness_GlobalStructure (displayed in %) N/A N/A
FieldFlatness_Median (lsb value) N/A N/A

8. If there is a result with an error, do the following:

• Calibrate the detector (if no calibration was done recently).
• Check that there are no objects and obstacles in the X-ray beam.
4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 277
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Functional Tests TESTING

• Check the aluminum filter for any visible damage or stains.

• Check the images taken during the test for any artifacts.
9. Do the test again.
If the result shows an error again, do the following:
10. Check the radiation dose of the exposures 1–6, 7–8, and 9. The dose level (see table) must be within
a tolerance of ± 10%.

Dose Level Pixium 4343RC

Exposures Dose Level [μGy]
1–6 2
7–8 20
9 30

11. If this requirement is not met, calculate a correction factor for the exposure mAs. (For example, for a
dose level of 20% less than expected (4 μGy) ➜ increase the preset mAs value for each exposure
with 20%.)
12. Do the test again, but change the preset mAs value with the correction factor for each exposure.

35.18.5 Detector Performance Pixium 5500 (WPD)

35.18.5.1 Checking Status of the Detector

1. On the status display, click in the lower right cor-
ner of the screen.
2. Click "Detector status" or "Detector 1 status".

Fig. 239

35.18.5.2 Testing the Electronic Noise (WPD)

1. Move the detector away from the X-ray area. Place it on a suitable surface.
Do not place the detector close to any source of electrical disturbance, such as a wall stand or a ta-
ble containing a flat detector. It is possible that they influence the test results.
2. Close the collimator manually.
3. On the Patient list tab, select Detector Test WPD 1.
4. Click Examination in the Patient list (examination section is now active).
5. Select *Electr. Noise WPD.
6. Release the first exposure.
7. Perform these steps again for the remaining acquisitions.
The results of the test is displayed in the third
image (values are displayed in %).

Fig. 240

278 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

8. Make sure that the test results for each parameter are OK. Possible results and value ranges are
displayed in the table.
OK
Noise_columnDsp (displayed in %) ≤ 15%
Noise_chipDsp (displayed in %) ≤ 15%
Noise_lineDsp (displayed in %) ≤ 18%
Noise_pixelDsp ≤ 4.8

9. If there is a result that shows an error, check the preconditions and do the test again.

35.18.5.3 Testing the Dose Field Flatness (WPD)

1. On the Patient list tab, select Detector Test WPD 2.
2. Click Examination in the Patient list (examination section is now active).
3. Select *DoseFieldFlatness.
4. Release the first exposure.
5. Perform these steps again for the remaining acquisitions.
The results of the test are displayed in each
image (values are displayed in %).

Fig. 241

6. Make sure that the test results for each parameter are OK. Possible results and value ranges are
displayed in the table.
OK
FieldFlatness_LocalStructure (displayed in %) ≤ 7.5%
FieldFlatness_GlobalStructure (displayed in %) N/A
FieldFlatness_Median (lsb value) NA

If there is a result that shows an error, do the following:

1. Calibrate the detector (if no calibration was done recently).
2. Check the detector surface for any visible damage or stains.
3. Check the aluminum filter for any visible damage or stains.
4. Check the images taken during the test for any artifacts.
5. Do the test again.
If the result shows an error again, do the following:
1. Check the radiation dose of the second test exposure with a dosimeter. The dose level must be
5 µGy (tolerance is ± 0.2 µGy).
2. If this requirement is not met, calculate a correction factor for the exposure mAs. (For example, for a
dose level of 20 % less than expected (4 µGy) ➜ increase the preset mAs value for each exposure
with 20 %.)
3. Do the test again, but change the preset mAs value with the correction factor for each exposure.

35.18.6 Monitor Performance

It shall be verified that the monitor at the operator workstation delivers appropriate image quality.
1. Make sure that the viewing conditions are setup correctly (no bright light, but a reduced ambient light
level).
2. At the Eleva Workspot, select UI: System ➜ Quality assurance ➜ Test images
3. Click Load Images and wait until the message “This procedure may take a few minutes” disappears.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 279

4. Select UI: Patient List.

5. Select UI: Test ➜ Images. Then go to section Review so that all test images are displayed.
6. Depending on the available images, select the DR-SMPTE test image or, preferably, the TG18-QC
test image.

35.18.6.1 Performance Check

1. Check the proper function of all buttons.
2. Check the proper function of the touch screen.

35.18.6.2 SMPTE Test Image

1. Examine the image on:
– Background gray value uniformity across the full
image area (A).

Fig. 242

– Delectability of 12 different gray levels from 0%

to 100% around the center (B).

Fig. 243

– Delectability of low contrast steps in area (fields

5% and 95%) (C).

Fig. 244

– Various resolution patterns in the center and the

four corners - use a suitable magnification or the
“pixel to pixel” mode, compare edges and no
double lines must be visible in the area (D)

Fig. 245

– A consistent image geometry (no deformations or distortions of straight lines and boxes)
2. Select Test Image Homogenous.
3. Check whether the test image is shown uniform and free of artifacts.

35.18.6.3 AAPM TG18 Test Images

1. Evaluate the TG18-QC test image according to the chapter "Performance Criteria".
2. Select Test Images AAPM TG18-UN10.
3. Check whether the test image is shown uniform and free of artifacts.

280 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

4. Select Test Images AAPM TG18-UN80.

5. Check whether the test image is shown uniform and free of artifacts.

A B

2 7
3 6

4 5

Fig. 246

No. Description
1 One of 18 grey levels
2 0% background (1st of 18 grey levels)
3 5% square
4 Black text area
5 White text area
6 95% square
7 100% background (last of 18 grey levels)
8 Grey ramp bar
A Low contrast spatial resolution test patterns
B High contrast spatial resolution test patterns

Performance Criteria
Contrast resolution:
– The 18 grey levels of the AAPM TG18-QC test image shall be shown in regular steps.
– The 5% square shall be visible against the 0% background.
– The 95% square shall be visible against the 100% background.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 281

– The text “QUALITY CONTROL” shall be visible in all three text areas (black, grey, white).
Exception: The last four letters (“TROL”) of the word “CONTROL” can be missing in the black area.
This is not a problem for non-diagnostic monitors.
– The vertical grey ramp bars shall be shown continuous, no major contours shall be visible.
Spatial resolution:
In pixel-to-pixel representation, the high contrast and low contrast spatial resolution test patterns in
the center and in the four corners of the AAPM TG18-QC test image shall be resolved. Also there
shall be no visible artifacts (scaling errors).
Uniformity:
The areas of the AAPM TG18-UN10 and AAPM TG18-UN80 test images must show uniform and
free of artifacts.

Corrective Actions
If the visual appearance of the AAPM TG18-QC test pattern is not correct, check the monitor settings
for contrast and brightness, or check that the ambient light settings are adequate. In general, reduce
the ambient light intensity in case of insufficient contrast resolution.

35.19 Tests with Generator Optimus

35.19.1 Area Exposure Product Calculation (Option)

WARNING
Hazard of excessive radiation
• Make sure that the system integrator performs a tube yield calibration (Dose Area Calculation cali-
bration) using an adequate calibrated measuring device.
This operation shall be performed at installation time and when any components of the system are
changed.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING
Hazard of excessive radiation caused by reporting the wrong examination dose
a) Check the area exposure product.
b) Make sure that the area exposure product has been calculated correctly.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

The area exposure product is pre-adjusted in the factory, but needs to be checked after the system
installation.
Special tools:
– Dosemeter: Unfors 438 -PMS or Unfors Xi
– 1 mm lead plate
The following parameters are relevant for calculation:
– SID (SourceImageDistance)
– Diaphragm aperture
– added filters
– specific yield of the tube
– mAs product
– number of exposures

282 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Important
The value is displayed in the image info line on the Eleva Workspot.

35.19.1.1 Checking the default adjustment

1. Place the lead plate and the measuring cell of the measuring instrument on the table in the central radiation
beam.The purpose of the lead plate is to reduce radiation scatter of the table top. Without the plate the test
result would be approximately 10 % higher using a table top made, for example, of resin bonded paper.
2. Perform the following settings:
– 1 m between the focus and the measuring cell (= SMD source measuring distance)
– free cassette technique
– kV–mAs–s technique
– 10 mAs
– 0.1 s
– collimation 10 x 10 cm at the height of the measuring cell
– no filter
3. Determine area dose at the following kV settings and compare it with the respective value displayed on the
desk:
50 kV 80 kV (81 kV) 120 kV (117 kV)

Displayed product ............... cGycm2 ............... cGycm2 ............... cGycm2

Measured dose ............... cGy ............... cGy ............... cGy

Measured area (X x Y) ............... cm2 ............... cm2 ............... cm2

Calculated product ............... cGycm2 ............... cGycm2 ............... cGycm2

Difference ............... % ............... % ............... %

Example:
– displayed area dose prod- 8.8 cGycm2
uct:

– measured dose: 0.890 mGy = 0.089 cGy

– calculated area dose prod- measured dose x exposed area = 0.089 cGy x 100cm2 =
uct: 8.9 cGycm2

8.9 - 8.8
– difference in %: = ——————— 100 = 1.12 %
x
8.9

4. If there are any deviations of over 5 % it is recommended that the yield curve be corrected in accord-
ance with the procedure described in next chapter "Correction of the specific yield".

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 283

35.19.1.2 Correction of the Specific Yield

Prerequisites

Tip
Factory pre-adjusted.

1. Test setup and settings in accordance with the previous chapter Checking the default adjustment.
– 1 m between the focus and the measuring cell (= SMD)
– free cassette technique
– kV–mAs–s technique
– 10 mAs
– 0.1 s
– collimation 10 × 10 cm at the height of the measuring cell
– no filter

Principle
For each kV specified a dose measurement shall be taken under the same conditions. If the distance
between the focus and the measuring cell deviates from 1m, all the dose values must be corrected
with the square of distance (unit of measurement is [m]). Dividing the dose values by the mAs prod-
uct set gives the respective current yield.

Procedure
1. Measure dose at each kV checkpoint and use it to calculate specific yield.
The values determined must be higher at higher kVs settings and produce a characteristic with a
slight curve on the graph. If considerable fluctuations are detected, the measurements must be re-
peated at the points in question.
Range: 0.00 - 400.00 mGy/mAs
The values can only be stored in the generator if they are within the range specified and rise uniform-
ly with kV.

Specific yield

Specific yield
kV checkpoint 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Default yield 11.0 20.8 32.2 45.7 58.0 73.5 88.7 106.1 124.4 143.6 163.1 181.8
[µGy/10 mAs]

Measured dose [µGy]

Distance2 factor If the distance focus - measuring cell (= SMD) differs from 1 m correct the dose with the
factor: distance2 factor = (SMD [m] / 1m)2 = (for example, = 1.44 for an SMD of 1.2 m)
Corrected dose [µGy]
Specific yield Specific yield = corrected dose/10 mAs
[mGy/10 mAs]

284 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

[mGy/mAs] Curve with default values

200.0

175.0 181.8

163.1
150.0
143.6
125.0
124.4

100.0 106.1

88.7
75.0
73.5

50.0 58.0
45.7
25.0 32.2
20.8
11.0
0.0 [kV]
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Fig. 247: Yield Curve with default values

2. Correct the default values of the specific yield for all the kV checkpoints.
Select menu:
Adjustment ➔ Area Exposure Product ➔ Specific Yield of Tubes ➔ Tube 1 - 3
with the factor determined and save the value by clicking [Apply] with the left mouse button.
3. Save the specific yield curve on the backup disk by clicking [Save] with the left mouse button.
Recommended file name: act_yiel.tdl

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 285

35.20 Tests with Generator M-Cabinet CXA

35.20.1 Short Test: Accuracy of Loading Factors

Procedure
1. Place the dose probe at a distance of 1 m to the
focal spot of the tube.
2. Open the collimator to approximately 20 x 20 cm.
3. No filter set.

Fig. 248: Conditions for short test of loading factors

4. Remove the front cover of the M-Cabinet CXA to get access to the controller unit on the lower right-
hand corner.
5. Connect the mAs-Meter to the measuring points TP14 and TP15.
Remark: It is not necessary to remove a bridge, the generator will realize the measuring instrument
and do it for you automatically.
Controller board ZB J1
TP1 (Not used) A1
kV anode TP3 C1
1 V = 20 kV
TP5
TP28 TP2
kV select 40 kV/V
1 V = 40 kV
TP6
Small Fil current select (Not used)
kV total TP4
TP8 1V=1A 1 V = 40 kV kV cathode
Small Fil 1 V = 20 kV
current TP14 TP15 TP12
feedb. TP16 Main Clock Freq.
Large Fil current select
1 Hz = 2 Hz
1V=1A - mAs +
TP7 Battery
Large Fil current feedb. TP9 &
Emission current crystal
Standby 1 V = 250 mA
CR11
X-ray
TP18 TP10 Microprocessor
Emission current
Ie < 50 mA => 15.6 mA/V
Ie >= 50 mA => 250 mA/V TP17
GND main gate (trigger) X-ray
5 V = ON
0 V = OFF

6. Perform an exposure with 100 kV, 200 mA and 200 ms and write down the measured values for
kV, dose, and mAs.

286 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Exposure Measured value Tolerance Test

100 kV ________ kV 90 ≤ kV ≤ 110
Pass Fail
mAs ________ mAs 36 ≤ mAs ≤ 44
Pass Fail
(1)
Dose ________ µGy

7. Perform an exposure with 100 kV, 300 mA and 400 ms and write down the measured values for
kV, dose, and mAs.
Exposure Measured value Tolerance Test
100 kV ________ kV 90 ≤ kV ≤ 110
Pass Fail
mAs ________ mAs 108 ≤ mAs ≤ 132
Pass Fail
(2) (2) (1)
Dose ________ µGy Dose =3 x Dose (+/-
Pass Fail
10%)

35.20.2 Dose Area Product Indication

WARNING
Hazard of excessive radiation caused by reporting the wrong examination dose
a) Check the dose area product.
b) Make sure that the dose area product has been calculated correctly.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

Tools and Material Required

– TC261 - Dosemeter Unfors/RaySafe Xi Platinum

Procedure
1. Change to the QA mode if not done yet.
2. Select "DAP Calculation" from the patient list.
3. Click [Examination].
4. Select the first view.
5. Set the collimation to 10 cm × 10 cm.
6. Place the measuring cell of the dosemeter on the top of the table plate in the central radiation beam
with the active side towards the X-ray tube.
7. Make sure that there are no objects in the X-ray beam.
8. Release an exposure.
9. Determine the dose area product for the last exposure and compare this value with the respective
value displayed in the information line of the user interface. To calculate the deviation, you can use
the table "Deviation Calculated DAP and Displayed DAP" in the System Manual for Installation.
10. If the deviation is greater than ±20 %, check the measurement setup and repeat the test.
11. If the test fails again, repeat the "Yield Calibration".
12. Repeat this procedure with the remaining views.

Example
– Displayed DAP: 7.51 µGycm2
– Measured dose: 890 µGy
– Exposed area: 10 cm × 10 cm = 100 cm2 = 0.01 m2
– Calculated DAP: Measured dose × Exposed area = 890 µGy × 0.01 m2 = 8.90 µGym2

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 287

– Deviation x = (Calculated DAP - Displayed DAP) / Calculated DAP × 100 %

(8.90 µGym2 - 7.51 µGym2) / 8.90 µGym2 × 100 % = 15.6 %

Deviation Calculated DAP and Displayed DAP

50 kV 80 kV 120 kV
Displayed "Accum. DAP" value (after collimating to
10 cm × 10 cm)
Displayed "Accum. DAP" value (after releasing the ex-
posure)
Displayed DAP [µGym2]
Measured dose [µGy]
Exposed area [cm2]
Exposed area [m2] (1 m2 corresponds to 10,000 cm2)
Calculated DAP [µGym2]
Deviation [%]
The maximum allowed deviation is ±20%.

35.21 Performing a Test Exposure

1. On the [Patient list] tab, select [Test Patient].
2. Click [Examination].
3. Select the appropriate view.
4. Adjust the appropriate tube and detector.
5. Set the kV value as low as possible.
6. Make sure that the green indicator is displayed on the screen.

7. Release an exposure.
8. During the exposure, make sure that the following indicators are present and functional:
– X-ray beam on indicator (UI)
– Audible exposure signal
– Automatic exposure control (Amplimat) indicator (on the EEC)
9. Check that the image is displayed correctly.
10. Repeat these steps for all detectors.
11. For systems with a Wireless Portable Detector, if applicable, perform an exposure for portrait, land-
scape left, and landscape right position, inside and outside of the Bucky unit.
12. Repeat these steps with a cassette (if PCR is used).

35.22 Testing the Connection to the PACS

1. Go to UI: Review to view the test exposure image.
2. Click [Store].

288 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

3. In the pop-up window, make the appropriate se-

lections:
– Destination: PACS. (It is possible that node
names vary.)
– Scope: Selection
4. Click [Store].

Fig. 249

5. Go to UI: System ➜ Export queue and check whether the image is listed in the Successfully sent
list.
6. If the test fails, reconfigure the related DICOM nodes via Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Network
➜ External nodes, RIS, PACS, … ➜ External DICOM nodes.

35.23 Testing the Connection to the Printer

1. Go to UI: Print.
The patient image appears in the image memory
on the right-hand side of the screen (1).
2. Click the image.
3. Then click the preview area (2) to move one of
the images to the preview area.
4. Select a printer in the print settings area (3).
5. To start the print job, click [Print] (4).

Fig. 250

6. Go to UI: System ➜ Print queue and check whether the image is listed in the Successfully sent
list.
7. If the test fails, reconfigure the related DICOM nodes via Service Tool: Configuration ➜ Network
➜ External nodes, RIS, PACS, … ➜ External DICOM nodes.

35.24 Testing the PCR Reader

EMC disturbances may cause some uncontrollable system behavior so that the PCR system is (part-
ly) not operable. To avoid this, perform the acceptance tests before you hand the system over to the
customer.

35.24.1 PCR Reader Image Quality Test

• Perform the following tests if the workspot computer is used as a PCR reader server.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 289

WARNING
Hazard of bad image quality
If you do not perform the image quality tests, problems with the image quality might occur. Poor
image quality might cause wrong diagnosis and treatment.
• Perform all applicable image quality tests.
If you do not obey these instructions, there is a risk of death or serious injury.

35.24.1.1 Reader Image Quality Test with Type ST

Exposure
1. Uniformly expose the IP with a dosage of approximately 1 mR (8.7 µGy) with 80 kV (usually 0.5 mAs
or 50 mA and 12.5 ms).
If it is impossible to reach a dosage of 1mR, use a dosage of 2 mR (17.4 µGy).
2. Register (barcode) the IP to the examination SERVICE/TEST and the view SENSITIVITY.
3. Check that there is no IP jam. The IP needs to be free from any scratch or damage after reading.

Image Quality Test

1. 10 minutes after the exposure, insert the cassette into the reader.
Check the image on the Eleva Workspot:
2. Check the S value. See the table for values.
3. Check the Pixel value with the parameter button in the annotation tool. See the table for values.

For a dose value of 1 mR (8.7 µGy)

S value: 170 -200 - 250 S = Sdisplayed x dosemeasured [mR]
Pixel value PVraw: 1850 - 2050 - 2250 (12 bit, 0=white)
in the center (value "E") Acceptable deviation in main scan direction is
≤ 5 %, acceptable deviation in sub scan direction
is ≤ 10 %.

For a dose value of 2 mR (17.4 µGy)

S value: 85 - 100 - 125 S = Sdisplayed x dosemeasured [mR]
Pixel value PVraw: 2150 - 2350 - 2550 (12 bit, 0=white)
in the center (value "E") Acceptable deviation in main scan direction is
≤ 5 %, acceptable deviation in sub scan direction
is ≤ 10 %.

4. If there are higher deviations, do the sensitivity and shading correction. For more information, see
chapter Sensitivity and Shading Adjustment on page 118.
5. Check that the image is free from irregularities and artifacts and offensive noise.
If there is any abnormality, see chapter Troubleshooting of the reader manual.

290 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Sensitivity Tolerances for Type ST

Sensitivity Tolerances

Dose 1 mR ± 10% Measured in 1% resolution, at about 80 kV and in 1.8 m dis-

tance, without any filter.
Enter the deviation from 1mR in 1% accuracy as the
correction factor into the reader.
S value 170 - 200 - 250 During check -15% and +25% deviation
180 - 200 - 220 After adjustment 10% deviation

Pixel Value at Eleva Workspot (12-Bit Resolution, 0 = White)

Pixel 1850 - 2050 - 2250 5% deviation in main scan direction,

value 10% in subscan direction

If the exposures are read out with L= 4 instead of L=1, the tolerances of the pixel values and of the
density on film decrease.

35.24.1.2 Reader Image Quality Test with Type HR

Exposure
1. Uniformly expose the IP with a dosage of
approximately 3.6 mR (31.3 µGy) at 80 kV (usually 2 mAs).
2. Register (barcode) the IP to the examination SERVICE/TEST and the view SENS high matrix.
3. Check that there is no IP jam. The IP needs to be free from any scratch or damage after reading.

Image Quality Test

For a dose value of 3.6 mR (31.3 µGy)

S value 84 ... 120 ... 156 S= Sdisplayed × dosemeasured[mR] /3.6
Pixel value For a dose value of 3.6 mR (12 bit, 0=white)
PVraw in the (31.3 µGy) Acceptabble deviation in main scan direction is ≤ 5%,
senter (value acceptable deviation in sub scan direction is ≤ 10%
E)

4. If there are higher deviations, do the sensitivity and shading correction. For more information, see
chapter Sensitivity and Shading Adjustment on page 118.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 291

5. Check that the image is free from irregularities and artifacts and offensive noise.
If there is any abnormality, see chapter Troubleshooting of the reader manual.

Sensitivity Tolerances for Type HR

Dose 3.6 mR ± 10% Measured in steps of 1%, at 80 kV and at a distance of
1.8 m, without any filter.

S value: 84... 120 ...156 During check 30% deviation

108... 120 ...132 After correction 10% deviation

Pixel value PVraw: 1850 ... 2050 ... 5% deviation in main scan direction, 10% in subscan direc-
2250 tion
(12 bit, 0 = white)

• If the exposures have been read out with L = 4 instead of L = 1, the tolerances of the pixel val-
ues and of the density on film decrease accordingly.

292 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

36 Visual Inspection Record

File the filled checklist in the System Reference Manual, section SRM > Maintenance records.

Verify by Checking the Box

Overall assessment Done
No obvious damages or contaminations.

No signs of damage or wear (for example oil leakage).

The integrity of all mechanical parts is given.

The integrity of all detachable or fixed power supply cords is given.

The safety-related markings, labels and labelings are legible, complete, and according to
the specific labeling overview.
All covers and housings are installed and intact.

Remarks

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 293

This page intentionally left blank

294 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

37 Protective Earth Resistance: Measurement Record

Date:

Performed by:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

M-Cabinet CXA (without bare measuring points) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [mΩ] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 300 mΩ rection activities here)
2) Front cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
3) Top cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
4) Rear cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
5) Left cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
6) Right cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

M-Cabinet CXA (with bare measuring points) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [mΩ] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 300 mΩ rection activities here)
B) Front cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
C) Top cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
D) Rear cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 295

Test Points Measured Value [mΩ] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 300 mΩ rection activities here)
E) Left cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
F) Right cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

Wall connection box (M-Cabinet CXA) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Upper left bezel

3) Lower left bezel
4) Upper right bezel
5) Lower right bezel
6) Front cover inner side
7) Front cover screw

Optimus CXA/RAD/RF (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Front cover fixation screw of

the generator cabinet

Ceiling Suspension CS (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) X-ray source cover screw

3) Tube housing
4) Union nut of the high voltage
cable
5) Casing screws
6) Accessory rails
7) Handgrip screw

Wall Stand VM/VM2/VM Compact (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Column screw (top and bot-

tom)
3) Arm screw
4) Handgrip screw

296 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Wall Stand VS (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Handgrip screw
3) Column screw
4) Metal sheet of Bucky tray

Table TH (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Potential balance point SX80

4) Foot switch
6) Lower table cover screw
(front)
6) Lower table cover screw
(back)
7) Bucky unit cover (front)
7) Bucky unit cover (back)
8) Service cover

Table TH-S (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

2) Potential balance point

5) Screw of the table base bot-
tom cover
6) Lock switch
6) Lock switch
7) Cross table X-Y directional
plate

WPD docking station (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result Remarks
ok after correction?
[mΩ]
Yes No Limit Val-
ue: ≤ 300
mΩ
2) Earthing screw

PCR Reader (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [mΩ] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 300 mΩ

Additional grounding screw

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 297

This page intentionally left blank

298 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

38 Touch Current: Measurement Record

Date:

Performed by:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

M-Cabinet CXA (without lacquer-free measuring points) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [µA] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 20 µA rection activities here)
2) Front cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
3) Top cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
4) Rear cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
5) Left cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
6) Right cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

M-Cabinet CXA (with lacquer-free measuring points) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [µA] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 20 µA rection activities here)
B) Front cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
C) Top cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
D) Rear cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 299

Test Points Measured Value [µA] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 20 µA rection activities here)
E) Left cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
F) Right cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

Wall connection box (M-Cabinet CXA) (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [µA] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 20 µA

2) Upper left bezel

3) Lower left bezel
4) Upper right bezel
5) Lower right bezel
6) Front cover inner side
7) Front cover screw

Optimus CXA/RAD/RF (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [µA] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 20 µA rection activities here)
2) Front cover screw o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

Ceiling Suspension CS (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [µA] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 20 µA

2) X-ray source cover screw

3) Tube housing
4) Union nut of the high voltage
cable
5) Casing screws
6) Accessory rails
7) Handgrip screw

Wall Stand VM/VM2/VM Compact (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [µA] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 20 µA

2) Column screw (top and bot-

tom)
3) Arm screw
4) Handgrip screw

300 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

Wall Stand VS (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [µA] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 20 µA

2) Handgrip screw
3) Column screw
4) Metal sheet of Bucky tray

Table TH (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points Measured Value [µA] Test Results Remarks (mention any cor-
Limit Value: ≤ 20 µA rection activities here)
2) Potential balance point SX80 o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
3) Table top side rail (front) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
3) Table top side rail (back) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
4) Foot switch o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
5) Table top bearing rail (front) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
5) Table top bearing rail (back) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
6) Lower table cover screw (front) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
6) Lower table cover screw (back) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
7) Bucky unit cover (front) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
7) Bucky unit cover (back) o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable
8) Service cover o Passed
o Failed
o Not Applicable

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 301

Table TH-S (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result [µA] Remarks
ok after correction?
Limit Value:
Yes No ≤ 20 µA

2) Potential balance point

3) Table top bearing rail (front)
3) Table top bearing rail (center)
3) Table top bearing rail (back)
4) Foot switch
5) Screw of the table base bot-
tom cover
6) Lock switch
6) Lock switch
7) Cross table X-Y directional
plate

WPD docking station (PA cycle: N/A)

Test Points N/A Passed Failed Result Remarks
ok after correction?
[µA]
Yes No Limit Val-
ue: ≤ 20
µA
2) Earthing screw

302 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

39 Equipment Leakage Current: Measurement Record

Date:

Performed by:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

Measuring Device

Production No. or Serial No.:

Date of next calibration:

DigitalDiagnost (System)
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) System on 0.48 mA - 3.08
mA (without ge-
ometry transform-
er in
M-cabinet CXA)
0.00 mA - 0.4 mA
(with geometry
transformer in
M-cabinet CXA)

Table
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) Table on 0.53 mA - 1.16
mA (TH-S)
0.77 mA - 2.65
mA (TH2)

Ceiling suspension
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) Ceiling suspen- 2.00 mA -
sion on 4.00 mA

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 303

Wall stand
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) Wall stand on 0.97 mA - 2.86
mA (VS)
1.82 mA - 4.19
mA (VM)

Generator
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) Generator on 0.00 mA - 0.35
mA

Acquisition workspot
Maintenance subject Test Typical Value Test Failed Result [mA] Remarks
Ok after correction? Limit Value: 2.5 mA
N/A Passed
Yes No
1) Acquisition work- 0.26 mA - 0.99
spot on mA
2) Acquisition work- 0.99 mA - 2.1 mA
spot on with UPS

304 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

40 Functional Tests Record

• If necessary, record test results from chapter Testing here.

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 305

This page intentionally left blank

306 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

41 Assessment Report Electrical Safety (IEC 62353)

Testing organization: Name of the testing person:
Philips

Other
Name:

Equipment

Type:
Manufacturer: Philips Healthcare
Serial No.:
Local System ID No.:

Reason for Testing

Recurrent Test (Planned Maintenance)

Inspection, Servicing, Repair (Corrective Maintenance)

Upgrade or Change

Scope of Testing

Full scope (for example, for Putting into Service, Recurrent Test)

Limited scope (for example, for Servicing, Repair)

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 307

Overall Result Evaluation

Within scope of testing, no safety or functional deficiencies were detected.

Within scope of testing, minor deficiencies were detected.

• No direct risk to continue clinical use, but corrective actions by authorized

personnel need to be scheduled to investigate potential problems.
• No direct risk to continue clinical use, but reduced intervals for electrical
safety testing are recommended (see below).
Within scope of testing, major deficiencies were detected, for example, test
result reaches limit value.
• Equipment shall be taken out of operation until deficiencies are corrected.
Corrective actions by authorized personnel need to be scheduled.
Timeline for recurrent test
– No change to recommended timeline.

Next recurrent test is necessary in

– 6 months

– 12 months

– ___ months

Important
In case of deficiencies, responsible organization informed in writing
The responsible organization is accountable for the use and maintenance of the medical electrical
equipment. So hand over a copy of this report to the customer to inform him about:
a) the risk from the medical electrical equipment
b) the necessity to initiate corrective actions by authorized personnel

Remarks

marker

308 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Drawings
DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2 Survey of components......................................................Z-0

DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2 (BU3) Survey of components........................................... Z-0

Survey of components (from s/n 06 000 149).......................................................... Z-0.1

Survey of components.................................................................................................Z-1

Survey of components...............................................................................................Z1-0

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Survey of
components............................................................................................................Z1-0.1

Survey of components / TH, CS III, VM, Optimus CXA..........................................Z1-0.1

BuckyDiagnost CS Survey of components.............................................................Z1-0.1

Survey of components / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA.................................... Z1-0.11

Survey of components / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA..................................... Z1-0.12

Survey of components / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA........................................... Z1-0.13

Survey of components / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA.................................Z1-0.15

Survey of components / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA............................................Z1-0.16

Survey of components / CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA........................................ Z1-0.19

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / Survey of compo-
nents.......................................................................................................................Z1-0.2

Survey of components / TH, CS III, VS, Optimus CXA.......................................... Z1-0.2

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 309

Survey of components / CS III, VM, Optimus CXA................................................ Z1-0.3

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, TH-S, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Survey of
components............................................................................................................Z1-0.5

Survey of components / CS III, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA...................................... Z1-0.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / Survey of compo-
nents.......................................................................................................................Z1-0.6

Survey of components / CS III, VS, Optimus CXA................................................. Z1-0.6

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector CS2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA / Survey of

components............................................................................................................Z1-0.7

Survey of components / CS III, VM Compact, Optimus CXA................................. Z1-0.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, TH, Optimus CXA / Survey of components
............................................................................................................................... Z1-0.8

Survey of components / TH, CS III, Optimus CXA................................................. Z1-0.8

Survey of components BuckyDiagnost VS................................................................Z1-1

(BU3) Survey of components BuckyDiagnost VS..................................................... Z1-1

DigitalDiagnost TH / Survey of components..............................................................Z1-1

Survey of Components...........................................................................................Z1-0.1

Survey of components BU3 BUP......................................................................... Z1-1.02

DigitalDiagnost / Room Interface with M-Cabinet CXA............................................. Z1-8

VA Survey of components.........................................................................................Z2-1
marker

310 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
F2
N5 N2 G1 C G2
F1 VL2
N11 N2
N1 N10
P
F1 F1 PCB VL1
N4 N3
F2 F2 VL N1
(Option)
VP3 VP G
VD
VP1
VC VA PH VA Bucky unit digital
VA C BuF Controller
VA G User interface connector board
VA G1 User interface left
VA G2 User interface right
VP2 VA P Pixium 4600
VA PCB Pixium control board
VB Vertical brake unit
VP5 VP4 VC C-Arm
VD Display
VH Horizontal catch assembly
Fuse Voltage Ampere VHP Horizontal potentiometer
VP N2 F1 250 V 1A VM Vertical motor unit
VP N2 F2 250 V 5A VP E-Rack
VP N3 F1 250 V 0.5 A VP1 Vertical controller
VP N3 F2 250 V 3.15 A VP2 Tilt arm controller
VP N4 F1 250 V 0.5 A VU VP3 5-Field controller
Schroeder / Scholl

VP N4 F2 250 V 3.15 A VP4 Remote controller

VP5 MSB Connector board
All Fuses: VP N. Power Supply
Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm VU Vertical carriage
Speed: Time-lag VZ Antenna remote control
Breaking capacity: 35 A PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber
Option (with VM2 only):
000 23.01.2013

If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB VL Horizontal drive unit (HDU)
components, including multi‐fuses. Defect PCBs VL1 IF Main HDU
have to be replaced by Philips original spare parts
VL2 Horizontal controller
only. Check the service documentation and spare
part tools for the PCB order number.
A3

DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2

Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z-0
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
VM
VZ VHP VH VB

N5 G1 C G2
VL2
N11 N2
N1 N10
P
VL1

VL N1
(Option)
VP3 VP G
VD
VP1
VC VA PH VA Bucky unit 3 digital
VA C BUF Controller
VA G User interface connector board
VA G1 User interface left
VA G2 User interface right
VP2 VA P Pixium 4343 RC
VB Vertical brake unit
VC C-Arm
VP5 VP4 VD Display
VH Horizontal catch assembly
VHP Horizontal potentiometer
Fuse Voltage Ampere VM Vertical motor unit
VP N2 F1 250 V 1A VP E-Rack
VP N2 F2 250 V 5A VP1 Vertical controller
VP N3 F1 250 V 0.5 A VP2 Tilt arm controller
VP N3 F2 250 V 3.15 A VP3 5-Field controller
VP N4 F1 250 V 0.5 A VU VP4 Remote controller
Schroeder / Scholl

VP N4 F2 250 V 3.15 A VP5 MSB Connector board

VP N. Power Supply
All Fuses: VU Vertical carriage
Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm VZ Antenna remote control
Speed: Time-lag PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber
Breaking capacity: 35 A
Option (with VM2 only):
072 01.07.2013

Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.1 ) Z-0

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SZ1 TH-S Controller
S4
SZ4 Footswitch 1
SZ5 Footswitch 2
SM Hydraulic motor
S6 SN1 Power supply
SN10 Mains filter
S3 S10 Mains switch
SU Height potentiometer
S3 Footswitch lock 1
S4 Footswitch lock 2
SY2
S5 Pressure switch hydraulic
S6 Collision switch table top
S5 S20 not used
SY1 Valve down movement
SY2 Valve brake table top
SY3
SY3 Valve up movement
If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB
SM components, including multi-fuses. Defect
PCBs have to be replaced by Philips original
spare parts only. Check the service
SZ1 documentation and spare part tools for the
SY1 PCB order number.

S10

SN10 S20 not used

Schroeder / Scholl

Swivel for TH-S

SN1 table base (option)

SZ5 SU

SZ4
002 29.01.2013
A3

Survey of components
from s/n 06.00.149

SINGLE SIDED TABLE TH-S CSIP Level 1 ( c/13.0 ) Z-0.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
C2 C1
Y1 X2 Reset-board X1

S2
Schroeder / Scholl

M1 C2 L1
006 01.11.2013

Front
VA = Bucky unit
C1 = BUF controller
C2 = User interface
L1 = Coil
M1 = Motor
S1 = Sensor magnet
A4

S2 = Sensor motor
S3 = Sensor lever Survey of components
X1+2 = Intermediate connector
Y1 = Magnet
Bucky Unit 3 Digital

BU3 CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z-1

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BB B BL1 A = UA Field
AB = Tracking controller
ABM1 = Tracking motor
ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
ABM1 ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
AN1 = Power supply 14 V/25 V
ABY1
B = UB Field
Hose 1 BB = Encoder longitudinal
E BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
FAY1 E1 BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
Hose 2 FAR1 E3, E3H1 BL1 = Mains filter
E2
Hose 3 E = Control handle /controller
X2 E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
E2 = Control grip
XA
E3 = Display control
LA E3H1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

FN1
FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
FM1 FBY1 Clutch beta switch
FBS1 =
FBS1 FBY1 = Clutch beta
FM1 = Alpha drive motor
FN1 = Controller alpha drive

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB LA = Collimator

A AN1

Rear side TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive

TC2 = Safety circuit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 24 V/40 V Alpha /
Schroeder / Scholl

BCY1 Longitudinal drive

Top
view XA = X-ray tube assembly
X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
ACB1 Specification of fuse TN1 F1
Ampere: 3.15 A
Speed: Time-lag
Voltage: 250 V
Breaking capacity: 1500 A
048 30.01.2013

TN1 Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm

ADY1 ACY1 If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB
components, including multi-fuses. Defect
TC2 TC1 TM1 PCBs have to be replaced by Philips original

F1
spare parts only. Check the service
documentation and spare part tools for the U
A3

PCB order number. Surveyof components

BuckyDiagnost CS III

BUCKYDIAGNOST CS III CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-0

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE UBN2
front side
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
NU UBN1 + 2
TRB UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1
PLEXTOR PX-7555A
UAB = Brake transverse carriage
UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake
NP FPC
RW RW D D disc ?

UAD
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
Power LA URN1
longitudinal drive (option)
supply
UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
Power
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) supply UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

DigitalDiagnost VM WPD (option) DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF)

rear side
A SAE SA SAVA B
NP
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
VA C PHILIPS D
G1 G2
EZ SA = Transverse carriage
N5 N2 VL2
C SACH = Second table control (option)
N11 PCB P VL1 N2 SAE = Footswitch lock
N1 N10 SAI = IF Carriage board
EZ Option SAN = Tomo control (option)
ISO Interface N1 SC SNVS1..3 SNVM SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
N4 N3
Top view A-B SAVA = Bucky unit
VD G SAY1+2
EN VP VL SAPCB SACH
SAY20+21
=
=
Logitudinal brakes
Transversal brakes
VC
PH SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
VP3 SC = Footswitch
VP1 SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
Detector SL1 = Mains filter 1
VP5 SNVM = Table height motor
VP4 wireless portable
VP2 Bucky unit digital detector SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches
VA
VA C BuF Controller SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC
VA G User interface connector board User SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only)
VA G1 interface left DS SU = Height Poti
VA G2 User interface right SZ1 = Bucky controller
G SZ2 = Table control
VA P Pixium 4600 SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN SAY31 SAY20 SAY2
VU VA PCB Pixium control board WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
VB Vertical brake unit DS = Docking Station Front
C-Arm for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only
VC Top view C -D
VD Display SAPCB = Pixium control board
Horizontal catch assembly SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
A3 09-10-06 Schr.

VH SL2 = Mains filter 2

VHP Horizontal potentiometer SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
VM Vertical motor unit STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EN Power supply VP E-Rack STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EZ Backpanel VP1 Vertical controller STSN1
EZ ISO Interface VP2 Tilt arm controller
5-Field controller SU
G H.V.Generator VP3
NP SPDU VP4 Remote controller
Option (only VM2) MSB Connector board STSN2 SZ2 SC SNVS1..3
TRB RIO VP5 Front
VL Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU Vertical carriage
VL1 IF Main HDU VZ Antenna remote control
VL2 Horizontal controller PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Dual Detector
CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB A UA Field
=
VA AB = Tracking controller
G1 G2
VL2
ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2 ACB1 Encoder transversal
=
N1 N10 ACY1 Catch telescopic carriage
ABM1 =
Option
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
N4 N3 N1 ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
VP1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
=
U
VA G User interface connector board User
VA G1 = interface left FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VA G2 = User interface right FM1 FBY1 E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board EH1 = Display
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly AB A AN1
FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VHP = Horizontal potentiometer
VM = Vertical motor unit
Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board TC1 Controller longitudinal drive
=
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage TC2 Safety circuit
ACB1 =
VL1 = IF Main HDU VZ = Antenna remote control
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

XA = X-ray tube assembly

OPTIMUS CXA DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF / BUP) ADY1 ACY1
TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
front side rear side A SAE SA SAVA B

TRB NP
C PHILIPS D
SA
Eleva workspot TP
WPD (option)
NP = Transverse carriage
EZ SACH = Second table control (option)
SAE = Footswitch lock
CA NU
SAI = IF Carriage board ?

PLEXTOR

SAN1
PX-7555A

= Tray drive controller (option)

Riess / Koeser

FPC
RW RW D D disc

SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
+0020

EN
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048

SAS1
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0072
+0061
+00DF
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0034 +004C

= Switch Bucky frame brake

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

EZ
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

ISO Interface Top view A - B SAVA = Bucky unit

SACH SAVAC1 = BUF / BUP Controller EEC-A
SAVAC1 SAPCB
SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
EN SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes CPC
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
SC = Footswitch
SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
SL1 = Mains filter 1 CYN
SL2 = Mains filter 2 DS Detector
Power
SNVM = Table height motor supply wireless portable
SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches detector
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC MH (option) CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only) CPC = CAN Interface WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
16.02.2011

SU = Height Poti CYN = Power supply for EEC DS = Docking Station

G G SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ1
= Table height controller FPC = Fol Detector interface
SZ2 = Table control Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
Front supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
Top view C - D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only NU = Uninteruptible power supply
SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM (UPS) option
SAPCB = Pixium control board
SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EN = Power supply
STSN1 STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EZ = Backpanel
A3

EZ = ISO Interface
G = H.V.Generator SU for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only
STSN1 = Power supply 19VDC
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
NP = SPDU
TRB = RIO STSN2 SZ2
Front
SC SNVS1..3 CS III,VM,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
UBB UBE

UBN3
UBN1 + 2

LA = Collimator
UAD
UA = Transversal carriage
UAB = Brake transverse carriage
UAP UAC = Brake transverse carriage
UAG UAD =
Tracking 2 / CAN Interface
adapter
Sensing catch assembly
UF UAE =
XA transversal carrige
UFN1 UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UAN1 = Power supply
UE UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UB = Longitudinal carriage
UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
LA UFA Sensing catch assembly
UBE =
UFB longitudinal carriage
Power distribution longitudinal
UBN1 =
drive (option)
UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
Power supply longitudinal drive
UBN3 =
(option)
UE = Control handle
UF = Tube support arm
UFA = Clutch alpha
UFB = Clutch beta
UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
UBN3 UBN2 UZ = Coding field
F1 XA = X-ray tube

UAC
UBN1 Fuse Ampere Breaking
UAC capacity
Schroeder / Scholl

UAB
UBN3 F1 3.15 A 1500 A
UAE UZ F1 4A 40 A
UZ
UAC UZ F2 3.15 A 35 A
F3 UZ F3 3.15 A 35 A
F2 UAG
Specification for all Fuses:
F1 UAN1 Voltage: 250 V
Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm
Speed: Time-lag

If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB

004 29.01.2013

components, including multi-fuses. Defect

PCBs have to be replaced by Philips original
spare parts only. Check the service
documentation and spare part tools for the
PCB order number.
A4

BuckyDiagnost CS
Survey of components

BUCKYDIAGNOST CS CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-0.1

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB A UA Field
=
VA AB = Tracking controller
G1 G2
VL2
ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2 ACB1 Encoder transversal
=
N1 N10 ACY1 Catch telescopic carriage
ABM1 =
Option
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
N4 N3 N1 ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC FAY1
PH E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
VP1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1 = interface left FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VA G2 = User interface right FM1 FBY1
U E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board EH1 = Display
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly AB A AN1
FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VHP = Horizontal potentiometer
Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VM = Vertical motor unit
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board TC1 Controller longitudinal drive
=
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage ACB1 TC2 Safety circuit
=
VL1 = IF Main HDU VZ = Antenna remote control
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

M-Cabinet CXA DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF / BUP) X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
A SAE SA SAVA B
E = Generator EPS-ETA
EG = High voltage modules Front
C PHILIPS D
ENA = Line filter board Eleva workspot WPD (option)
EQ = Inverter 1...4 SA = Transverse carriage TP
EY = Anode drive SACH = Second table control (option)
Rotor control SAE = Footswitch lock
CA NU
TRB
EZ = Interface connections ?
N N3 SAI = IF Carriage board PLEXTOR PX-7555A

Power supplies RW RW D D disc

+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020
SAN1 = Tray drive controller (option) +0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0053 +0044+0047
+006D
+0052
+0044
+0062
+00F6
+002D
+0048
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+0032
+006E
+0032
+0073
+0033
+0074
+0072
+0061
+0033
+00DF
+0035
+0020
+0065
+0048
+0020
+0061
+0032
+006D
+0034
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+0055
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

NP = SPDU framed SC SNVS1..3 SNVM FPC

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3
SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
(System Power Distribution Unit) SAVA
Top view A - B = Bucky unit
NP F1 = Mains switch F1 SAVAC1 EEC-A
SAVAC1 SAPCB SACH = BUF / BUP Controller
NP N = Power supply (24V) SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) NP SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes CPC
NT = Generator E Transformer SAY31
Top view = Bucky frame brake
Ass. 380V-480V (option) SC = Footswitch

Riess / Koeser
TRB = RIO SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
Front side Rear side SL1 = Mains filter 1
NP N3 CYN
NP SL2 = Mains filter 2 DS Detector
Power
NP F1 SNVM = Table height motor supply wireless portable
NP N SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches detector
TRB
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC MH (option) CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
NT SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only) CPC = CAN Interface WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
SU = Height Poti CYN = Power supply for EEC DS = Docking Station
SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ1
= Table height controller FPC = Fol Detector interface
SZ2 = Table control Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
Front supply
EY TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
ENA Top view C - D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only NU = Uninteruptible power supply

03.11.2011
LED
Rotor Controller SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM (UPS) option
SAPCB = Pixium control board
EQ SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
ZC
E
Power Supply EG STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
STSN1 STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EZ Z ZB
A3
Z (DAP)

Controller for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only

SU DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
DAP Interface CXA Interface
STSN1 = Power supply 19VDC
STSN2 SZ2 SC SNVS1..3
Front CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM (BU3 / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB A UA Field
=
VA AB = Tracking controller
G1 G2
VL2
ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 P VL1 N2 ACB1 Encoder transversal
=
N10 ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N1 Option
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
N1 ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14 V / 25 V
VP3 Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
VP1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit 3 digital BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
=
U
VA G User interface connector board User
VA G1 = interface left FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VA G2 = User interface right FM1 FBY1 E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Trixell 4343 RC FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VB = Vertical brake unit EH1 = Display
VC = C-Arm
VD = Display FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VH = Horizontal catch assembly BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VHP = Horizontal potentiometer AB A AN1
FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VM = Vertical motor unit
VP = E-Rack
Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP1 = Vertical controller FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP2 = Tilt arm controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP3 = 5-Field controller BCY1
VP4 = Remote controller Top LA = Collimator
VP5 = MSB Connector board view
Option (only VM2) VU = Vertical carriage TC1 Controller longitudinal drive
=
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VZ = Antenna remote control TC2 Safety circuit
ACB1 =
VL1 = IF Main HDU PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller TN1 = Power supply 26 V / 40 V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

XA = X-ray tube assembly

M-Cabinet CXA DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3 / BUP) ADY1 ACY1
TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
A SAE SA SAVA B
E = Generator EPS-ETA
EG = High voltage modules
C PHILIPS D
Eleva workspot WPD (option)
Front
ENA = Line filter board
EQ = Inverter 1...4 SA = Transverse carriage TP
EY = Anode drive SACH = Second table control (option)
Rotor control SAE = Footswitch lock
CA NU
TRB
EZ = Interface connections N N3 SAI = Tray interface PCBA ?

Power supplies SAC = Tray boot manager

NP SPDU framed SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
Riess / Scholl

SPEAKER OUT

= SAS1 = Switch bucky frame brake X4 (ON/OFF)

(System Power Distribution Unit)

Top view A-B SAVA = Bucky unit
NP F1 = Mains switch F1
SACH SAVAC = BUF / BUP controller EEC-A
NP N = Power supply (24 V) SAVAC1
SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes

USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) NP
STRAIN RELIEF 1

SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes

LAN1
NT = Generator E Transformer

HDD
SAY31
STRAIN RELIEF 2

= Bucky frame brake

LAN 0
Top view
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option) SC = Footswitch

COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

TRB = RIO SF1 = Motor protection switch

DVI/D

DVI/I
SI = TH controller
Front side Rear side SL1 = Mains filter 1 CYN
NP N3 SL2 = Mains filter 2
NP Power DS Detector
NP F1 SNVM = Table height motor supply wireless portable
NP N SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches detector
TRB
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso

SN1 = Power supply 20.4 Vac MH (option) CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
NT SU = Height poti CYN = Power supply for EEC WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
012 01.11.2013

MH = Firewall mshield (option) DS = Docking Station

SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
Front Power NU = Uninteruptible power supply
supply (UPS) option
EY ENA Top view C -D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3) only
LED
Rotor Controller SI SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
STSN1 = Power supply 24 Vdc
EQ
ZC
E
Power Supply EG for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only
STSN1
Z (DAP)
A3

EZ Z ZB STSN1 = Power supply 19 Vdc

Survey of components
Controller
SU
DAP Interface CXA Interface

Front
SC SNVS1..3 CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1 TH
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.1 ) Z1-0.11
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BUF / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
E = Generator EPS-ETA AB = Tracking controller
EG = High voltage modules ABM1 = Tracking motor
ENA = Line filter board VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
EQ = Inverter 1...4 ACB1 = Encoder transversal
EY = Anode drive
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
Rotor control
EZ = Interface connections ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
Power supplies
NP = SPDU framed ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
(System Power Distribution Unit) VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
NP F1 = Mains switch FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
NP N = Power supply (24V) VA Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) B = UB Field
E2
NT = Generator E Transformer Hose 3
VAG1 BB = Encoder longitudinal
Ass. 380V-480V (option)
= RIO X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
TRB
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA
Front side E = Control handle /controller
NP N3 FN1 U
NP VAVA FM1 FBY1 E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
NP N FBS1 E2 = Control grip
TRB EH1 = Display
VAPH
NT
FAY1 = Clutch alpha
BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
EY VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
LED
Rotor Controller VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital BCY1
EQ
ZC
E Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
Power Supply VB = Vertical unit view
EZ Z ZB
VD = Display
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive

Z (DAP)
Controller VP = Wall box
ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
DAP Interface CXA Interface VT = Tilting unit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive
Front

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF / BUP) TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
TRB
N N3 A SAE SA SAVA B

C PHILIPS D Eleva workspot WPD (option)

F1
TP
SA = Transverse carriage
NP SACH = Second table control (option) NU
CA
Top view SAE = Footswitch lock ?
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

SAI = IF Carriage board RW RW D D disc

+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0072
+0061
+00DF
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0034 +004C
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079 +0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

SAN1 = Tray drive controller (option) USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

FPC
SC SNVS1..3 SNVM SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
Rear side Top view A - B SAVA = Bucky unit
SAVAC1
EEC-A
SAVAC1 SAPCB SACH = BUF / BUP Controller
NP F1 SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes CPC
SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake

Riess / Koeser
SC = Footswitch
SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
SL1 = Mains filter 1 CYN DS Detector
SL2 = Mains filter 2 Power
ENA wireless portable
SNVM = Table height motor supply
SNVS1...3 detector
= Motor control switches CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC MH (option)
CPC = CAN Interface WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
E SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only) CYN = Power supply for EEC DS = Docking Station
EG SU = Height Poti FPC = Fol Detector interface
SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ1
= Table height controller MH = Firewall mshield (option)
SZ2 = Table control Power
Front supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
Top view C - D NU = Uninteruptible power supply

03.11.2011
for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only (UPS) option
SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
SAPCB = Pixium control board
SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
A3
STSN1 STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC

SU for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH

STSN1 = Power supply 19VDC
STSN2 SZ2 SC SNVS1..3 CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Front
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BU3 / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
E = Generator EPS-ETA AB = Tracking controller
EG = High voltage modules ABM1 = Tracking motor
ENA = Line filter board VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
EQ = Inverter 1...4 ACB1 = Encoder transversal
EY = Anode drive
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
Rotor control
EZ = Interface connections ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
Power supplies
NP = SPDU framed ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
(System Power Distribution Unit) VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
NP F1 = Mains switch FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14 V / 25 V
NP N = Power supply (24 V) VA Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) B = UB Field
E2
NT = Generator E Transformer
VAG1 Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option)
TRB = RIO X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA

NP
Front side
NP N3
VAVA
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
NP N FBS1 E2 = Control grip
TRB EH1 = Display
VAPH
NT
FAY1 = Clutch alpha
BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
EY VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
LED
Rotor Controller VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 3 digital BCY1
EQ
ZC
E Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
Power Supply VB = Vertical unit view
Z (DAP)

EZ VD = Display
Z ZB TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
Controller VP = Wall box
VT = Tilting unit
ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
DAP Interface CXA Interface
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26 V / 40 V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive
Front

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XA X2)
DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3 / BUP) TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
TRB
N N3 A SAE SA SAVA B

F1 C PHILIPS D Eleva workspot TP

WPD (option)
SA = Transverse carriage
NP SACH = Second table control (option) CA NU
Top view SAE = Footswitch lock ?

SAI = Tray interface PCBA SPEAKER OUT

SAC = Tray boot manager

SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
X4 (ON/OFF)
Riess / Scholl

SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake

Rear side Top view A-B SAVA = Bucky unit EEC-A
SAVAC1 SAPCB SACH SAVAC1 = BUF / BUP Controller

USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
SAY1+2
STRAIN RELIEF 1

NP F1 = Logitudinal brakes

LAN1
HDD
SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes STRAIN RELIEF 2

LAN 0
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake

COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

SC = Footswitch

DVI/D

DVI/I
SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = TH controller
SL1 = Mains filter 1 CYN DS Detector
SL2 = Mains filter 2 Power
ENA SNVM wireless portable
= Table height motor supply
detector
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso

SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)

SN1 = Power supply 20.4 Vac MH (option)
CYN = Power supply for EEC WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
E SU = Height Poti MH = Firewall mshield (option)
013 01.11.2013

DS = Docking Station
EG SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
Power
NU = Uninteruptible power supply
Front supply (UPS) option
Top view C -D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3) only
SI SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
STSN1 = Power supply 24 Vdc

STSN1
A3

for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only

SU
STSN1 = Power supply 19 Vdc
Survey of components
SZ2
Front
SC SNVS1..3
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1 TH
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.1 ) Z1-0.12
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N1 N10
Option ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N3 N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
N4 ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
VC E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
VP1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1 = interface left FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VA G2 = User interface right FM1 FBY1
U E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board Display
EH1 =
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly
VHP Horizontal potentiometer FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VM Vertical motor unit Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
=
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage
VZ Antenna remote control ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

RW RW D D disc
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0053 +0044+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) NP +0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0044
+0072
+0061
+002D
+0032
+00DF
+0032
+0065
+0033
+0020
+0033
+0032
+0035
+0034
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+0055
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

NT = Generator E Transformer EEC-A USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

FPC
Top view

Riess / Koeser
Ass. 380V-480V (option)
TRB = RIO

Front side Rear side

CPC
NP N3
NP
NP F1
TRB NP N CYN
Power DS Detector
NT supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

03.11.2011
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
EY ENA CPC = CAN Interface
LED Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
Rotor Controller supply
FPC = Fol Detector interface
EQ MH = Firewall mshield (option)
ZC
E
A3
Power Supply EG TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
EZ Z ZB (UPS) option
Z (DAP)

Controller

DAP Interface CXA Interface

CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.13
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM (BU3) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N10 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N1 Option ABM1
N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 FAR1
VP1 Hose 2 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit 3 digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1
VA G2
=
=
interface left
User interface right
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Trixell 4343 RC FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VB Vertical brake unit Display
= EH1 =
VC = C-Arm
VD = Display FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VH = Horizontal catch assembly BDY1 ACY2
ADS1 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VHP = Horizontal potentiometer
VM Vertical motor unit FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VP = E-Rack Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP1 = Vertical controller FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP2 = Tilt arm controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP3 = 5-Field controller BCY1
VP4 = Remote controller Top LA = Collimator
VP5 = MSB Connector board view
Option (only VM2) VU = Vertical carriage TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VZ = Antenna remote control
PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

NP = SPDU framed TP
(System Power Distribution Unit) ?

NU
NP F1 = Mains switch F1
NP N = Power supply (24 V)
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) NP
EEC-A
SPEAKER OUT

NT = Generator E Transformer X4 (ON/OFF)

Top view
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option)
TRB = RIO

USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
STRAIN RELIEF 1

Front side

LAN1
Rear side

HDD
STRAIN RELIEF 2

NP N3

LAN 0
NP

COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

NP F1
NP N CYN

DVI/D
TRB

DVI/I
014 06.11.2013

Power DS Detector
NT supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
EY ENA CYN = Power supply for EEC
LED Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
Rotor Controller supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
EQ NU = Uninteruptible power supply
A3

ZC
E
(UPS) option
Power Supply EG
Survey of components
Z (DAP)

EZ Z
CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
ZB
Controller

DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DAP Interface CXA Interface

DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.2 ) Z1-0.13

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N1 N10
Option ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N4 N3 N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
VC E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
VP1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1 = interface left FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VA G2 = User interface right FM1 FBY1
U E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board Display
EH1 =
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly
VHP Horizontal potentiometer FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VM Vertical motor unit Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
=
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage
VZ Antenna remote control ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
M-Cabinet CXA TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1

E = Generator EPS-ETA
EG = High voltage modules Front
ENA = Line filter board
EQ = Inverter 1...4 Single Sided Table TH-S Eleva workspot WPD (option)
EY = Anode drive
Rotor control
TRB CA TP
EZ = Interface connections N N3 ?
Power supplies NU
S4
NP = SPDU framed
(System Power Distribution Unit) PLEXTOR PX-7555A

S6 RW RW D D disc
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+0050
+004D
+0068
+0069
+0043
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0020
+0073
+0047
+0020
+006D
+004D
+0065
+0062
+0048
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044
NP F1 = Mains switch F1 +0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0044
+0072
+002D
+0061
+0032
+00DF
+0032
+0065
+0033
+0020
+0032
+0033
+0034
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+0055
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

NP N = Power supply (24V) EEC-A USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

FPC
S3

Riess / Koeser
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) NP
NT = Generator E Transformer SY2
Top view
Ass. 380V-480V (option) S5
TRB = RIO SY3 CPC
SM SZ1
Front side Rear side
NP N3 SY1 CYN
NP
NP F1 S10 Power DS Detector
NP N supply wireless portable
TRB
SN10 detector
NT SN1 MH (option)
SZ5
SU WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

03.11.2011
SZ4 CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CPC = CAN Interface
SZ1 = TH-S Controller S3 = Footswitch lock 1 Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
EY ENA SZ4 = Footswitch 1 S4 = Footswitch lock 2 supply
FPC = Fol Detector interface
LED SZ5 = Footswitch 2 S5 = Pressure switch hydraulic MH = Firewall mshield (option)
Rotor Controller SM = Hydraulic motor S6 = Collision switch table top
A3
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
EQ SN1 = Power supply SY1 = Valve down movement NU = Uninteruptible power supply
ZC
E SN10 = Mains filter SY2 = Valve brake table top DigitalDiagnost 3.0
Power Supply EG (UPS) option
S10 = Mains switch SY3 = Valve up movement
EZ Z ZB
SU = Height potentiometer CS III,TH-S,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Z (DAP)

Controller

DAP Interface CXA Interface

Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.15
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM (BU3) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N10 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N1 Option ABM1
N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14 V / 25 V
VP3 FAR1
VP1 Hose 2 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit 3 digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1
VA G2
=
=
interface left
User interface right
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Trixell 4343 RC FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VB Vertical brake unit Display
= EH1 =
VC = C-Arm
VD = Display FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VH = Horizontal catch assembly BDY1 ACY2
ADS1 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VHP = Horizontal potentiometer
VM Vertical motor unit FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VP = E-Rack Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP1 = Vertical controller FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP2 = Tilt arm controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP3 = 5-Field controller BCY1
VP4 = Remote controller Top LA = Collimator
VP5 = MSB Connector board view
Option (only VM2) VU = Vertical carriage TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VZ = Antenna remote control
PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26 V / 40 V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

M-Cabinet CXA TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
X2 = Temperature switch (XA X2)

EZ = Interface connections N N3
Power supplies ?

NU
S4
NP = SPDU framed
(System Power Distribution Unit)
NP F1 = Mains switch F1 S6
EEC-A
SPEAKER OUT

NP N = Power supply (24 V) S3 X4 (ON/OFF)

NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) NP

NT = Generator E Transformer SY2
Top view
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option) S5

USB 3
USB 4
USB 5
USB 6
STRAIN RELIEF 1

TRB = RIO SY3

LAN1
HDD
STRAIN RELIEF 2

LAN 0
SM SZ1

COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

Front side Rear side

NP N3 SY1 CYN

DVI/D

DVI/I
NP
DS Detector
015 06.11.2013

NP F1 S10 Power
TRB NP N supply wireless portable
SN10 detector
NT SN1 MH (option)
SZ5
SU
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
SZ4 CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CYN = Power supply for EEC
SZ1 = TH-S Controller S3 = Footswitch lock 1 Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
EY ENA SZ4 = Footswitch 1 S4 = Footswitch lock 2 supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
LED SZ5 = Footswitch 2 S5 = Pressure switch hydraulic NU = Uninteruptible power supply
A3

Rotor Controller SM = Hydraulic motor S6 = Collision switch table top (UPS) option
EQ
ZC
E
SN1 =
SN10 =
Power supply
Mains filter
SY1
SY2
=
=
Valve down movement
Valve brake table top Survey of components
Power Supply EG S10 = Valve up movement
Mains switch SY3 =
CS III,TH-S,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Z (DAP)

EZ Z ZB
SU = Height potentiometer
Controller

DAP Interface CXA Interface

DigitalDiagnost 3.2
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.2 ) Z1-0.15
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BUF / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
AB = Tracking controller
ABM1 = Tracking motor
VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VA Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VAG1
X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA

FN1
E = Control handle /controller
VAVA FM1 FBY1
U E1 = Plastic foil keyboard
FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VAPH EH1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital BCY1
Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
VB = Vertical unit view
VD = Display
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VP = Wall box
ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VT = Tilting unit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

EEC-A USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

FPC
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) NP
NT = Generator E Transformer

Koeser /
Top view
Ass. 380V-480V (option)
TRB = RIO
CPC
Front side Rear side
NP N3
NP
NP F1 CYN
NP N Power
DS Detector
TRB wireless portable
supply
NT detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

03.11.2011
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CPC = CAN Interface
EY ENA Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
LED
supply FPC = Fol Detector interface
A3 Rotor Controller MH = Firewall mshield (option)
EQ TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
ZC
E NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
Power Supply EG
(UPS) option
EZ Z ZB CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Z (DAP)

Controller

DAP Interface CXA Interface Survey of components

DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BU3 / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
AB = Tracking controller
ABM1 = Tracking motor
VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14 V / 25 V
VA Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
VAG1 Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA

VAVA
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VAPH EH1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 3 digital BCY1
Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
VB = Vertical unit view
VD = Display
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VP = Wall box
VT = Tilting unit ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26 V / 40 V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

M-Cabinet CXA ACY1
TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
X2 = Temperature switch (XA X2)

E = Generator EPS-ETA
EG = High voltage modules Front
ENA = Line filter board
EQ
EY
=
=
Inverter 1...4
Anode drive Eleva workspot WPD (option)
Rotor control
TRB
EZ = Interface connections N N3
Koeser / Scholl

Power supplies TP
NP = SPDU framed ?

NU
(System Power Distribution Unit)
NP F1 = Mains switch F1
NP N = Power supply (24 V) SPEAKER OUT

NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) NP EEC-A X4 (ON/OFF)

NT = Generator E Transformer
Top view
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option)
= RIO

USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
TRB STRAIN RELIEF 1

LAN1
HDD
STRAIN RELIEF 2

LAN 0
Front side Rear side

COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

NP N3
NP
CYN

DVI/D

DVI/I
NP F1 DS
016 28.06.2013

NP N Power
Detector
TRB wireless portable
supply
NT detector
MH (option)
icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CYN = Power supply for EEC
EY ENA Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
LED
supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
Rotor Controller NU = Uninteruptible power supply
A3

EQ (UPS) option
ZC
Power Supply
E
EG
Survey of components
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Z (DAP)

EZ Z ZB
Controller

DAP Interface CXA Interface DigitalDiagnost 3.1

DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-0.16
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
UBB UB UBL1
M-Cabinet CXA BuckyDiagnost CS III
UA = UA Field
E = Generator EPS-ETA UAB = Tracking controller
EG = High voltage modules Front UABM1 = Tracking motor
ENA = Line filter board UABY1 = Tracking clutch
EQ = Inverter 1...4 UACB1 = Encoder transversal
EY = Anode drive UACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
Rotor control UABM1
TRB UACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
EZ = Interface connections N N3
Power supplies
UABY1 UADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
NP SPDU framed UADS1 = Standard SID switch
=
(System Power Distribution Unit) UADY1 = Brake Z vertical
NP F1 = Mains switch F1 UAN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
UFAY1 UE2
NP N = Power supply (24V)
UFAR1 UB = UB Field
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24V) NP UE
NT = Generator E Transformer UX2 UBB = Encoder longitudinal
Top view
Ass. 380V-480V (option) UEA UBCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
=
UXA Brake longitudinal carriage
TRB RIO UBDY1 =
UBL1 = Mains filter
Front side Rear side
NP N3 ULA UE = Control handle
NP UE2
NP F1 = Controller board
TRB NP N UFN1 UEA = Tube mount assembly
UFM1 UFBY1
NT UFBS1 UFAY1 = Clutch alpha
UFAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
UFBS1 = Clutch beta switch
UFBY1 = Clutch beta
EY UBDY1 UACY2 UADR1 UFM1 = Alpha drive motor
ENA UADS1
UAB UA UAN1 UFN1 = Controller alpha drive
LED
Rotor Controller
ULA = Collimator
EQ
ZC
E
Power Supply EG UTC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
EZ Z
UTC2 = Safety circuit
ZB UBCY1

Z (DAP)
Controller UTM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
DAP Interface CXA Interface UTN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive
UXA = X-ray tube
UACB1 UX2 = Tube assembly (Temperature switch)

UTS1
UTS3
UADY1 UACY1
UTS2 UTN1 UTM1 UTC2 UTC1

Eleva workspot WPD

TP
?

NU
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

RW RW D D disc
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0072
+0061
+00DF
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0034 +0055
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

EEC-A USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

FPC

Koeser /
CPC

CYN
Power
DS Detector
supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

03.11.2011
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CPC = CAN Interface
Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
supply FPC = Fol Detector interface
MH = Firewall mshield (option)
A3
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) DigitalDiagnost 3.0
NU = Uninteruptible power supply
(UPS) option
CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.19
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA UBB UB UBL1
BuckyDiagnost CS III
UA = UA Field
E = Generator EPS-ETA UAB = Tracking controller
EG = High voltage modules Front UABM1 = Tracking motor
ENA = Line filter board UABY1 = Tracking clutch
EQ = Inverter 1...4 UACB1 = Encoder transversal
EY = Anode drive UACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
Rotor control UABM1
TRB UACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
EZ = Interface connections N N3
Power supplies
UABY1 UADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
NP SPDU framed UADS1 = Standard SID switch
=
(System Power Distribution Unit) UADY1 = Brake Z vertical
NP F1 = Mains switch F1 UAN1 = Power supply 14 V / 25 V
UFAY1 UE2
NP N = Power supply (24 V)
UFAR1 UB = UB Field
NP N3 = Power supply (option WPD 24 V) NP UE
NT = Generator E Transformer UX2 UBB = Encoder longitudinal
Top view
Ass. 380 V - 480 V (option) UEA UBCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
=
UXA UBDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
TRB RIO
UBL1 = Mains filter
Front side Rear side
NP N3 ULA UE = Control handle
NP
NP F1
UE2 = Controller board
TRB NP N UFN1 UEA = Tube mount assembly
UFM1 UFBY1
NT UFBS1 UFAY1 = Clutch alpha
UFAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
UFBS1 = Clutch beta switch
UFBY1 = Clutch beta
EY UBDY1 UACY2 UADR1 UFM1 = Alpha drive motor
ENA UADS1
UAB UA UAN1 UFN1 = Controller alpha drive
LED
Rotor Controller
ULA = Collimator
EQ
ZC
E
Power Supply EG UTC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
Z (DAP)

EZ UTC2 = Safety circuit

Z ZB UBCY1 UTM1 Longitudinal drive motor
Controller =
DAP Interface CXA Interface UTN1 = Power supply 26 V / 40 V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive
UXA = X-ray tube
UACB1 UX2 = Tube assembly (Temperature switch)

UTS1
UTS3
UADY1 UACY1
UTS2 UTN1 UTM1 UTC2 UTC1

Eleva workspot WPD

Koeser / Scholl

TP
?

SPEAKER OUT

EEC-A X4 (ON/OFF)

USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
STRAIN RELIEF 1

LAN1
HDD
STRAIN RELIEF 2

LAN 0
COM 1

COM 2
STRAIN RELIEF 3

DVI/D

DVI/I
CYN
017 28.06.2013

Power
DS Detector
supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option) icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso

WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
CYN = Power supply for EEC
Power MH = Firewall mshield (option)
supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
A3

NU = Uninteruptible power supply

(UPS) option Survey of components
CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-0.19
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBN2
front side UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
UBN1 + 2
TRB NU UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1 UAB = Brake transverse carriage
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

NP UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake

FPC
RW RW D D disc

UAD
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020 ?
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0072
+0061
+00DF
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0034 +004C

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
LA URN1
Power longitudinal drive (option)
supply UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) Power
UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

DigitalDiagnost VS WPD (option) DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF)

rear side
A SAE SA SAVA B
NP

VP C PHILIPS D
VB
EZ SA = Transverse carriage
VT SACH = Second table control (option)
SAE = Footswitch lock
SAI = IF Carriage board
EZ SAN = Tomo control (option)
ISO Interface SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
Top view A-B SAVA = Bucky unit
EN SAPCB SACH SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
VAG2 SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
VA SC = Footswitch
SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
VAG1 SL1 = Mains filter 1
Detector
wireless portable SNVM = Table height motor
detector SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches
VD SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC
SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only)
SU = Height Poti
DS
VAVA SZ1 = Bucky controller
G
SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ2 = Table control
VAPH WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
DS = Docking Station Front
for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only
VA = Vertical frame Top view C-D
SAPCB = Pixium control board
VAG1 = User interface left SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
A3 09-10-08 Schr.

SL2 = Mains filter 2

VAG2 = User interface right
SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital
EN Power supply STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
(BuckyDiagnost VS digital)
EZ Backpanel STSN1
Bucky unit 2 sensing/ non sensing
EZ ISO Interface
(BuckyDiagnost VS basic/ advanced) SU
G H.V.Generator
VB = Vertical unit
NP SPDU
VD = Display STSN2 SZ2 SC SNVS1..3
TRB RIO Front
VP = Wall box
VT = Tilting unit DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Dual Detector
CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BUF / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
AB = Tracking controller
front side ABM1 = Tracking motor
VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
TRB ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ABM1
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
NP
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VA Hose 2 FAR1
EN EH1
E2 B = UB Field
VAG1 Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA

VAVA
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VAPH EH1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
G VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital BCY1
Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
VB = Vertical unit view
VD = Display
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VP = Wall box
ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
rear side VT = Tilting unit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
NP
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

EZ X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF / BUP) TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1

A SAE SA SAVA B
EZ

C PHILIPS D Eleva workspot TP

WPD (option)
EN SA = Transverse carriage
SACH = Second table control (option) CA NU
SAE = Footswitch lock ?

SAI = IF Carriage board

PLEXTOR PX-7555A
Riess / Koeser

FPC
RW RW D D disc

SAN1 = Tray drive controller (option)

+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0044
+0065
+002D
+006E
+0032
+0073
+0032
+0033
+0074
+0033
+0072
+0061
+0035
+00DF
+0020
+0048
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0061
+006D
+0034
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

SC SNVS1..3 SNVM SAS1

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

= Switch Bucky frame brake

Top view A - B SAVA = Bucky unit EEC-A
SAVAC1 SAPCB SACH SAVAC1 = BUF / BUP Controller
SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes CPC
SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
SC = Footswitch
G SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
SL1 = Mains filter 1 CYN DS Detector
SL2 = Mains filter 2 Power
SNVM wireless portable
= Table height motor supply
SNVS1...3 detector
= Motor control switches CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC MH (option)
CPC = CAN Interface WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
16.02.2011

SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only) CYN = Power supply for EEC DS = Docking Station
SU = Height Poti FPC = Fol Detector interface
SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ1
EN = Power supply = Table height controller MH = Firewall mshield (option)
EZ = SZ2 = Table control Power
Backpanel Front supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
EZ = ISO Interface NU = Uninteruptible power supply
G = Top view C - D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only
H.V.Generator (UPS) option
NP = SPDU SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM
TRB = RIO SAPCB = Pixium control board
SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
A3

STSN1

SU for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH

STSN1 = Power supply 19VDC
STSN2 SZ2
Front
SC SNVS1..3 CS III,VS,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N1 N10
Option ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N3 N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
N4 ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 FAR1
VP1 Hose 2 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1 =
VA G2 =
interface left
User interface right
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board Display
EH1 =
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ACY2
ADS1 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly
VHP Horizontal potentiometer FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VM = Vertical motor unit Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage
VZ Antenna remote control ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

OPTIMUS CXA ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
front side rear side TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1

TRB NP

NP
EZ
Eleva workspot WPD (option)
Riess / Koeser

CA TP
NU
?

EN EZ
ISO Interface
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

FPC
RW RW D D disc

EEC-A
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0044
+0072
+0061
+002D
+0032
+00DF
+0032
+0065
+0033
+0020
+0033
+0032
+0035
+0034
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

EN USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

CPC

CYN
DS
16.02.2011

Power Detector
supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
G G
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
EN = Power supply CPC = CAN Interface
= Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
EZ Backpanel supply
EZ = ISO Interface FPC = Fol Detector interface
G = H.V.Generator MH = Firewall mshield (option)
A3

NP = SPDU TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)

TRB = RIO NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
(UPS) option
CS III, VM, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.3
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBN2
front side UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
NU UBN1 + 2
TRB UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1 UAB = Brake transverse carriage
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

NP UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake

FPC
RW RW D D disc

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
LA URN1
Power longitudinal drive (option)
supply UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) Power
UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

rear side
DigitalDiagnost VM WPD (option) Single Sided Table TH-S
NP
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
S4
VA
G1 G2
EZ
VL2 S6
N5 N2 C
N11 PCB P VL1 N2 S3
N1 N10
EZ SY2
Option
ISO Interface
N1 S5
N4 N3
SY3
VD G SM
EN VP VL SZ1
VC SY1
PH
VP3 S10
VP1
SN10
Detector SN1
VP5 SZ5
VP4 wireless portable SU
VP2 detector
SZ4
VA Bucky unit digital
VA C BuF Controller SZ1 TH-S Controller
VA G User interface connector board User SZ4 Footswitch 1
VA G1 interface left DS SZ5 Footswitch 2
G VA G2 User interface right SM Hydraulic motor
VA P Pixium 4600 SN1 Power supply
VU VA PCB Pixium control board WPD = Wireless Portable Detector SN10 Mains filter
VB Vertical brake unit DS = Docking Station S10 Mains switch
VC C-Arm SU Height potentiometer
VD Display S3 Footswitch lock 1
A3 09-10-08 Schr.

VH Horizontal catch assembly S4 Footswitch lock 2

VHP Horizontal potentiometer S5 Pressure switch hydraulic
VM Vertical motor unit S6 Collision switch table top
EN Power supply VP E-Rack SY1 Valve down movement
EZ Backpanel VP1 Vertical controller SY2 Valve brake table top
EZ ISO Interface VP2 Tilt arm controller SY3 Valve up movement
G H.V.Generator VP3 5-Field controller
NP SPDU VP4 Remote controller
TRB RIO Option (only VM2) VP5 MSB Connector board
VU Vertical carriage
VL
VL1
Horizontal drive unit (HDU)
IF Main HDU VZ Antenna remote control DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector
VL2 Horizontal controller PH 5 Field Amplimat chamber
CS 2/4, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM
VZ VHP VH VB
A = UA Field
VA
G1 G2 AB = Tracking controller
VL2 ABM1 = Tracking motor
N5 N2 C ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N11 PCB P VL1 N2
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N1 N10
Option ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N4 N3 N1 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
VD G ADS1 = Standard SID switch
VP VL Hose 1
ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VC E
PH FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VP3 FAR1
VP1 Hose 2 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
VP2 VP4 XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VA = Bucky unit digital
BL1 = Mains filter
VA C = BUF Controller LA
VA G = User interface connector board User
VA G1 =
VA G2 =
interface left
User interface right
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
VA P = Pixium 4600 FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board Display
EH1 =
VB = Vertical brake unit
VC = C-Arm FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VD = Display BDY1 ACY2
ADS1 ADR1 AB A AN1 FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VH = Horizontal catch assembly
VHP Horizontal potentiometer FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
=
VM = Vertical motor unit Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VP = E-Rack FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP1 = Vertical controller FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP2 = Tilt arm controller BCY1
VP3 = 5-Field controller Top LA = Collimator
VP4 = Remote controller view
Option (only VM2) VP5 = MSB Connector board
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VL = Horizontal drive unit (HDU) VU = Vertical carriage
VZ Antenna remote control ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
VL1 = IF Main HDU =
PH = 5 Field Amplimat chamber TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
VL2 = Horizontal controller
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

OPTIMUS CXA TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1
X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)

front side rear side

TRB NP
Single Sided Table TH-S Eleva workspot WPD (option)
NP
CA
Riess / Koeser

EZ
TP
NU
?

EN EZ S6
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

FPC
RW RW D D disc

ISO Interface EEC-A

+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044
+004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053

+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0044
+0072
+002D
+0061
+0032
+00DF
+0032
+0065
+0033
+0020
+0032
+0033
+0034
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

S3 USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

EN SY2
S5
SY3 CPC
SM SZ1
SY1 CYN
DS Detector
16.02.2011

S10 Power
supply wireless portable
SN10 detector
SN1 MH (option)
SZ5
SU WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
SZ4 CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
G G CPC = CAN Interface
SZ1 = TH-S Controller S3 = Footswitch lock 1 Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
EN = Power supply SZ4 = Footswitch 1 S4 = Footswitch lock 2 supply
FPC = Fol Detector interface
EZ = Backpanel SZ5 = Footswitch 2 S5 = Pressure switch hydraulic MH = Firewall mshield (option)
A3

EZ = ISO Interface SM = Hydraulic motor S6 = Collision switch table top TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
G
NP
=
=
H.V.Generator
SPDU
SN1 =
SN10 =
Power supply
Mains filter
SY1
SY2
=
=
Valve down movement
Valve brake table top
NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
(UPS) option
S10 = Valve up movement
TRB = RIO
SU =
Mains switch
Height potentiometer
SY3 =
CS III,TH-S,VM,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBN2
front side UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
UBN1 + 2
TRB NU UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1 UAB = Brake transverse carriage
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

NP UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake

FPC
RW RW D D disc

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
LA URN1
Power longitudinal drive (option)
supply UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) Power
UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

rear side
DigitalDiagnost VS WPD (option)
NP

VP
VB
EZ
VT

EZ
ISO Interface

VA = Vertical frame
EN VAG1 = User interface left
VAG2 VAG2 = User interface right
VA VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital
(BuckyDiagnost VS digital)
VAG1 Bucky unit 2 sensing/ non sensing
(BuckyDiagnost VS basic/ advanced) Detector
VB = Vertical unit wireless portable
VD VD = Display detector
VP = Wall box
VT = Tilting unit
VAVA DS
G

VAPH WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

DS = Docking Station
A3 09-10-12 Schr.

EN Power supply
EZ Backpanel
EZ ISO Interface
G H.V.Generator
NP SPDU
TRB RIO
DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector
CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BuckyDiagnost VS digital (BUF / BUP) BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VP A = UA Field
VB
AB = Tracking controller
ABM1 = Tracking motor
VT ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
VAG2 E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VA Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
E2 B = UB Field
VAG1 Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
VD BL1 = Mains filter
LA

VAVA
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VAPH EH1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
VA = Vertical frame FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VAG1 = User interface left Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VAG2 = User interface right FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital BCY1
Bucky unit portable (for WPD) Top LA = Collimator
VB = Vertical unit view
VD = Display
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VP = Wall box
VT = Tilting unit ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
OPTIMUS CXA TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1

front side rear side

NP
TRB
Eleva workspot WPD (option)
NP
EZ TP
?

NU
Koeser /

EN
PLEXTOR

EZ
PX-7555A

FPC
RW RW D D disc
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

ISO Interface
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079 +0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

EN
CPC

CYN
DS
16.02.2011

Power
Detector
supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
G G CPC = CAN Interface
Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
EN = Power supply supply FPC = Fol Detector interface
EZ = Backpanel MH = Firewall mshield (option)
A3

EZ = ISO Interface TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)

G = H.V.Generator NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
NP = SPDU (UPS) option
TRB = RIO CS III,VS,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBN2
front side UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
NU UBN1 + 2
TRB UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1 UAB = Brake transverse carriage
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

NP UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake

FPC
RW RW D D disc

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
LA URN1
Power longitudinal drive (option)
supply UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) Power
UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

rear side
DigitalDiagnost VM Compact WPD (option)
NP
VM
VB
VA
EZ G1
N5 N2 C VA Bucky unit digital
N11 P VA C BUF Controller
PCB
EZ N1 N10
VA G User interface connector board
ISO Interface
G VA G1 User interface
N4
VA P Pixium 4600
N3
EN VA PCB Pixium control board
VB Vertical brake unit (option)
VP VC C-Arm
VC VD Wallstand display (option)
PH VM Vertical motor unit (option)
VP1 VP E-Rack
VP5
VP1 Vertical controller
VP2 Tilt arm controller Detector
VP5 MSB Connector board wireless portable
VS Z1 Bucky controller detector
VP2 VU Vertical carriage
VD PH 3 Field Amplimat chamber
DS
G

WPD = Wireless Portable Detector

DS = Docking Station
VU
A3 09-10-12 Schr.

EN Power supply
EZ Backpanel
EZ ISO Interface
G H.V.Generator
NP SPDU
TRB RIO
DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector
CS 2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DigitalDiagnost VM Compact BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
VM A UA Field
VB =
VA
AB = Tracking controller
G1 ABM1 = Tracking motor
ABY1 = Tracking clutch
N5 N2 C ACB1 = Encoder transversal
N11
PCB
P
ABM1 ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
N1 N10 ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
G ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
N4 N3 ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
VP FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
VC Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
PH E2 B = UB Field
VP1 Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
VP5 X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
BL1 = Mains filter
LA
VP2
VD
VA = Bucky unit digital
FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
VA C = BUF Controller FBS1 E2 = Control grip
VA G = User interface connector board EH1 = Display
VA G1 = User interface
VA P = Pixium 4600 FAY1 = Clutch alpha
VU VA PCB = Pixium control board BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
VB = Vertical brake unit (option) A AN1
VC = C-Arm FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
VD = Wallstand display (option) Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
VM = Vertical motor unit (option) FM1 = Alpha drive motor
VP = E-Rack FN1 = Controller alpha drive
VP1 = Vertical controller BCY1
VP2 = Tilt arm controller Top LA = Collimator
VP5 = MSB Connector board view
VS Z1 = Bucky controller
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
VU = Vertical carriage
PH 3 Field Amplimat chamber ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
=
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive

OPTIMUS CXA ADY1 ACY1 XA = X-ray tube assembly

X2 = Temperature switch (XAX2)
front side rear side TN1 TC2 TC1 TM1

TRB NP

NP
EZ
Eleva workspot WPD (option)
Riess / Koeser

TP
EN EZ
?

NU
ISO Interface
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

FPC
RW RW D D disc
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

EEC-A
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053
+004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0044
+0072
+0061
+002D
+0032
+00DF
+0032
+0065
+0033
+0020
+0033
+0032
+0035
+0034
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079
+004C
+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

EN USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

CPC

CYN
DS
16.02.2011

Power
Detector
supply wireless portable
detector
MH (option)
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
G G
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) DS = Docking Station
EN = Power supply CPC = CAN Interface
EZ = Backpanel Power CYN = Power supply for EEC
EZ = supply FPC = Fol Detector interface
ISO Interface
G = H.V.Generator MH = Firewall mshield (option)
A3

NP = SPDU TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)

TRB = RIO NU = Uninteruptible power supply DigitalDiagnost 3.0
(UPS) option
CS III,VM comp,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA Eleva workspot BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4 / CSP
UYN1 UYN2 UBN2
front side UBB UCSP UBN3 UBE
TP
UBN3 LA = Collimator
NU UBN1 + 2
TRB UAC UA = Transversal carriage
CA UBN1 UAB = Brake transverse carriage
PLEXTOR PX-7555A

NP UAG SW1 UAB UAC UAC = Brake

FPC
RW RW D D disc

Tracking 2 / CAN Interface

+0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

UAD =
+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

UAG SW2 URZ UAE
UZ UAC adapter
UYN2U3 UAP UAN1 UAE = Sensing catch assembly
UAG UAG transversal carrige
EN CPC UAG = Z-position recognition (option)
UF UAN1= Power supply
XA UAP = Tracking 2 controller
UFA UB = Longitudinal carriage
UE UBB = Brake longitudinal carriage
UFN1 UE2E UBE = Sensing catch assembly
longitudinal carriage
CYN UBN1 = Power distribution
LA URN1
Power longitudinal drive (option)
supply UBN2 = Longitudinal drive (option)
UBN3 = Power supply
UFB
longitudinal drive (option)
CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC) MH (option) Addition for CSP UE = Control handle
CPC = CAN Interface UAG SW1 = Z-position recognition switch 1 UF = Tube support arm
CYN = Power supply for EEC UAG SW2 = Z-position recognition switch 2 UFA = Clutch alpha
FPC = Fol Detector interface UCSP = CSP Controller UFB = Clutch beta
G MH = Firewall mshield (option) Power
UE2E = Additional circuit board for control handle UE UFN1 = Alpha drive (option)
supply
TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS) URN1 = Beta rotation motor drive controller UZ = Coding field
NU = Uninteruptible power supply (UPS) option UYN1 = Power distribution / transversal drive XA = X-ray tube
UYN2 = Transversal / lateral motor drive controller
UYN2U3 = Transversal / lateral motor

DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) WPD (option)

rear side
A SAE SA SAVA B
NP

C PHILIPS D
EZ SA = Transverse carriage
SACH = Second table control (option)
SAE = Footswitch lock
SAI = IF Carriage board
EZ SAN = Tomo control (option)
ISO Interface SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
SAS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake
Top view A-B SAVA = Bucky unit
EN SAPCB SACH SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes
SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
SC = Footswitch
SF1 = Motor protection switch
SI = IF Main board TH
SL1 = Mains filter 1
Detector
SNVM = Table height motor
wireless portable
SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches
detector
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC
SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only)
SU = Height Poti
SZ1 = Bucky controller DS
G
SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ2 = Table control
WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
Front DS = Docking Station
for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only
Top view C-D Pixium control board
SAPCB =
A3 09-10-20 Schr.

SL2 = Mains filter 2

SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EN Power supply STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
EZ Backpanel
EZ ISO Interface
G H.V.Generator STSN1
NP SPDU SU
TRB RIO
STSN2 SZ2
Front
SC SNVS1..3 DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector
CS 2/4, TH, Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-0.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
OPTIMUS CXA BB B BL1 BuckyDiagnost CS III
A = UA Field
AB = Tracking controller
front side ABM1 = Tracking motor
ABY1 = Tracking clutch
ACB1 = Encoder transversal
TRB ACY1 = Catch telescopic carriage
ABM1
ACY2 = Brake telescopic carriage
ABY1 ADR1 = Potentiometer (SID) vertical
NP
ADS1 = Standard SID switch
Hose 1
E ADY1 = Brake Z vertical
FAY1 E1 AN1 = Power supply 14V/25V
Hose 2 FAR1 EH1
EN
E2 B = UB Field
Hose 3 BB = Encoder longitudinal
X2 BCY1 = Catch longitudinal carriage
XA BDY1 = Brake longitudinal carriage
BL1 = Mains filter
LA

FN1
FM1 FBY1
U E
E1
=
=
Control handle /controller
Plastic foil keyboard
FBS1 E2 = Control grip
EH1 = Display

FAY1 = Clutch alpha

BDY1 ADS1 ACY2 ADR1 AB FAR1 = Clutch alpha potentiometer
A AN1
FBS1 = Clutch beta switch
G Rear side FBY1 = Clutch beta
FM1 = Alpha drive motor
FN1 = Controller alpha drive
BCY1
Top LA = Collimator
view
TC1 = Controller longitudinal drive
ACB1 TC2 = Safety circuit
rear side
TM1 = Longitudinal drive motor
TN1 = Power supply 26V/40V Alpha /
NP
Longitudinal drive

SAN1
PX-7555A

= Tray drive controller (option)

FPC
RW RW D D disc

SC SNVS1..3 SNVM
+0050
+0068
+0069
+006C
+0069
+0070
+0073
+0020
+004D
+0065
+0064
+0069
+0063
+0061
+006C
+0020
+0053
+0079
+0073
+0074
+0065
+006D
+0073 +0020

+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +0044 +0055
+0050
+0048
+0049
+004C
+0049
+0050
+0053 +004D
+0043
+0020
+0047
+006D
+0062
+0048

SAS1
+0052
+00F6
+006E
+0074
+0067
+0065
+006E
+0073
+0074
+0072
+0061
+00DF
+0065
+0020
+0032
+0034 +004C

= Switch Bucky frame brake

+0044
+002D
+0032
+0032
+0033
+0033
+0035
+0020
+0048
+0061
+006D
+0062
+0075
+0072
+0067
+0020
+002F
+0020
+0047
+0065
+0072
+006D
+0061
+006E
+0079 +0043+0055
+0053
+0020
+004C
+0049
+0053
+0054
+0045
+0044

USB 1 USB 2 COM 3

Top view A - B SAVA = Bucky unit

SAVAC1 SAPCB SACH SAVAC1 = BUF / BUP Controller EEC-A
SAY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes
Koeser /

SAY20+21 = Transversal brakes CPC

SAY31 = Bucky frame brake
SC = Footswitch
SF1 = Motor protection switch
G SI = IF Main board TH
SL1 = Mains filter 1
SL2 = Mains filter 2 CYN DS Detector
SNVM = Table height motor Power wireless portable
SNVS1...3 = Motor control switches supply
detector
SN1 = Power supply 20,4VAC CA = Eleva Examination Control (EEC)
SN3 = Power supply 24VAC (ACL4 only)
MH (option)
CPC = CAN Interface WPD = Wireless Portable Detector
16.02.2011

SU = Height Poti CYN = Power supply for EEC DS = Docking Station

SAY1 SAY21 SAI SAS1 SAN1 SAY31 SAY20 SAY2 SZ1
= Table height controller FPC = Fol Detector interface
EN = Power supply SZ2 = Table control MH = Firewall mshield (option)
EZ = Backpanel Front Power
supply TP = Acquisition Work Spot (AWS)
EZ = ISO Interface Top view C - D for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUF) only NU = Uninteruptible power supply
G = H.V.Generator SZ1 SI SN3 SN2 SN1 SL2 SF1 SL1 SNVM (UPS) option
NP = SPDU SAPCB = Pixium control board
TRB = RIO SN2 = Power supply 24VDC
STSN1 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
STSN1 STSN2 = Power supply 9.26 V AC
A3

for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only

SU
STSN1 = Power supply 19VDC
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
STSN2 SZ2
Front
SC SNVS1..3
CS III,Optimus CXA
Survey of components
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-0.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Fuse Ampere Voltage
BuckyDiagnost VS BuckyDiagnost VS 5A 250V BuckyDiagnost VS digital BUP BuckyDiagnost VS digital BUF
basic + advanced advanced tilt VPN5 F2 12.5 A 250V
VPN2 F3 1A 250V VPT1 VPT1
VPN2 F4 5A 250V
VPN2 VPN5 VPN4 F5 0.5 A 250V VPN5 VPN5
F4 VPT1 VPN4 F6 3.15 A 250V F2 F2
F2 VPN3 F7 0.5 A 250V F1 F1
F3 F3
F1 VPN3 F8 3.15 A 250V
VPN1 VPN1
Specification for all Fuses: VPN2
VPI VPL1 VPL1
VPL1 Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm F4
VPI VPL2 VPL2
VP3
Speed: Time-lag F6
VP3 Breaking capacity: 35 A F8 VPN4
In case the PCB became defect, it is prohibited to replace PCB components, VPN3 F5
including multi‐fuses. Defect PCBs have to be replaced by Philips original F7
spare parts only. Please check the service documentation and spare part tools
for the PCB ordering number.
VP4
VP1 VP1
VPI VPI
VP3 VP3
VP
VP
VB
VB
VT VA = Vertical frame / Tilting frame
VT1 VAC1 = BUF controller / BUP controller
VA VAG2 VAG1 = User interface left
VA VAG2 = User interface right
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber
VAVA = Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF), Bucky unit portable (BUP) for WPD
VAPH (BuckyDiagnost VS digital), Bucky unit 2 sensing/non sensing
VAG1
(BuckyDiagnost VS basic/ advanced)
VB = Vertical unit
Schroeder / Schubert

VD VD = Display
VP = Wall box
VPI = Interface wall
VAVA VPL. = Mains filter
VAVA VPN. = Power supply
VAC1 *1
VP1 = Wall stand controller vertical
VAPH VP3 = 5 Field control
VP4 = Remote control
VT = Tilting unit
001 20.12.2012

VAC1*2 VT1 = Wall stand controller tilting

BuckyDiagnost VS basic
BuckyDiagnost VS advanced BuckyDiagnost VS digital
BuckyDiagnost VS advanced tilt BuckyDiagnost VS digital tilting
A3

BuckyDiagnost VS
*1 = VAC1 (BUP) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting
VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS basic / advanced Survey of units
*2 = VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting
BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( a/12.0 ) Z1-1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BuckyDiagnost VS BuckyDiagnost VS BuckyDiagnost VS digital BUP BuckyDiagnost VS digital BU3
basic + advanced advanced tilt
Fuse Ampere Voltage
VPN5 F1 5A 250 V VPT1 VPT1
VPN5 F2 12.5 A 250 V
VPN2 VPN5 VPN5 VPN5
Specification for all Fuses: F2
F4 VPT1 F2
F2 Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm F1 F1
F3 Speed: Time-lag
F1 VPN1 VPN1
Breaking capacity: 35 A
VPI VPL1 VPL1
VPL1 If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB components, including multi‐fuses.
VPI Defect PCBs have to be replaced by Philips original spare parts only. Check the
VPL2 VPL2
service documentation and spare part tools for the PCB order number.
VP3 VP3

VP4
VP1 VP1
VPI VPI
VP3 VP3
VP
VP
VB
VB
VT VA = Vertical frame / Tilting frame
VT1 VAC1 = BUF controller / BUP controller
VA VAG2 VAG1 = User interface left
VA VAG2 = User interface right
VAPH = 5-Field measuring chamber
VAVA = Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3), Bucky unit portable (BUP)
VAPH VB = Vertical unit
VAG1
VD = Display
VP = Wall box
VPI = Interface wall
Schroeder / Scholl

VD
VPL. = Mains filter
VPN. = Power supply
VAVA VP1 = Wall stand controller vertical
VAVA VP3 = 5 Field control
VAC1 *1
VP4 = Remote control
VAPH VT = Tilting unit
VT1 = Wall stand controller tilting
003 09.09.2013

VAC1*2
BuckyDiagnost VS basic
BuckyDiagnost VS advanced BuckyDiagnost VS digital
BuckyDiagnost VS advanced tilt BuckyDiagnost VS digital tilting
A3

Survey of components
*1 = VAC1 (BUP) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting
VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS basic / advanced BuckyDiagnost VS
*2 = VAC1 (BUF) for BuckyDiagnost VS digital / tilting
BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( b/13.0 ) Z1-1
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Top view A-B
Reset board (BU3 only) ACH

A AE A AVA B

C PHILIPS D

C NVS1..3 NVM

AY1 AY21 AI AVAC1 AS1 AC AY31 AY20 AY2

A = Transverse carriage for DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3) only
ACH = Second table control (option) TSN1 = Power supply 24 Vdc Front
AE = Footswitch lock
AI = Tray interface PCBA
for DigitalDiagnost TH (BUP) only
Top view C-D
AC = Tray boot manager
AS1 = Switch Bucky frame brake TSN1 = Power supply 19 Vdc N1
N1F1
AVA = Bucky unit I L2 N1F2 L1
AVAC1 = BUF / BUP Controller
Schroeder / Scholl

AY1+2 = Logitudinal brakes F1

AY20+21 = Transversal brakes Fuse Ampere
AY31 = Bucky frame brake N1 F1 1A
TSN1 NVM
C = Footswitch N1 F2 5A
F1 = Motor protection switch Specification for all Fuses:
I = TH controller Voltage: 250 V
L1 = Mains filter 1 Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm
L2 = Mains filter 2 U
Speed: Time-lag
001 17.10.2013

NVM = Table height motor Breaking capacity: 35 A

NVS1...3 = Motor control switches NVS1..3
N1 = Power supply 20.4 Vac C
Front
U = FFA-Poti
S
A3

Survey of components
DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3 / BUP)

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( b/13.0 ) Z1-1

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Top view Top view

EQ2 F1...3
Fuse Ampere Voltage Diameter x length Breaking Speed
Front
capacity TRB F3 EQ4 F1...3 Q2 Inverter board #2

Q4 Inverter board #4
EQ1 F1…3 25 A 500 V 10 mm x 38 mm 120 kA Time-Lag
EQ2 F1…3 25 A 500 V 10 mm x 38 mm 120 kA Time-Lag
EQ3 F1…3 25 A 500 V 10 mm x 38 mm 120 kA Time-Lag
EQ4 F1…3 25 A 500 V 10 mm x 38 mm 120 kA Time-Lag EQ3 F1...3
EQ F1…3 5A 500 V 6 mm x 32 mm 50 kA Fast Front
EY F1…2 25 A 500 V 10 mm x 38 mm 120 kA Time-Lag N EQ1 F1...3 Q3 Inverter board #3
TRB F3 6.3 A 250 V 5 mm x 20 mm 150 A Time-Lag
TRB Q1 Inverter board #1

RIO EY F1...2
If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB Y High speed starter board
components, including multi-fuses.
Defect PCBs have to be replaced by
Philips original spare parts only. Check F1
the service documentation and spare EQ F1 F2 F3
part tools for the PCB order number.
NP
SPDU framed
System Power EQ
Distribution Unit

NP N
Power supply NP F1
Mains switch

NT
Generator E Transformer
Ass. 380V-480V
(option)

EY
Schubert / Stroelau

Anode drive ENA M-Cabinet CXA

Rotor control Line filter board
Rotor Controller LED
EQ E
Inverter 1...4 ZC Generator EPS-ETA
Power Supply EG
High voltage
modules
EZ Z ZB
000 26.03.2014

Interface connections Controller

Power supplies
DAP Interface CXA Interface Front
Front side Rear side
A3

Survey of Components
M-Cabinet CXA
with Generator EPS-ETA
GENERATOR EPS-ETA CSIP Level 1 ( a ) Z1-0.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Top view A-B
AVAC1 ACH

A AE A AVA B

C PHILIPS D

A Transverse carriage
= C NVS1..3 NVM
ACH Second table control (option)
=
AE Footswitch lock
=
AI IF Carriage board
=
AN1 Tray drive controller (option)
= AY1 AY21 AI AS1 AN1 AVAVA AY31 AY20 AY2
AS1 Switch Bucky frame brake
=
AVA Bucky unit
=
AVAC1 BUF / BUP Controller
= Front
AY1+2 Logitudinal brakes
=
AY20+21 Transversal brakes
= Fuse Ampere Top view C-D
AY31 Bucky frame brake
= N1 F1 1A
C Footswitch
= N1 F2 5A Z1 I N3 L2 N1 F1 L1 NVM
F1 Motor protection switch
= TS N1 F1 0.5 A F2 F1
I IF Main board TH
= TS N1 F2 3.15 A
L1 Mains filter 1
= Specification for all Fuses:
Scholl /

L2 Mains filter 2
= Voltage: 250 V
NVM Table height motor
= Diameter x length: 5 mm x 20 mm TSN1
NVS1...3 Motor control switches
= Speed: Time-lag F1
N1 Power supply 20.4 Vac
= Breaking capacity: 35 A F2
N3 Power supply 24 Vac (ACL4 only)
=
U Height Poti
= If the PCB is defect, never replace PCB U
024 07.03.2013

components, including multi-fuses.

Z1 Bucky controller /
= Defect PCBs have to be replaced by
Table height controller Philips original spare parts only. Check
Z2 = Table control the service documentation and spare Z2 C NVS1..3
part tools for the PCB order number. Front
for DigitalDiagnost TH
(Bucky unit 3 digital with Trixell 4343 RC) S
A3

TSN1 = Power supply 24 Vdc Survey of components BU3 / BUP

AVAVA = Reset board BuckyDiagnost TH2

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-1.0.2

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Interlock Door Geo Emergency
contact OFF

without door interlock

M-Cabinet CXA

X41 1 2 3 4

IC15:1
NP X12 1 2
SPDU
+24Vdc
System Power
Distribution Unit 2
K3
+24V 1

TRB RIO
Interlock

K2
A1
H9
yw
A2 GEO
not used Power
Door lamp ON

L3 L2 L1
X324
3 1
K1 2
5 A1
T4
A2 1 12
6 4 2
PCB K7
3 Rel1
F3
Power supply
geometry subsystems
SPDU 11
6A
5 4 Circuit
230V
Schroeder / Scholl

+12V

X42
ZB
1 2 3 Controller board
2
ON
J6
E 1
Generator EPS-ETA
14.05.2014

Radiation (on during

preparation
lamp and X-ray)
A4

DigitalDiagnost
External with M-Cabinet CXA
230Vac max.
Room interface
4512 983 15481 CSIP Level 0 ( 14.0 ) Z1-8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
C1
S4
icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-01.iso

S5 VA Bucky unit
S7
portable (BUP)
S1 C1 BUP controller
S2 C2 User interface
not used
D1 Detector charging
unit
D1 X4 +19V Detector
charging power
X6 D1 X5 GND Detector
X5 charging power
D1 D1 X6 Detector present
contact
X4 L1 Grid type
detection
S1 Grid end
position sensor
S2 Not used
S3 Grid lever sensor
S4 Tray closed
sensor
S5 Charging relay
sensor
L1 S3
S7 Detector in
landscape sensor
Schubert /

C2
25.05.2011
A4

VA
Bucky unit portable (BUP)
Survey of components
BUP CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z2-1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SYSTEM SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS

SYSTEM SAFETY CIRCUIT DRAWINGS

Drawings
DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Safety circuit Tomo.................................................................... Z1-5

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, VM/VM2, Generator / Safety circuit.................. Z1-5.1

Safety circuit / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (TH2)........................................... Z1-5.1

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, VS, Generator / Safety circuit........................... Z1-5.2

Safety circuit / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (TH2)......................................... Z1-5.2.1

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, VM, Generator / Safety circuit................................. Z1-5.3

DigitalDiagnost / CS, TH-S, VM/VM2, Generator / Safety circuit........................... Z1-5.5

DigitalDiagnost / CS, VS, Generator / Safety circuit............................................Z1-5.6.1

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, VM Compact, Generator / Safety circuit.................. Z1-5.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, Generator / Safety circuit.................................. Z1-5.8

DigitalDiagnost / CS, Generator / Safety circuit..................................................... Z1-5.9

marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 349

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension BuckyDiagnost CS
UAG Tomo Z-catch
X12 K4 X11 X4 X4 S2
2 2 5 3
4 5 3 1
4
Safety
tomo
1 1 6
+24V X5
S1
SZ2 1
safety end switch
2 1 2
Table control (head and foot)
TRB
RIO 3 S3
1 4 transverse
4 centered
X8 TRB X8-2 5
TOMO WD K1 S2
7 1 1 Safety 5
CS +24V +24V +24V 4 relay 1 4 longitudinal
+12V 6 centered
EN TOMO B 19 2 EN TOMO 2
+5V Rel5 4 5 K1
25p 4p
WDT 3 6
UBN Tomo switches

EN WDT
UBN1
Tomo safety circuit
Processor

+12V

Rel6 4 5

3 6
C TOMO MODE
SI IF Main MSB SZ2 Table control
X4 X60 X65 X11 X12
EN X 4 4
K4
EN TOMO B 2 2 2
Rel7 4 5 4 5
Safety
tomo
3 6
EN TOMO A EN TOMO A 12 12 1 1 1
A3 07-11-22 Schr.

S Table DigitalDiagnost TH

DigitalDiagnost 2.0
Safety circuit Tomo

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (07.0) Z1-5

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO
Note:
+5V
(blinking during 25p 25p All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V

Collision

+5V

EN MV
MSB Connector board
H10 P5 see
V
IF Main HDU DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2
X6 X10 X12 X10
yw
L1 (only with VM2) Collision
COLL B 12 12 12 12
K1 Wallstand
COLL A COLL A 4 4 4 4 DigitalDiagnost VM
15p 15p 15p 15p

NV K3
750mm 900mm 500mm
Motor
S1 S2
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH control
switches
2 4
1S3 1 2 1 2 M
P1 P2 N L1 L2

X5 4 3 5 6 7 8 9 X3 5 4 2 1 3
4 X6
K7 3 N
Schroeder / Koeser

X70 X7 3 1 230V
1 1 L
3
Safety 4
13 tomo 5 4 3
K1
X4 X60 I IF Main MSB K4 up
K2
5 9 Safety
EN MV 5 down
circuit
13 11 4 6
K1 3
safety K6 H1 up
down
switch gr
Rel. 8 D5 4 SS10 +26V H2 S5
3 4 6 6 3 SZ2X7:1 SZ2X7:2 2 gr S6 1 1
2
X4
1 K10
+26V K11 7 down 2 4 2 4
2 5 K10 6 4
X11 6 up
13 13 X65
11.10.2011

SAN+12V +26V
F6 3 RQ MV 3 8 4
3 +26V Footswitch lock
200mA K2
K8 8
+12V 4 3p 4p 0V
11
RQ MV 15 15
Z2 Table control
13
9p
15p 15p SC Footswitch
A3

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x

CS, TH, VM, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-5.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

H13
rd +5V

Collision

+5V

S Table DigitalDiagnost TH Security

switch
NV
750mm 900mm 500mm
K3
Motor
S3 S1 S2
control
2 1 1 4 2 1 1 2 M
switches P1 P2 N L1 L2

X7 1 2 X5 3 5 6 7 8 9 X30 5 4 2 1 3
I TH controller 5 X52
K5 3 N
230 Vac
3 main
Schroeder / Scholl

1
L
5
3
+24 V 4 3 5
K1
X4 X60 Status
up
K2
EN MV 5 5 750 mm down
K8 tomo
enable
move K4 up
V72 down
V22 V76 S5
Rel. 8 3 4 6 6 V74 S6 1 1
X4
7 down 2 4 2 4
2 5
13 13 K6 6 up
050 05.11.2013

SAN+12V
F6 request
3 move
200mA
8
+12V 4 +24 V
RQ MV 15 15 V70
15p 15p SC Footswitch
A3

Safety circuit
CS, TH, VM, Generator

DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-5.1

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded
RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13 X5 VPX10
rd +5V
Note:
Collision
V All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Wallstand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Internal safety circuit
see subsystem drawings VS
+5V safety circuit for details
15p 15p
EN MV X6
H10 COLL B 12 12
yw
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO

COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p

NV K3
750mm 900mm 500mm
Motor
S1 S2
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH control
switches
2 4
1S3 1 2 1 2 M
L2
P1 P2 N L1

X5 4 3 5 6 7 8 9 X3 5 4 2 1 3
4 X6
K7 3 N
X70 X7 230V
Schroeder / Koeser

3 1
1 1 L
3
4
13 Safety 5 4 3
K1
X4 X60 I IF Main MSB K4 up
K2
5 9 Safety
EN MV 5 down
circuit
13 11 4 6
K1 3 K6
safety H1 down up
switch gr
D5 SS10 +26V H2 S5
Rel. 8 3 4 6 6
4 3 SZ2X7:1 SZ2X7:2 2 gr S6 1 1
2
X4
1 K10
+26V K11 7 down 2 4 2 4
2 5 K10 6 4
X11 6 up
13 13 X65 +26V
11.10.2011

SAN+12V
F6 3 RQ MV 3 8 4
3 +26V Footswitch lock
200mA K2
K8 8
+12V 4 3p 4p 0V
11
RQ MV 15 15
Z2 Table control 13
9p
15p 15p SC Footswitch
A3

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x

CS, TH, VS, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-5.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded
RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13 X5 VPX10
rd +5V
Note:
Collision
V All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Wall stand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Internal safety circuit
see subsystem drawings VS
+5V safety circuit for details
15p 15p
EN MV X6
H10 COLL B 12 12
yw
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO

COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p

S Table DigitalDiagnost TH Security

switch
NV
750mm 900mm 500mm
K3
Motor
S3 S1 S2
control
2 1 1 4 2 1 1 2 M
switches P1 P2 N L1 L2

X7 1 2 X5 3 5 6 7 8 9 X30 5 4 2 1 3
I TH controller 5 X52
K5 3 N
230V
3 main 1
Schroeder / Scholl

L
5
3
+24 V 4 3 5
K1
X4 X60 Status
up
K2
EN MV 5 5 750 mm down
K8 tomo
enable
move K4 up
V72 down
V22 V76 S5
Rel. 8 3 4 6 6 V74 S6 1 1
X4
7 down 2 4 2 4
2 5
13 13 K6 6 up
051 23.12.2015

SAN+12V
F6 request
3 move
200mA
8
+12V 4 +24 V
RQ MV 15 15 V70
15p 15p SC Footswitch
A3

Safety circuit
CS, TH, VS, Generator

DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a ) Z1-5.2.1

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V

Collision

+5V
MSB Connector board
P5 see
V
DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2
EN MV X6 X10 IF Main HDU X12 X10
L1 (only with VM2) Collision
H10 COLL B 12 12 12 12
yw K1 Wallstand
COLL A COLL A 4 4 4 4 DigitalDiagnost VM
15p 15p 15p 15p

Note:
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Rieß / Koeser

X4
EN MV 5 5
6 6

Rel. 8 3 4

Short-circuit connector
11.10.2011

2 5 directly plugged on RIO

(these four pins are not connected)
F6
200mA 13
13
SAN+12V
+12V
RQ MV 15 15

15p 15p
A3

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x

CS, VM, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-5.3
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V Note:
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Collision

+5V L1 P5
IF Main Horizontal Drive Unit
MSB Connector board
EN MV

H10 COLL B
X6
12
X10
12
(only with VM2)
X12
12
X10
12
see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2
Collision VM
V
yw
5 K1 Wallstand
DigitalDiagnost VM
4
COLL A COLL A 4 4 4 4

15p 15p 15p 15p

S Table Single Sided Table TH-S

Collision switch table top
S6

X12 1 2
X9 X5
S3 X8 X6
+12V ISO SZ4
Foot switch lock 1 19 8 Foot switch 1
2 2 +24V E
+5V S7
4 4 U14 8 UP 1 6 up 1
3 6 3 Feedback UP 1 1
4 5
Schroeder / Scholl

5 3 brake 1 S8
K3 7 BRK 1
S4 X7 X7 6
7
Foot switch lock 2 2 2 +24V E 4 down 1 S9
(Foot Feedb. DOWN 1 9
8 switch 6 7
DOWN 1
4 4 lock) 5
4
9p
0V 3
K6
X4 X9 X4 Z1

Processor
EN MV 5 5 5 SAN EN MV TH-S Controller X6 SZ5
6 6 6 SAN GND 20 8 Foot switch 2

Rel. 8 3 4 K2 (Safety
relais) U18
14.05.2014

6
(Footswitch) 5 UP 2 6 up 2 S10
7 12 5
2 5 13 Feedback UP2 1
8
F6 +5V U14
200mA 5 K1 10 BRK 2 3 brake 2 S11
13 13 13 SAN POS 8
SAN+12V 4 9
5 4 +24V 3 14 Feedb. DOWN 2 9 down 2 S12
+12V
RQ MV 15 15 15 RQ MV 3 8 K2 9 DOWN 2 7
7
+24V VS
15p 15p 15p 6 25p 9p
A3

(Foot
switch)
0V ISO
DigitalDiagnost
CS, TH-S, VM, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 14.0 ) Z1-5.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)

IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V

Collision
Note:
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
+5V

EN MV X6
H10 COLL B 12 12
yw
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO

COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p
X5 VPX10

V
Wall stand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Internal safety circuit
see subsystem drawings VS
safety circuit for details
Schroeder / Scholl

15p 15p

X4
EN MV 5 5

Rel. 8 3 4 6 6
034 23.12.2015

Short-circuit connector
2 5 directly plugged on RIO
13 13 (these four pins are not connected)
SAN+12V
F6
200mA
+12V
RQ MV 15 15
A3

15p 15p

DigitalDiagnost
CS, VS, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a ) Z1-5.6.1
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
C Koninklijke Philips N.V. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit bridged

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)

IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V

Collision

+5V
P5
MSB Connector board
EN MV

H10 COLL B
X6
12
X10
12
see DigitalDiagnost VM Compact Z1-4.1
Collision VM
V
yw
5 K1 Wallstand
DigitalDiagnost VM Compact
4
COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p

Note:
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Schroeder / Koeser

X4
EN MV 5 5
6 6

Rel. 8 3 4
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
11.10.2011

2 5 (these four pins are not connected)

F6
200mA 13
13
SAN+12V
+12V
RQ MV 15 15

15p 15p
A3

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x

CS, VM compact, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-5.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V Note:
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed)
Collision

+5V

EN MV X6
H10 COLL B 12 12
yw
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p

NV K3
750mm 900mm 500mm
Motor
S1 S2
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH control
switches
2 4
1S3 1 2 1 2 M
L2
P1 P2 N L1

X5 4 3 5 6 7 8 9 X3 5 4 2 1 3
4 X6
K7 3 N
X70 X7 230V
Schroeder / Koeser

3 1
1 1 L
3
Safety 4
13 tomo 5 4 3
K1
X4 X60 I IF Main MSB K4 up
K2
5 9 Safety
EN MV 5 down
circuit
13 11 4 6
K1 3 K6
safety H1 down up
switch gr
Rel. 8 D5 4 SS10 +26V H2 S5
3 4 6 6 3 SZ2X7:1 SZ2X7:2 2 gr S6 1 1
2
X4
1 K10
+26V K11 7 down 2 4 2 4
2 5 K10 6 4
X11 6 up
SAN+12V
13 13 X65 +26V
036 07.11.2011

F6 3 RQ MV 3 8 4
3 +26V Footswitch lock
200mA K2
K8 8
+12V 4 3p 4p 0V
11
RQ MV 15 15
Z2 Table control
13
9p
15p 15p SC Footswitch
A3

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x

CS, TH, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-5.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E generator / M- Cabinet CXA
X8
F5 4 4
COLL D
TRB SAN+12V
100mA
COLL C 17 17
Ceiling Suspension CS
Safety circuit brigded

RIO
25p 25p

COLL C
X9
COLL C 4 4
Short-circuit connector
COLL B COLL B 17 17 directly plugged on RIO

+5V 25p 25p

(blinking during
collision)
IC100 Embedded controller

H13
rd +5V

Collision

+5V

EN MV X6
H10 COLL B 12 12
yw
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
COLL A COLL A 4 4

15p 15p
Koeser / Scholl

X4
EN MV 5 5

Rel. 8 3 4 6 6
Short-circuit connector
2 5 directly plugged on RIO
13 13 (these four pins are not connected)
SAN+12V
F6
059 14.05.2014

200mA
+12V
RQ MV 15 15

15p 15p
A4

Note:
DigitalDiagnost
All signals shown in active states (power on + safety circuit closed) CS, Generator
Safety circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( 14.0 ) Z1-5.9
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LABELING DRAWINGS

LABELING DRAWINGS

Drawings
Labeling BU3...............................................................................................................Z-2

Labeling BuckyDiagnost CS III................................................................................2Z-10

Generator EPS-ETA Labeling................................................................................. 2Z-10

Labeling / Acquisition Workspot-TX........................................................................ 2Z-10

Bucky unit portable Labeling................................................................................... 2Z-10

BuckyDiagnost VS (BUP) Labeling......................................................................... 2Z-10

Single Sided Table TH-S / Labeling........................................................................ 2Z-10

marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 361

front
Scholl /

Logo CSA

Type No. Barcode

000 11.03.2013
A4

Labeling
Bucky Unit 3 Digital

BU3 CSIP Level 0 ( 13.0 ) Z-2

Type No. Address

Manufacture Identification label
date Barcode X-ray tube
G

Centered above the light switch glued on

L
A the cover (for Easy Diagnost only)

System labels above supporting block

C B type labels behind tube system assembly

Collimator label

I Collimator

Environment
DigitalDiagnost

CSA
M Tube holder assy.

Electr. data

Manufacture
F

Address
L

date
M

IEC 60601-1
J

Type No.
D

Type
Logo
B
G Longitudinal carriage I Collimator

D Tube holder assy. Type No. Address

Manufacture
Barcode
date J Control handle grip
Schröder / Koeser

Identification label
tube holder assy.
or

Identification label
collimator
F Control handle H CS base rail and possible extension rail
000 13.06.2013

Type No.
Type No. Type No.
Type No. Laser details
Logo and Logo
A3

Address
Address
FDA Laser details Electr. data Address
BuckyDiagnost CS III
Rails 4.3m Rails 2.4m
Labeling

4512 983 15291 CSIP Level 0 ( b/13.0 ) 2Z-10

C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
A B C Manufacturer
Address
Front side
Front cover removed Rear side 1 Type No.
(Duplicate) 1 3 4 8 IEC 60601-1
Manufacturing Date
5
8
Manufacturer
Address
2 Type No.
IEC 60601-1
Manufacturing Date

6
optional
Conformity
ANSI/UL, IEC,
3 CAN/CSA
CE, DHHS

1 3 2 3 Type / Configuration
4
C
50kW / 65 kW / 80kW
Electr. data

Type / SN
7 Warning
Schubert / Scholl

A 6 Type / SN
optional
016 05.04.2013

B
A3

SPEAKER OUT

X4 (ON/OFF)

Logo Address

Type No. CE
USB 3

USB 5
USB 6
USB 4
STRAIN RELIEF 1

Country specific label information

LAN1

SIC POT BIT FT1 FT2

HDD

STRAIN RELIEF 2

Barcode
(Label for ProGrade only)
LAN 0

TP
COM 1

COM 2

STRAIN RELIEF 3
DVI/D

DVI/I

Logo Address RoHS Label CCC

Scholl /

Manufactured by UL CE

Type No. AWS-XX

Manufacture date Environ-
Barcode Electr. data ment
000 22.10.2015

icn-13-v-712-3594-130000-01-B.iso

MAC address
A3

Labeling
Aquisition Workspot-TX

AWS-TX CSIP Level 0 ( e ) 2Z-10

or
Logo CSA

Type No. Barcode

000 08.01.2013

configuration right
A4

Bucky unit portable

Labeling

BUP CSIP Level 0 ( a/13.0 ) 2Z-10

Family PEI Address

Typen No. Barcode

Environ-
ment

Barcode
manufacture
date
indicating

CSA
label

Supplier
Adress

Type
No.
D

Typen No.
M

Logo
Barcode
CSA
E
F G
or

E Vertical unit
configuration left configuration right

I WARNING
Koeser / Schubert

Wall Box
Address
Safety of
Package
Typen No. Barcode device not
Logo Address
assured !
Typen No. Electr. data Attach cover
IEC60601-1
before use
FDA
CSA IEC
Logo Address
WEEE
Environmental
Typen No. Electr. data
IEC60601-1
023 18.12.2012

WARNING !
FDA "Continuous Power (230Volt ac)"

CSA IEC Notice warning label

continuous power
WEEE
Environmental

F
A3

Tilting unit Package Address

BuckyDiagnost VS (BUP)
Typen No. Barcode

Labeling

BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 0 ( a/12.0 ) 2Z-10

Type No.
Logo Address

Type No. Electr. data

IEC 60601-1 potential equalization mark

according to IEC 60601-1
CSA Environment

D W
F1/F2
B
Schröder / Schubert

m
m < 225 kg
m (495 lbs)
G m
Type No. m < 135 kg
m (295 lbs)
F1/F2

F1 F2
000 20.12.2012
A3

Single sided table TH-S

Labeling

4512 983 08871 CSIP Level 0 ( d/12.0 ) 2Z-10

EARTHING DIAGRAMS

Drawings
VA Earthing diagram BU3........................................................................................... Z-3

DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2 Earthing diagram........................................................... Z-0.1

DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2 (BU3) Earthing diagram.................................................Z-0.1

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Earthing........
Z1-3.1

Earthing / TH, CS III, VM, Optimus CXA................................................................ Z1-3.1

Earthing / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)................................................ Z1-3.11

Earthing / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA...........................................................Z1-3.11

Earthing / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA........................................................... Z1-3.12

Earthing / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA..................................................................Z1-3.13

Earthing / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA....................................................... Z1-3.15

Earthing / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA.................................................................. Z1-3.16

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / Earthing...... Z1-3.2

Earthing / TH, CS III, VS, Optimus CXA.................................................................Z1-3.2

Earthing / CS III, VM, Optimus CXA.......................................................................Z1-3.3

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, TH-S, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Earthing
............................................................................................................................... Z1-3.5

Earthing / CS III, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA............................................................ Z1-3.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / Earthing...........Z1-3.6

Earthing / CS III, VS, Optimus CXA....................................................................... Z1-3.6

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA / Earthing......

Z1-3.7

Earthing / CS III, VM Compact, Optimus CXA....................................................... Z1-3.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / Earthing............Z1-3.8

Earthing / TH, CS III, Optimus CXA....................................................................... Z1-3.8

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 369
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Assessment Report Electrical Safety (IEC 62353) EARTHING DIAGRAMS

Earthing / CS III, WPD, Optimus CXA....................................................................Z1-3.9

Earthing / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)................................................. Z1-3.12

Earthing / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)....................................................... Z1-3.13

Earthing / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).............................................Z1-3.15

Earthing / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)........................................................Z1-3.16

Earthing / CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).................................................... Z1-3.19

Earthing diagram....................................................................................................... Z2-1

Earthing diagram ...................................................................................................... Z2-3

Earthing diagram................................................................................................. Z2-3.1.1

Earthing diagram/ BU3............................................................................................ Z2-10

BuckyDiagnost VS digital Earthing diagram............................................................Z2-10

VA Earthing diagram................................................................................................. Z2-2

Earthing diagram (from s/n 05 000 060)....................................................................Z2-2

DigitalDiagnost TH (BU3/BUP) / Earthing diagram................................................... Z2-3

Earthing..................................................................................................................... Z2-6
marker

370 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

X11
Schroeder / Scholl

X14
Front

Internal earthing points

X11 = Main protective
X12 = Rear cover
X14
004 24.09.2013

= Front cover
X15 = Detector mounting plate
PX (PE) = Detector

Internal earthing connections

X11 - X12
X11 - X14
X11 - X15
A4

X15 - PX (PE) VA Earthing diagram

Bucky Unit 3 Digital

BU3 CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z-3

VX12 VX16 VX21 VX20 X14 X15

VX16 VX12 X13 X16
VPX16
Column cover top

MEX
VX20 VX16 VPX11
N5 X11
N2
N2
Column cover front
screw

N1 X12

VL N1

VX19

VX16
VX17
VX18
Horizontal drive unit
N4 N3

screw screw
X13 X12 X16
Option
VP E-Rack

MEX / VLX11
VCX11
X11

VPX13
VX17

Column cover
rear top

Rear cover Front cover

VA Bucky unit digital

X12 X14
X11
C BUF

VU Vertical
carriage VC C-Arm X11
X11 P
X12 VPX11
X11 Pixium 4600

VPX13
A3/A4 06-08-16 Schr.

VX18

Column cover
rear bottom

VPX13
VX19 DigitalDiagnost VM / VM2
Floor carriage Earthing diagram

DigitalDiagnost VM CSIP Level 1 (06.1) Z-0.1

VX12 VX16 VX21 VX20 X14 X15

VX16 VX12 X13 X16
VPX16
Column cover top

MEX
VX20 VX16 VPX11
N5 X11
N2
Column cover front

N1 X12

VL N1

VX19

VX16
VX17
VX18
Horizontal drive unit

X13 X12 X16

Option
VP E-Rack

MEX / VLX11
VCX11
X11

VPX13
VX17

Column cover
rear top

Rear cover Front cover

Schroeder / Scholl

VA Bucky unit 3 digital

X12 X14
X11
C BUF

X15
VU Vertical
carriage VC C-Arm X11 Mounting
plate detector

X12 VPX11
X11

X (PE)
069 24.04.2013

VPX13
VX18
P
Pixium 4343 RC

Column cover
rear bottom
A3

VPX13 Earthing diagram

VX19
DigitalDiagnost VM / VM 2
Floor carriage

DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z-0.1

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support

X105 Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
Potential
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP
Balance X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X80
X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

A Transversal Carriage
Cab.
MEX A Transverse Carriage
Central earthing YX14
X11 N1
point Y31 VA X11 X12 CH E Power
(SAY)X11 Footswitch X1 Supply
YX13 Brake f.
Bucky Frame
Bucky (SAY)X12 Handswitch
Lock
screw
L1
Unit Mains Filter

NU screw Y21
Transv. S1
Y20
Transv. Brake
screw X11 X13 : 2
X13 : 4
X11
UPS
Y1 Brake left I IF Carriage right
Y2
X12
Switch Connection
Long. Long.
Z Field
Brake right Brake right
Sheet Bucky Carriage Tracking
X2 X1 X1 X2 X11
X13
Release Bar
YX12 NV
Motor/Clutch

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and

S FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A
screw screw DigitalDiagnost TH2
X80
N1 Safety Tomo
N Power Supply
L1 X11 X11
X15 X13 X12
VL 20,4Vac Mains Filter
X71
Motor Drive Unit X12
only for VM2
N LT1 Bearing
X11 LT2 Bearing
Support
X12
Cover Tomo Support

F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH

only for VM

only for VM
(Ho.-Fr.)

X16 X14 X11

(Ho.-Fr.)

Right electr. left electr. N2 Tomo Drive

frame work frame work
N2 N1
Sheet Power Supply Unit B Longitudinal
Carriage

S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11

VU Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Start-/Operation-

Capacitor
VP Column Cover
Vertical
E-Rack X11 Stand
Front
X20
X12
Carriage S1 (Height switch upper position)
screw

X16 X16 Sensing

S2 (Height switch lower position)
Catch VC
X21 X11 C-Arm C Footswitch X11
S3 (Height switch middle position)
X13

Top Cover X12 BUF Sheet Table Control

Rear
X12 X12 Cover

X11 X14 BUF Lower Cover Front

N1Power Supply Column Rear Front
Cover
Top
X17 X11
screw X72
N2 Power Supply Column Rear VAC X12
Bottom X11 Bucky Unit 2
screw X18
N3 Power Supply Lower Cover Rear X13

screw
Floor Carriage
X11 VAP
N4 Power Supply X19
Pixium 4600
Service Cover
X74 X73
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply V BuckyDiagnost VM

VA Bucky Unit Digital for VM
A1/A3 09-10-06 Schr.

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Dual Detector

CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.1

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B Telescopic
carriage
Longitudinal
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
Collimator
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

S
DigitalDiagnost TH2
P U A Transversal Carriage
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20
YX14
X11 CH E
X16 X16
Sensing C Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
Catch (SAY)X11 Handswitch
X11 C-Arm YX13 Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Lock
X21 Bucky Frame Unit
X13

X12 BUF
screw
Y21 Y20 screw
Top Cover
X12
Rear
Cover Transv. I S1 Transv. Brake
right
X12
Y1 Brake left Y2
X11 IF Carriage Switch
X14 BUF Long. Long.
N1Power Supply Column Rear
Front
Cover Brake right Brake right
Top Bucky Carriage
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply X2 X1 X1 X2
YX12
Column Rear
Bottom X11 C Release Bar
screw
N3 Power Supply X18 Bucky Unit 2
Riess / Koeser

screw Floor Carriage

N4 Power Supply X19
P
X11

Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector) S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11 screw

N5 Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Start-/Operation-

Power Supply
A Bucky Unit Digital for VM Capacitor Power Supply Power Supply
VBuckyDiagnost VM S1 (Height switch upper position)
N1 9,26Vac
only with BUF
N2 9,26Vac
only with BUF
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital
screw
BUP = Bucky unit portable
S2 (Height switch lower position) Power Supply
N1 19Vdc
C Footswitch X11
S3 (Height switch middle position) only with BUP TS Potential
Balance

X80
Table Control

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front
08.03.2011

X70 Power Supply

X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X12
X71

Lower Cover Rear Power Supply

X13
N2 24Vdc F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
only with BUF

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VM,Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

X (PE) (option) Transverse

Detector Power supply
carriage N1
DS Wireless 26 V / 40 V Power supply
portable motorization 12 V / 25 V
Docking
station detector T Cover
Motorization X100 X110

L1 B Telescopic
carriage
Longitudinal
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
CA TP X205 J1
filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
Collimator
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

X12 Cover
screw
Y21 Y20 screw
Top Cover rear Transv. Brake
X12 Transv. I Tray interface S1 right
X12
Y1 Brake left PCBA Y2
Switch
X14 Cover Long. Long.
N1 Power Supply Column Rear
front
Brake right Brake right
Top Bucky Carriage
screw X17
X2 X1 X1 X2
X11 YX12
Column Rear
N5 Power Supply Bottom Release Bar
X18
Mounting
Riess / Scholl

Plate
Floor Carriage X15 Detector screw

X19
S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11
Safety Switch
C Footswitch X11
Start-/Operation-

P X/PE
Capacitor

Pixium 4343 RC
screw
S1 (Height switch upper position) Power Supply
(Flat Static X-ray Detector) N1 24 Vdc / 19 Vdc BU3 = Bucky unit 3 digital
BUP = Bucky unit portable
S2 (Height switch lower position) BU3 / BUP
A Bucky Unit 3 Digital
VBuckyDiagnost VM S3 (Height switch middle position) TS Potential
Balance

X80

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front
X80
018 12.07.2013

Power Supply
X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20.4 Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X71
X12

Lower Cover Rear X13

F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit
A3

Earthing
CS III,VM,TH, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-3.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
X11 (in Hose)
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A
X (PE) (option) Transverse
Detector Power supply N1
carriage
DS Wireless 26/40V Power supply
Docking portable motorization Cover 12V/25V
station detector T
Motorization X100 X110

Telescopic
L1 B carriage
Longitudinal
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
filter carriage
CA TP X205 J1 Screw
EEC AWS
X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
point Central earthing point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
X-ray tube
NU EA
Tube
UPS X12
mount
X120 assembly
E
Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit Collimator
only for VM2
X11

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
N2 N1

only for VM2

frame work frame work

only for VM2

S
DigitalDiagnost TH2
P U A Transversal Carriage
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20
YX14 CH E
X16 X11
X16
Sensing C (SAY)X11
Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
Catch X11 C-Arm YX13 Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Handswitch Lock
X21 Bucky Frame Unit
X13
screw Y20 screw
X12 BUF Y21
Top Cover Rear Transv. Brake
X12 Cover Transv. I S1 right
X12
Y1 Brake left Y2
X11 IF Carriage Switch
X14 BUF Long. Long.
N1Power Supply Front
Cover Brake right Brake right
Column Rear
Top Bucky Carriage
X17
screw X2 X1 X1 X2
N2 Power Supply
YX12
Column Rear
Bottom X11 C Release Bar
screw X18 Bucky Unit 2
N3 Power Supply
screw Floor Carriage
Power Supply X11
N4 X19
P
Pixium 4600 C1/C2 NV Table Drive X11 screw
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector) S10 M Motor
Start-/Operation-
Safety Switch Z2 Table Control
N5 Power Supply Capacitor Power Supply Power Supply
A Bucky Unit Digital for VM N1 9,26Vac N2 9,26Vac
VBuckyDiagnost VM S1 (Height switch upper position) only with BUF only with BUF
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital
screw
BUP = Bucky unit portable

Riess / Koeser
S2 (Height switch lower position) Power Supply
X11 N1 19Vdc
C Footswitch S3 (Height switch middle position) only with BUP TS Potential
Balance

X80
Table Control

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front

X70 Power Supply

X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X12
X71

Lower Cover Rear X13 Power Supply

N2 24Vdc F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
only with BUF

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit

072 21.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-3.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
X11 (in Hose)
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A
X (PE) (option) Transverse
Detector Power supply N1
carriage
DS Wireless 26/40V Power supply
Docking portable motorization 12V/25V
Cover
station detector T
Motorization X100 X110

Telescopic
L1 B
Longitudinal
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
filter carriage
CA TP X205 J1 Screw
EEC AWS
X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
point Central earthing point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
X-ray tube
NU EA
Tube
UPS X12
mount
X120 assembly
E
Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11 LA
X11 Collimator
screw

B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
powered screw
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X11 S
X12 X13
DigitalDiagnost TH2
Cover Cover
Power Supply A Transversal Carriage
Left Right
X12 24 Vdc
X12 N1 only with BUF
Bottom
Cover screw screw YX14 CH E
X11
X11 X11
Power Supply Power Supply
(SAY)X11
Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
N1 19 Vdc N2 20,4 Vac YX13 Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Handswitch Lock
P T Tilting Modul only with BUP only with BUF
Pixium Detector Tray Bucky Frame Unit
only with BUF only with BUP
screw screw Y20 screw
Power Supply Y21 Transv. Brake
9,26 Vac Transv. I S1 right
VA BUF / BUP Y1 Brake left Y2
N3 only with BUF
IF Carriage Switch
Long. Long.
screw Brake right Brake right
screw
Power Supply Bucky Carriage
N4 9,26 Vac
only with BUF X2 X1 X1 X2
X13 Cable Cover YX12
Back Cover Internal screw
Release Bar
Supply
N5 Power
26 Vdc

A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box C1/C2 NV Table Drive X11 screw
S10 Start-/Operation-
M Motor
Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Capacitor Power Supply Power Supply
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital N1 9,26Vac N2 9,26Vac
BUP = Bucky unit portable (WPD) S1 (Height switch upper position) only with BUF only with BUF
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital
screw

Riess / Koeser
BUP = Bucky unit portable
S2 (Height switch lower position) Power Supply
X11 N1 19Vdc
C Footswitch S3 (Height switch middle position) only with BUP TS Potential
Balance

X80
Table Control

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front

X70 Power Supply

X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X12
X71

Lower Cover Rear X13 Power Supply

N2 24Vdc F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
only with BUF

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit

073 21.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-3.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
X11 (in Hose)
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A
X (PE) (option) Transverse
Detector Power supply N1
carriage
DS Wireless 26/40V Power supply
Docking portable motorization Cover 12V/25V
station detector T
Motorization X100 X110

Telescopic
L1 B
Longitudinal
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
filter carriage
CA TP X205 J1 Screw
EEC AWS
X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
point Central earthing point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
X-ray tube
NU EA
Tube
UPS X12
mount
X120 assembly
E
Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit Collimator
only for VM2
X11

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
N2 N1

only for VM2

frame work frame work

only for VM2

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16 X16
Sensing C
Catch X11 C-Arm
X21
X13

X12 BUF
Top Cover Rear
X12 Cover
X12

X11 X14 BUF

N1 Power Supply Front
Column Rear Cover
Top
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply
Column Rear
Bottom X11 C
screw X18 Bucky Unit 2
N3 Power Supply
screw Floor Carriage
Power Supply X11
N4 X19 P
Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply A Bucky Unit Digital for VM

VBuckyDiagnost VM

Riess / Koeser
074 21.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-3.13
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
X11 (in Hose)
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A
X (PE) (option) Transverse
Detector Power supply N1
carriage
DS Wireless 26/40V Power supply
Docking portable motorization Cover 12V/25V
station detector T
Motorization X100 X110

Telescopic
L1 B carriage
Longitudinal
Mains
filter carriage
CA TP NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Screw
EEC AWS
X205 J1 X120 X130
X105
NA Line filter board Pos. Lock
X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central M Cab. Central earthing point
earthing
point XA
M-Cabinet CXA X-ray tube
NU EA
Tube
UPS X12
mount
X120 assembly
E
Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit Collimator
only for VM2
X11

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
N2 N1

only for VM2

frame work frame work

only for VM2

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16 X16
Sensing C
Catch cover X21
X11 C-Arm TH-
X21 top 1 S
X13 Single Sided Table TH-S
Potential
X12 BUF equalisation stud
Top Cover Rear
X12 Cover cover
X12 Footswitch Footswitch
intermediate lock 2
X11
lock 1
X14 BUF
N1 Power Supply Front
Column Rear Cover
Top cover lower
X17 Column top plate Cross table x-y
screw
N2 Power Supply screw X13
Column Rear motor
Bottom X11 C mains filter Column floor plate
screw X18 Bucky Unit 2
N3 Power Supply screw
X12 X14
screw Floor Carriage screw
X11
N4 Power Supply P power Cover top 2 Cover table
X19
Pixium 4600 plate
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)
supply X11
screw Column intermidiate
screw screw
N5 Power Supply A Bucky Unit Digital for VM

Riess / Koeser
VBuckyDiagnost VM

075 21.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,TH-S,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-3.15
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
X11 (in Hose)
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A
X (PE) (option) Transverse
Detector Power supply N1
carriage
DS Wireless 26/40V Power supply
Docking portable motorization 12V/25V
Cover
station detector T
Motorization X100 X110

Telescopic
L1 B
Longitudinal
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
filter carriage
CA TP X205 J1 Screw
EEC AWS
X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
point Central earthing point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
X-ray tube
NU EA
Tube
UPS X12
mount
X120 assembly
E
Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11 LA
X11 Collimator
screw

B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
powered screw
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X11
X12 X13

Cover Cover
Power Supply
Left Right
X12 Vdc
X12 N1 24
only with BUF
Bottom
Cover screw screw
X11 X11
Power Supply Power Supply
N1 19 Vdc N2 20,4 Vac
P T Tilting Modul only with BUP only with BUF
Pixium Detector Tray
only with BUF only with BUP
screw
Power Supply
BUF / BUP 9,26 Vac
VA N3 only with BUF

screw
screw
Power Supply
N4 9,26 Vac
only with BUF
X13 Cable Cover
Back Cover Internal screw

Supply
N5 Power
26 Vdc

A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box

BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital
BUP = Bucky unit portable (WPD)

Koeser /
076 21.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.1 ) Z1-3.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD
DS (option) Detector
Docking Wireless portable
detector
station

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
X105 Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support
Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
Potential
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP
Balance X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X80
X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and

S FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A
screw screw DigitalDiagnost TH2
X80
N1 Safety Tomo
N Power Supply
20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter X11 X11
X71 X12
X11 X11
N LT1 Bearing
X11
LT2 Bearing
Support
X12
Cover Tomo Support
screw
F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
B L1 Mains Filter X11
Vertical Unit, N2 Tomo Drive
powered screw Sheet Power Supply Unit B Longitudinal
Carriage
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X11 S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11
X12 X13
Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Start-/Operation-
Capacitor
Cover Cover
Left Right
X12
X12 N1 Power Supply S1 (Height switch upper position)
24 V dc
screw
Bottom
Cover screw
S2 (Height switch lower position)
X11
T Power Supply C Footswitch X11
P Tilting Modul N2 20,4 V ac S3 (Height switch middle position)
4512 131 8644.
Pixium
Detector screw Sheet Table Control

VA Bucky Unit 2
digital
N3 Power Supply
9,26 V ac
Lower Cover Front

screw
screw X11

N4 Power Supply
9,26 V ac
X72

X13 X12
Cable Cover
Back Cover Internal screw
Lower Cover Rear X13

N5 Power Supply
26 V dc
Service Cover
A1/A3 09-10-08 Schr.

X74 X73
A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Dual Detector

CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.2

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11
X11
LA
Collimator
screw

B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
powered screw
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X12 X13
X11 S
DigitalDiagnost TH2
Cover
Cover
Right
Power Supply A Transversal Carriage
Left
X12
X12 N1 24 Vdc
only with BUF
Bottom
Cover screw screw YX14
X11 CH E
X11 X11
Power Supply Power Supply Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
P T Tilting Modul N1 19 Vdc
only with BUP
N2 20,4 Vac
only with BUF
YX13
(SAY)X11
Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Handswitch Lock
Pixium Detector Tray Bucky Frame Unit
only with BUF only with BUP
screw screw
Y21 Y20 screw
I S1 Transv. Brake
VA BUF / BUP N3 Power Supply
9,26 Vac Y1
Transv.
Brake left
right
Y2
IF Carriage Switch
Long. Long.
screw Brake right Brake right
screw
Power Supply Bucky Carriage
N4 9,26 Vac
only with BUF X2 X1 X1 X2
X13 Cable Cover YX12
Back Cover Internal screw
Release Bar
Riess / Koeser

N5 Power
26 Vdc
Supply

A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11 screw
Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Start-/Operation-
Capacitor Power Supply Power Supply
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital N1 9,26Vac N2 9,26Vac
BUP = Bucky unit portable (WPD) S1 (Height switch upper position) only with BUF only with BUF
BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital
screw
BUP = Bucky unit portable
S2 (Height switch lower position) Power Supply
N1 19Vdc
C Footswitch X11
S3 (Height switch middle position) only with BUP TS Potential
Balance

X80
Table Control

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front
08.03.2011

X70 Power Supply

X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X12
X71

Lower Cover Rear Power Supply

X13
N2 24Vdc F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
only with BUF

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit
A3

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
Collimator
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16 X16
Sensing C
Catch X11 C-Arm
X21
X13

X12 BUF
Top Cover Rear
X12 Cover
X12

X11 X14 BUF

N1Power Supply Column Rear
Front
Cover
Top
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply
Column Rear
Bottom X11 C
Riess / Koeser

screw
N3 Power Supply X18 Bucky Unit 2

screw Floor Carriage

N4 Power Supply X19 P
X11
Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply A Bucky Unit Digital for VM

VBuckyDiagnost VM
18.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III, VM, Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.3
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD
DS (option)
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
portable
detector

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support

X105 Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

Cab.
MEX A Transverse Carriage
Central earthing N1
point Power
X1 Supply
screw
L1
Mains Filter

NU X11 X13 : 2
X13 : 4
UPS X12 X11

Connection
Z Field

Tracking
X11
X13
NV
Motor/Clutch

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and
FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A

N1 Safety Tomo
X11 X11
VL
X15 X13 X12 Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
X11
cover
top 1
X21 TH- S
Single Sided Table TH-S
X12

LT2 Bearing X12 N

Tomo
LT1 Bearing
Support
Support Cover
Potential
equalisation stud
only for VM

only for VM
(Ho.-Fr.)

X16 X14 cover X11

(Ho.-Fr.)

Footswitch
Right electr. left electr. intermediate
Footswitch
lock 1 lock 2
N2 Tomo Drive
frame work frame work
N2 N1
B Longitudinal
Carriage

cover lower
Column top plate Cross table x-y
screw X13
VU Column floor plate motor
VP Column Cover
Front X12 Vertical
mains filter
E-Rack X11 Stand Carriage screw
X20 X14
X12

X16 Sensing screw

X16 Cover top 2 Cover table
Catch VC power
plate
X21 X11 C-Arm supply X11
screw Column intermidiate
X13 screw screw

Top Cover X12 BUF

Rear
X12 X12 Cover

X11 X14 BUF

N1Power Supply Column Rear Front
Cover
Top
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply Column Rear VAC
Bottom X11 Bucky Unit 2
screw X18
N3 Power Supply
screw
Floor Carriage
X11 VAP
N4 Power Supply
A1/A3 09-10-12 Schr.

X19
Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply V BuckyDiagnost VM

VA Bucky Unit Digital for VM

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector

CS 2/4, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.5

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
Collimator
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16

S
X16
Sensing C cover X21
Catch X11 C-Arm TH-
X21 top 1
X13
Potential
Single Sided Table TH-S
X12 BUF equalisation stud
Top Cover Rear
X12 Cover cover Footswitch
X12 Footswitch
intermediate lock 2
X11
lock 1
X14 BUF
N1Power Supply Column Rear
Front
Cover
Top cover lower
screw
X17 Column top plate Cross table x-y
N2 Power Supply screw X13
Column Rear
Riess / Koeser

Bottom X11 C mains filter Column floor plate motor

screw
N3 Power Supply X18 Bucky Unit 2 screw
X12 X14
screw Floor Carriage screw
N4 Power Supply
X19
P
X11
power Cover top 2 Cover table
Pixium 4600
supply plate
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector) screw
X11 Column intermidiate
screw
N5 Power Supply A Bucky Unit Digital for VM
screw

VBuckyDiagnost VM
18.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,TH-S,VM,Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD
DS (option) Detector
Docking Wireless portable
detector
station

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support

X105 Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

Cab.
MEX A Transverse Carriage
Central earthing N1
point Power
X1 Supply
screw
L1
Mains Filter

NU X11 X13 : 2
X13 : 4
UPS X12 X11

Connection
Z Field

Tracking
X11
X13
NV
Motor/Clutch

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and
FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A

N1 Safety Tomo
X11 X11

X12
X11 X11
N LT1 Bearing
X11
LT2 Bearing
Support
X12
Cover Tomo Support
screw

B L1 Mains Filter X11

Vertical Unit, N2 Tomo Drive
powered screw
B Longitudinal
Carriage
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X11
X12 X13

Cover Cover
Right
Left
X12
X12 N1 Power Supply
24 V dc
Bottom
Cover screw
X11
T Power Supply
P Tilting Modul N220,4 V ac
4512 131 8644.
Pixium
Detector screw

VA Bucky Unit 2
digital
N3 Power Supply
9,26 V ac

screw
screw

N4 Power Supply
9,26 V ac
X13 Cable Cover
Back Cover Internal screw

N5 Power Supply
26 V dc
A1/A3 09-10-12 Schr.

A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector

CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.6

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11
X11
LA
Collimator
screw

B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
powered screw
X11

L2 Mains Filter
X11
X12 X13

Cover Cover
Right
Left
X12
X12 N1 Power
24 Vdc
Supply

Bottom
Cover screw
X11

T Tilting Modul N2 Power Supply

20,4 Vac
P
Pixium Detector
screw

VA Bucky Unit 2 digital N3 Power Supply

9,26 Vac

screw
screw

N4 Power Supply
9,26 Vac
X13 Cable Cover
Back Cover Internal screw

N5 Power
26 Vdc
Supply

A Vertical Frame V BuckyDiagnost VS P Wall Box

Koeser /
18.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VS,Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD
DS (option) Detector
Docking Wireless portable
detector
station

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
X105
Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support
Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

Cab.
MEX A Transverse Carriage
Central earthing N1
point Power
X1 Supply
screw
L1
Mains Filter

NU X11 X13 : 2
X13 : 4
UPS X12 X11

Connection
Z Field

Tracking
X11
X13
NV
Motor/Clutch

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and
FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A

N1 Safety Tomo
X11 X11

X12
N LT1 Bearing
LT2 Bearing
Support
X12
Cover Tomo Support

X11
N2 Tomo Drive
B Longitudinal
Carriage

VU
VP Column Cover
Front X12 Vertical
E-Rack X11 Stand Carriage
X20

X16 X16 Top Cover

X12 VC
X11 C-Arm
X13

X12 BUF
Rear
X12 Cover

X11 X14 BUF

N1Power Supply Column Rear Front
Cover
Top
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply Column Rear VAC
Bottom X11 Bucky Unit 2
screw X18
N3 Power Supply
screw
X11 VAP
N4 Power Supply
A1/A3 09-10-12 Schr.

V DigitalDiagnost VM
Compact
Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply VA Bucky Unit Digital for VM

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector

CS 2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.7

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

LA
Collimator

U
P Column Cover
Front X12
Vertical
E-Rack X11 Stand Carriage
X20

X16 X16 Top Cover

X12 C
X11 C-Arm
X13

X12 BUF
Rear
X12 Cover

X11 X14 BUF

N1Power Supply Column Rear Front
Cover
Top
X17
screw
N2 Power Supply Column Rear

screw
Bottom
X18
X11 C
N3 Power Supply Bucky unit 2
Riess / Koeser

screw
N4 Power Supply P
X11

V DigitalDiagnost VM
Compact
Pixium 4600
(Flat Static X-Ray Detector)

N5 Power Supply A Bucky unit digital for VM Comp

18.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VM comp,Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD
DS (option) Detector
Docking Wireless portable
station detector

U Ceiling Suspension

XA B Rot. Beta A

Lifting Magnet
Tube
Rot.
F Tube
Arm
Support

X105 Assembly
NP X11 X12 Alpha
SPDU
Potential
E Control
Handle
X11
CA TP
Balance X12
LA Tomo
EEC AWS
E Generator X80
X11 X11 Collimator
X11 N1 Drive
Alpha

screw
X11 E Brake X
Notch and B Lateral D
FFA-Unit X Movement Controller

E Notch and

S FFA-Unit Y X11
X11
X11 A
screw screw DigitalDiagnost TH2
X80
N1 Safety Tomo
N Power Supply
20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter X11 X11
X71 X12
N LT1 Bearing
LT2 Bearing
Support
X12
Cover Tomo Support

F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH

X11
N2 Tomo Drive
Sheet Power Supply Unit B Longitudinal
Carriage

S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11

Safety Switch Z2 Table Control Start-/Operation-
Capacitor

S1 (Height switch upper position)

screw

S2 (Height switch lower position)

C Footswitch X11
S3 (Height switch middle position)
Sheet Table Control

Lower Cover Front

X11
X72
X12

Lower Cover Rear X13

A1/A3 09-10-21 Schr.

Service Cover X73

X74

DigitalDiagnost 2.1 Single Detector

CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA
Earthing

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (a/09.0) Z1-3.8

N1 X11 X11 X12

A X11 (in Hose)

Transverse
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
motorization 12V/25V
WPD T Cover
Motorization X100
X (PE)
DS (option) X110
Detector
Docking
Wireless
station
NP
SPDU
X105 portable
detector
L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
Mains
CA TP filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

E X120 X130
Generator X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
MEX X100 Cover Cover
Central Cab.
earthing Central earthing point
point
XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

LA
Collimator

S
DigitalDiagnost TH2
A Transversal Carriage

YX14
X11 CH E
Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
(SAY)X11 Handswitch
YX13 Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Lock
Bucky Frame Unit

screw
Y21 Y20 screw

Transv. I S1 Transv. Brake

right
Y1 Brake left Y2
IF Carriage Switch
Long. Long.
Brake right Brake right
Bucky Carriage

X2 X1 X1 X2
YX12
Release Bar

S10 C1/C2 M Motor NV Table Drive X11

Z2 Table Control
Koeser /

Start-/Operation-
Safety Switch
Capacitor
screw
S1 (Height switch upper position) Power Supply Power Supply
screw N1 9,26Vac N2 9,26Vac
S2 (Height switch lower position)
C Footswitch X11
S3 (Height switch middle position) TS Potential
Balance

X80
Table Control

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front
08.03.2011

X70 Power Supply

X11 L2 Mains Filter N1 20,4Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X12
X71

Lower Cover Rear Power Supply

X13
N2 24Vdc F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WPD U Ceiling suspension
X (PE)
DS (option)
Detector

NP X105
Docking
station
Wireless
portable N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

detector Transverse
SPDU Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
CA TP motorization 12V/25V
EEC AWS T Cover

E Motorization X100 X110

Generator
MEX
Central
earthing
Cab.
L1 B Telescopic
carriage
Longitudinal
point Mains
filter carriage

NU Screw

UPS X120 X130

X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
XA
EA
Tube
X-ray tube

X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

LA
Collimator
Koeser /
18.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III, WPD, Optimus CXA
Earthing
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-3.9
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

X (PE) (option) Transverse

Detector Power supply
carriage N1
DS Wireless portable 26 V / 40 V Power supply
motorization 12 V / 25 V
T
Docking detector Cover
station
Motorization X100 X110

L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
CA TP X205 J1
filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11
X11
LA
Collimator
screw
X12 Cover
rear
B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
X14 Cover powered
front screw

L2 Mains Filter
X11
X11 S
DigitalDiagnost TH2
A Transversal Carriage
Mounting X12
X12 N1Power Supply
only with BU3
Plate Bottom
X15 Detector
Cover
screw YX14
X11 CH E
Y31 VA X11 X12 Footswitch
(SAY)X11
T Tilting Modul N5 Power Supply YX13 Brake f. Bucky (SAY)X12 Handswitch Lock
P X/PE Bucky Frame Unit 3
Pixium 4343 RC
(Flat Static X-ray Detector)
screw
Y21 Y20 screw

Transv. Brake I Tray interface S1 Transv. Brake

right
A Bucky Unit 3 Digital Y1 left PCBA Y2
Switch
Long. Brake Long.
screw right Brake right
Bucky Carriage

X2 X1 X2
X13 Cable Cover X1
YX12
Back Cover Internal
Release Bar
Riess / Stroelau

screw

A P Wall Box C Footswitch C1/C2 NV Table Drive

Vertical Frame
S10 X11 Start-/Operation- M Motor X11
Safety Switch Capacitor

V BuckyDiagnost VS
screw

S1 (Height switch upper position) Power Supply

N1 24 Vdc / 19 Vdc BU3 = Bucky unit 3 digital
S2 (Height switch lower position) BU3 / BUP
BUP = Bucky unit portable

S3 (Height switch middle position) TS Potential

Balance

X80

screw screw screw

Lower Cover Front
X80
022 01.07.2013

Power Supply
X11
screw
L2 Mains Filter N1 20.4 Vac L1 Mains Filter
X72
X71
X12
screw
Lower Cover Rear X13
F1 Mains Switch I IF Main TH
screw

Service Cover X73

X74 Power Supply Unit
A3

Earthing
CS III,VS,TH,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-3.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

X (PE) (option) Transverse

Detector Power supply
carriage N1
DS Wireless 26 V / 40 V Power supply
portable motorization 12 V / 25 V
Docking
station detector T Cover
Motorization X100 X110

L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
CA TP X205 J1
filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit
only for VM2
Collimator
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16 X16
Sensing C
Catch X11 C-Arm
X21
X13

X12 Cover
Top Cover rear
X12
X12

X14 Cover
N1 Power Supply Column Rear
front

Top
screw X17

X11
Column Rear
N5 Power Supply Bottom
Riess / Scholl

X18
Mounting
Plate
Floor Carriage X15 Detector

X19

P
VBuckyDiagnost VM Pixium 4343 RC
X/PE

(Flat Static X-ray Detector)

A Bucky Unit 3 Digital

020 30.04.2013
A3

Earthing
CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-3.13
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

X (PE) (option) Transverse

Detector Power supply
carriage N1
DS Wireless 26 V / 40 V Power supply
portable motorization 12 V / 25 V
Docking
station detector T Cover
Motorization X100 X110

L1 B Telescopic
carriage
Longitudinal
Mains
CA TP NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side)
filter
Screw
carriage
EEC AWS
X205 J1 X120 X130
X105
NA Line filter board Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
X110 X11 X11

MEX X100 Cover Cover

Central M Cab. Central earthing point
earthing
point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X15 X13 X12

L LA
Motor Drive Unit Collimator
only for VM2
X11
only for VM2

only for VM2

X16 X14
Right electr. left electr.
frame work frame work
N2 N1

P U
X11 Column Cover Vertical
E-Rack Stand Front X12 carriage
X20

X16

S
X16
Sensing C cover X21
Catch X11 C-Arm TH-
X21 top 1
X13
Potential
Single Sided Table TH-S
X12 Cover equalisation stud
Top Cover rear
X12 cover Footswitch
X12 Footswitch
intermediate lock 2
lock 1
X14 Cover
N1Power Supply Column Rear
front

Top cover lower

screw X17 Column top plate Cross table x-y
X11 screw X13
N5 Power Supply Column Rear
mains filter Column floor plate motor
Riess / Scholl

Bottom
X18 screw
Mounting X12 X14
Plate
Floor Carriage
X15 Detector screw
power Cover top 2 Cover table
X19 plate
supply X11
screw Column intermidiate
screw screw
P
VBuckyDiagnost VM Pixium 4343 RC
X/PE

(Flat Static X-ray Detector)

A Bucky Unit 3 Digital

021 30.04.2013
A3

Earthing
CS III,TH-S,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-3.15
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD N1 X11 X11 X12
A X11 (in Hose)

X (PE) (option) Transverse

Detector Power supply
carriage N1
DS Wireless 26 V / 40 V Power supply
portable motorization 12 V / 25 V
Docking
station detector T Cover
Motorization X100 X110

L1 B
Longitudinal
Telescopic
carriage
NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side) Mains
CA TP X205 J1
filter carriage
EEC AWS Screw

X105
NA Line filter board X120 X130

MEX X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock

Central M Cab.
earthing X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
point
M-Cabinet CXA XA
NU EA
Tube
X-ray tube

UPS X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

X11 X11
X11
LA
Collimator
screw

X12 Cover
rear B L1 Mains Filter
Vertical Unit,
powered screw
X14 Cover
front

L2 Mains Filter
X11

X11

X12
X12
Mounting Bottom
Plate
X15 Detector
Cover
N1 Power Supply
screw
T Tilting Modul
P X/PE
N5 Power Supply
Pixium 4343 RC
(Flat Static X-ray Detector)

A Bucky Unit 3 Digital

screw

X13 Cable Cover

Internal
Koeser / Scholl

Back Cover

A Vertical Frame P Wall Box

V BuckyDiagnost VS
022 17.05.2013
A3

Earthing
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-3.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
U Ceiling suspension
WPD A X11
X (PE)
Detector
N1 X11 X11 X12 Transverse
(in Hose)

DS Wireless
Power supply
carriage N1
26/40V Power supply
Docking portable
motorization 12V/25V
station detector
T Cover
Motorization X100 X110

CA TP NP SPDU E Generator EPS-ETA (rear side)

L1 B Telescopic
carriage
EEC AWS Longitudinal
X205 J1 Mains
filter carriage
X105
NA Line filter board Screw

MEX X120 X130

Central M Cab.
earthing X110 X11 X11 Pos. Lock Pos. Lock
point
M-Cabinet CXA X100 Cover Cover
Central earthing point
NU XA
UPS
EA
Tube
X-ray tube

X12
mount
X120
E assembly

Control handle
Cover
X100 X11

LA
Collimator
Koeser / Scholl
048 01.11.2013
A3

Earthing
CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-3.19
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
T A X11 (in Hose)
Longitudinal drive Telescopic
carriage N1
N1 Power supply
Power supply X11 X11 X12 14V/25V
26/40V Alpha /
Longitudinal drive X100 X110
Cover

Telescopic
carriage
B
Longitudinal
carriage
X120 X130
L1
Mains
filter Center cover Rear cover
Screw

X110
X100

X120

Cover UB field

E X11 X11
Control left
handle Central earthing point cover

EA
Tube
right
cover
Schroeder / Schubert

MEX / NP X100 X100 X12

mount
XA
assembly X-ray tube

X11
LA
Collimator
04.04.2011

U
A3

Earthing
BuckyDiagnost CS III
Wiring diagram
BUCKYDIAGNOST CS III CSIP Level 1 ( a/11.0 ) Z2-1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LT2X11 LT1X11
UBAX11 UAEX11 UBAX11
UBN2 X11
UBN3X11 LT2 X11 UBN3X11
UAX13 UBN Cover Only with Tomo

LT2X11 LT1X11
UAX11
UBAX11

X11 X12
UA X12 LA X11 LA X12
UZ
UAX13
UAEX11
Notchunit X

X1:3
UL1
UAN1
Power supply

UAX13 UAX12
UAX11
UAEX11 PE to central ground UZX11 UADX11
(Generator) UFX11
UBAX11

UEX11
XA UFX11
ME PE

UF
X12 X11
UBFX11 UAX11
A1/A3 06-07-14 Schr.

UEX11

LAX11
UZX11

UFX12

BuckyDiagnost CS
UBFX11 UBFX12
Earthing diagram

BuckyDiagnost CS CSIP Level 1 (b/06.0) Z2-3

C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
X11
UBA
UAP
UB Longitudinal Carriage
UAE
Notchunit X Tracking 2 controller
X11
movement UBN3 UBN1
Power supply 24V/40V Power distribution
Tracking
UAB X11
X13 Brake X X11 X12
Lateral movement

X12 UBN
PE
Cover Tomo
UANV UBE
central ground
point Motor drive Notch- X12 UBN
X11 FFA-unit Y
(Generator)
M6 X11

X11
X12
LT1 X11
LT2
UAN1
Power supply 24V / 12V
UZ X11

X1
X13:2,4
UA
Transverse
Carriage

UE X11 X11
Control handle LPL LA
X12
Automatic
collimator

X11

UF X11
LA
XA X11 Manual collimator rem light
Tube assembly
UFN1
A3 08-03-05 Schr.

PE
High voltage Tomo alpha drive
Generation X12
X11
UFB UFA
Hubmagnet

BuckyDiagnost CS
Rot. Beta Rot. Alpha Earthing diagram

Z2-3.1.1
BuckyDiagnost CS CSIP Level 1 (c/08.0)
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Vertical unit PE
screen
Wall box mains cable
without option tilting
Standard X11 X11
screw
L1
Mains
filter

screw
VBX11 VPX12 L2 X11 X11
Mains
filter

VPX11
Cover rear
VAX12 X12
Tilting
unit VAX13
Bucky unit 3 digital / X11
Bucky unit 2 SkyPlate
Vertical X13
VTX11 frame screw rear
VAVAP 0
N5 26 Vdc B cover
P only with BU3 only with
BU3
X(PE) 230 V
Pixium

Plate Det.
Vertical

Mounting
X12 unit BU2S 4343 RC
VTX12 VAVA Tray detector
N1 cable cover
X15 0 BU3 = 24 Vdc internal
230 V BU2S = 19 Vdc

VAVA screw
X12 X(PE) X15
Schroeder / Stroelau

X12
VAX11 Cover front
bottom X14
VAVA cover
X11
VA
VAVA P Standard
Wall box T Bucky unit 3 digital /
Bucky unit 2 SkyPlate
X14 Tilting unit
A Vertical frame
V (option)
000 24.09.2014

BU3 = Bucky unit 3 digital

BU2S = Bucky unit 2 SkyPlate
Wall stand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
A3

Earthing diagram
BU3
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( b/13.1 ) Z2-10
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
C Koninklijke Philips N.V. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Vertical unit PE
screen
Wall box mains cable
without option tilting
Standard X11 X11
screw
L1
Mains
filter

screw
VBX11 VPX12 L2 X11 X11
Mains
filter

VPX11 screw
X12
VAX12 0
N5 26V DC Front
cover
Tilting 230V
X14
unit VAX13 screw
Bucky unit 2 digital / X11
0
N2 20,4V AC

Bucky unit portable

Vertical 230V only with BUF
X13 screw
VTX11 frame rear M4

0
N1 19V DC B cover P
Pixium connected
detector through
230V only with BUP Vertical base
unit X11
VAVAP X12 frame
VTX12 N1 24V DC cable cover only with BUF metal
X11 0 internal sheet
230V only with BUF
X16 X15
X12 screw
VAVA N3 9,26V AC screw
0
X12 Grid frame
X12 VA
Schroeder / Koeser

230V only with BUF

VAX11 screw
Bucky unit 2 digital /
bottom Bucky unit portable X13
VAVA 0
N4 9,26V AC cover
230V only with BUF
X11
Rear

VAVA P Standard
Wall box T X12
cover

X14 Tilting unit

A Vertical frame
V (option)
14.04.2011

BUF = Bucky unit 2 digital

BUP = Bucky unit portable
Wallstand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
A3

BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Earthing diagram

BUCKYDIAGNOST VS CSIP Level 1 ( a/11.0 ) Z2-10

icn-11-v-999-5496-11000-01.iso
X11

X13
Schubert /

X15 X16 X14

Internal earth points

X11 = Main protective earth point
X12 = Rear cover
X13+15 = Base frame
X14 = Front cover
X16 = Grid frame connection
25.05.2011

Internal earth connections

X11 - X12
X11 - PX11 (digital detector)
X13 - X14
X15 - X16
A4

cross table cover

table top
SX13
SX14 S3
S4
cross table

SX14
SX13 SX12
column top
SX12 SX20

Potential
Equalisation

SX11
SX12 column upper cover
SX13
SX20

Swivel for TH-S table base (option)

SX10 SX11 SN10 SN1 SX10
SN1 SX10 SX10 MEX
SN10
SX11
SX12
Swivel for TH-S
table base
Sideways Front Rear
(option)

SX11
A3 10-02-12 Schr./Schu

Earthing diagram
from s/n 05 000 060

Single Sided Table TH-S CSIP Level 1 (b/10.0) Z2-2

P
X/PE
VA X11
only with BU3
Bucky carriage A
X1 X2 Tray drive screw Pixium Transverse X1 X2
YX11 Y X12
SAY X13 4343 RC carriage SAY X11
SAY X14 SA X11
SAY X12
SA X12
X11 SAP X/PE
Bucky brake
Potential
Y1 only with BU3 X13 SA X11 SA X12
Y2
Balance
Longitudinal
brake left
Y X14 VA SA X12 SAY X12
SAVA X11 X12
SAY X12
S X12 X11 Y20 Longitudinal
SAY X11 brake right

screw
Y21 BU3 / BUP
Transverse
brake right
S X13 X80 Transverse brake
left screw

S X13
ME XPE
Release bar SAY X12 SA X12

S X80

screw screw
S X12
SNV X11
SA X11
STSN1 X11

S X11 S X72

C1/C2
S X70
SC X11
S X73

Start- / Operation-
Capacitor

Lower cover front

X72
S X11

C Foot switch S X11

X11

front

TS screw S X12
rear
N1
X11
N1
Schroeder / Scholl

Power supply Power supply S X12

SNV X11
BU3 = 24 Vdc

screw
20.4Vac BUP = 19 Vdc

NV
screw screw
BU3 = Bucky unit 3 digital
Sheet power supply unit BUP = Bucky unit portable
2 L1 4 2 L2 4 Motor
5 LINE LOAD 5 LINE LOAD
S X71 S X80
S X74
1 3 1 3
Filter S X11
Filter
001 07.11.2013

lower cover rear

S X73
A3

S X11
S X71
S X74
service cover Earthing diagram
DigitalDiagnost TH BU3 / BUP

DIGITALDIAGNOST TH CSIP Level 1 ( d/13.1 ) Z2-3

8,25 mm²
UBX100 (CS III)
8,25 mm² SX13 (TH2)
8,25 mm² SX11 (TH-S)
8,25 mm² VPX11 (DigitalDiag. VM)

PE from Hospital 8 mm²

MEX
AE
(PE)

Cover NP
SPDU
X105 X205 X(PE)
Schubert / Stroelau

NA J1 (GROUND)
Line
006 09.09.2014

filter board
E
Generator EPS-ETA (rear side)
Wall box
9890 010 8899. M-Cabinet CXA (PE)
A3

Earthing
M-Cabinet CXA
Wiring diagram
GENERATOR EPS-ETA CSIP Level 0 ( 12.0 ) Z2-6
ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
C Koninklijke Philips N.V. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Assessment Report Electrical Safety (IEC 62353) EARTHING DIAGRAMS

This page intentionally left blank

408 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS

Drawings
DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Power supply............Z1-2.1

Power supply / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA...................................................Z1-2.11

Power supply / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA................................................... Z1-2.12

Power supply / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA......................................................... Z1-2.13

Power supply / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA............................................... Z1-2.15

Power supply / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA.......................................................... Z1-2.16

Power supply / CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA...................................................... Z1-2.19

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / Power supply.....................Z1-2.2

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH-S, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Power supply........ Z1-2.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, VS, Optimus CXA / Power supply........................... Z1-2.6

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, VM Compact, Optimus CXA / Power supply........... Z1-2.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x / CS, TH, Optimus CXA / Power supply........................... Z1-2.8

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA / CAN connection....
Z1-4.1

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / CAN connection....
Z1-4.2

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA / CAN connec-
tion..........................................................................................................................Z1-4.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / CAN connection........
Z1-4.6

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 409

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA / CAN con-
nection....................................................................................................................Z1-4.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, TH, Optimus CXA / CAN connection.........
Z1-4.8

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Release cir-
cuits + SAN.............................................................................................................Z1-6.1

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VM, Optimus CXA......................................................Z1-6.1

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA.................................................Z1-6.11

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)...................................... Z1-6.11

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA................................................. Z1-6.12

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).......................................Z1-6.12

Release circuit / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA....................................................... Z1-6.13

Release circuit / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)............................................. Z1-6.13

Release circuit / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA........................................................ Z1-6.16

Release circuit / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)..............................................Z1-6.16

Release circuit / CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).......................................... Z1-6.19

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / Release circuits +
SAN........................................................................................................................ Z1-6.2

Release circuit / TH, CS III, VS, Optimus CXA...................................................... Z1-6.2

Release circuit / CS III, VM, Optimus CXA.............................................................Z1-6.3

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, TH-S, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / Release
circuits + SAN.........................................................................................................Z1-6.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / Release circuits..........
Z1-6.6

Release circuit / CS III, VS, Optimus CXA............................................................. Z1-6.6

Release circuit / CS III, VM Compact, Optimus CXA............................................. Z1-6.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA / Release cir-
cuits........................................................................................................................ Z1-6.7

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, TH, Optimus CXA / Release circuits..........
Z1-6.8

Release circuit / TH, CS III, Optimus CXA............................................................. Z1-6.8

Release circuit / CS III, Optimus CXA.................................................................... Z1-6.9

410 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 / ON/OFF Circuit........................................................................ Z1-7

marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 411

ATTENTION: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary.
Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
© 2016 Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP 2 1
Geo
SPDU K1 ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction box Optimus CXA
EN X-Ray Generator Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
K7
11 H4
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 N2 2 Mains
L3 filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE X105:PE
PE 3

VL1 (option)
or PE
X328 X3 X1 X2 X53
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 1 1
V
Optimus CXA Wallstand
ME Wall junction box EN X-Ray Generator
2 2 L3 continuous 2 2 2
DigitalDiagnost VM
for USA only 3 3 N3 3 3 3

MEX WN Surge arrester NT H3 Horizontal drive

L1
F1 F2 gn unit (only for
+24V GND VM2)
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2 Mains
Mains from hospital

X1102 transformer PE
L2
L3
X1103
F1
L3 X1
1 L1 switched 1
S
PE PE
PE 2 L1 cont. 3
F1 Power Table
PE supply
X325 2 1 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 N1
Mains
5 switch unit DigitalDiagnost TH
X8
PE Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz GND
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
1 L1 cont. L1 continuous +24V H1
gn
2 N

Short X7
PE circuit
1
plug L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA CYN 3 N
X53 X1
Schroeder / Schubert

Eleva Power supply MH E2

X4
GND 1 1
Examination mShield 1 2 2
24V 1 L1 cont.
Control J20 (option) 2 3 3
1 2 N 9 9
1 3 230V
2
12V
2 NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
230V 3 NU SPDU Circuit
+24V
11
6
11
6 Docking
cable Wireless portable
detector
UPS X5
(option)
7 7 station
1 L1 cont.
3
8 3
8
230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33
TP X Line 1 15 15
08.05.2012

1 L1 cont.
Acquisition IN 2
2 N
Work Spot 3
(AWS) +24V
230V X43 GND
24V
1 24V
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A3

Only with
Wireless portable DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
detector (option) X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CS,TH,VM,Optimus CXA
TRB RIO
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/12.0 ) Z1-2.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
2 X324 X12
NA ON 2 1
Line filter board Geo
1
K1 ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
Wall junction 11 H4
ME GEO gn
box S3 OFF +24V

X202
X201
X203
X204
X205
MEX X(tranf.IN)
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.OUT) X2 U
L1 X326
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 2 1 1 L2 switched 1
L1 Ceiling suspension
L2 2 2 BL1 (CS III) BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 N2 2 Mains
L2 3
filter
L3
X1103 3 3 L3'
L3 X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 4 3 4 1
X104 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2

Mains from hospital

3
PE PE X105 NT
PE Mains
VL1 (option)

Power in 380...480Vac
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328 X1 X2 X53
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 1 1
V
X(PE) Wallstand
2 2 L3 continuous 2 2 2
DigitalDiagnost VM
3 3 N3 3 3 3

Horizontal drive
N H3 unit (only for
gn
+24V GND VM2)
+ + - - L N

PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit S
1 L1 switched 1
F1 Power Table
L 1 2 L1 cont. 3 supply
230V MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 Mains unit DigitalDiagnost TH
N 2 N1 5 switch
3
mShield X8
PE 24V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24V GND H1
gn

Mains from hospital

2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1 L1 cont.
1 12V WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
2 3 N
CA 2
230V 3 X53 X1
Eleva GND 1 1
NU X5 2 2
Examination
UPS 1 L1 cont.
Control CYN 3 3
(option) 230Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2

Riess / Koeser
2 N 7 7 station
TP IN 3 3
8 3
8
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
N

15 15
2 N
L

230V X43
-

24V F11 +24V

GND 1 24V GND
-

+24V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector

064 03.11.2011
A3
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
TRB RIO
M-Cabinet CXA CS III,TH,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-2.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
L1
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT)
X326 X2 U
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 2 BL1 (CS III)
L2 2 BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 N2 2 Mains
Mains from hospital

L2 3
filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT VL1 (option)
Mains
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328
1 1
X1
1
X2
1
X53
1
V
5 6 L3 switched
X(PE) Wall stand
2 2 L3 continuous 2 2 2
DigitalDiagnost VM
3 3 N3 3 3 3

Horizontal drive
N H3 unit (only for
gn
+24 V GND VM2)
+ + - - L N

PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1 L1 switched 1
S
Mains from hospital

F1 Power Table
L
230 V
1
MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
2
3
L1 cont. 3
Mains
supply
unit DigitalDiagnost TH
N 2 N1 5 switch
3
mShield X8
PE 24 V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1
1 12 V
2
1 L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5 2 2
CYN UPS 1 L1 cont.
Riess / Scholl

Control 3 3
(option) 230 Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24 V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
station
2 N 7 7
TP IN 3 3
8 3
8
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
15 15
N

2 N
L
042 23.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24 V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO
CS III,TH,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
2 X324 X12
NA ON 2 1
Line filter board Geo
1
K1 ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
Wall junction 11 H4
ME GEO gn
box S3 OFF +24V

X202
X201
X203
X204
X205
MEX X(tranf.IN)
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.OUT) X2 U
L1 X326
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 2 1 1 L2 switched 1
L1 BL1 (CS III) Ceiling suspension
L2 2 2 BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' Mains
3 3 N2 2
L2 filter
L3
X1103 3 3 L3'
L3 X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 4 3 4 1
X104 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2

Mains from hospital

3
PE PE X105 NT
PE Mains

Power in 380...480Vac
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wallstand
X(PE) 2 2 2
VPI
L3 continuous BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Interface
3 3 N3 3
wall

N H3
gn
+24V GND
+ + - - L N

PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
System Power Distribution Unit S
E2 1 L1 switched 1
F1 Power Table
L 1 2 L1 cont. 3 supply
230V MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 5
Mains unit DigitalDiagnost TH
N 2 N1 switch
3
mShield X8
PE 24V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24V GND H1
gn

Mains from hospital

2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1 L1 cont.
1 12V
2 3 N
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
230V 3 X53 X1
Eleva GND 1 1
NU X5 2 2
Examination
UPS 1 L1 cont.
Control CYN 3 3
(option) 230Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
2 N 7 7 station
TP IN 3 8
3 8
3

Schroeder / Koeser
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
N

15 15
2 N
L

230V X43
-

24V F11 +24V

GND 1 24V GND
-

+24V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

065 03.11.2011
Wireless portable detector
A3
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
TRB RIO CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA
M-Cabinet CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-2.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
L1
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT)
X326 X2 U
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 BL1 (CS III)
L2 2 2 BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' Mains
3 N2 2
Mains from hospital

L2 3 filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT
Mains

WN Surge arrester transformer

(option) 5 X328 X3 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wall stand
X (PE) 2 2 L3 continuous 2
VPI
Interface BuckyDiagnost VS digital
3 3 N3 3
wall

N H3
gn
+24 V GND
+ + - - L N

PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1 L1 switched 1
S
Mains from hospital

Power Table
L 1
MH 2 L1 cont. 3 F1 supply
N
230 V
2 X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 N1 5 Mains unit DigitalDiagnost TH
3
mShield X8 switch
PE 24 V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1
1 12 V
2
L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5
Schroeder / Scholl

2 2
Control CYN UPS 1 L1 cont. 3 3
(option) 230 Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24 V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
station
2 N 7 7
TP IN 3 8
3 8
3
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
15 15
N

2 N
027 23.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24 V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO CS III,VS,TH,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT) X2
L1
X1101 1 1 L1'
X326
1 L2 switched 1
U
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 BL1 (CS III) Ceiling suspension
L2 2 2
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 2 Mains BuckyDiagnost CS
Mains from hospital

L2 3 N2 filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT VL1 (option)
Mains
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328
1 1
X1
1
X2
1
X53
1 V
5 6 L3 switched
X(PE) 2 2
Wall stand
L3 continous 2 2 2
DigitalDiagnost VM
3 3 N3 3 3 3

Horizontal drive
N H3 unit (only for
gn
+24 V GND VM2)
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1
Mains from hospital

L
230 V
1
MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
2
3
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24 V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1 L1 cont.
1 12 V
2 WPDWireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5 2 2
CYN UPS
Riess / Scholl

1 L1 cont.
Control 3 3
(option) 230 Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) Docking backup
Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24 V 6 6 cable
X Line 2 station detector
2 N 7 7
TP IN 3 8
3 8
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
15 15
N

2 N
L
046 23.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24 V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9
8
Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO
CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.13
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
2 X324 X12
NA ON 2 1
Line filter board Geo
1
K1 ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
Wall junction 11 H4
ME GEO gn
box S3 OFF +24V

X202
X201
X203
X204
X205
MEX X(tranf.IN)
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.OUT) X2 U
L1 X326
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 2 1 1 L2 switched 1
L1 BL1 (CS III) Ceiling suspension
L2 2 2 BuckyDiagnost CS
2 2 Mains
X1102 L2' 3 3 N2 2
L2 filter
L3
X1103 3 3 L3'
L3 X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 4 3 4 1
X104 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2

Mains from hospital

3
PE PE X105 NT
PE Mains
VL1 (option)

Power in 380...480Vac
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328 X1 X2 X53
5 6 1 1 1 1 1
V
L3 switched Wallstand
X(PE) 2 2 2 2 2
L3 continuous DigitalDiagnost VM
3 3 N3 3 3 3

Horizontal drive
N H3 unit (only for
gn
+24V GND VM2)
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1 X1 S
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1 L1 switched 1 TH-S Table
L 1 2 2
230V MH 1 2 2
Single side table
2 X325 X40 1 X30 1 2 3 N1 3
N
3
mShield X8
PE 24V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24V GND H1
gn

Mains from hospital

Schroeder / Koeser
Acquisition X33
Work Spot (AWS) 14 14
1 L1 cont.
N

15 15
2 N
L

230V X43
-

24V F11 +24V

GND 1 24V GND
-

+24V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector

067 03.11.2011
1
A3
X1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
TRB RIO
M-Cabinet CXA CSIII, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-2.15
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
L1
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT)
X326 X2 U
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 2
BL1 (CS III)
L2 2 Mains BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 N2 2
Mains from hospital

L2 3 filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT VL1 (option)
Mains
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328
1 1
X1
1
X2
1
X53
1
V
5 6 L3 switched
X(PE) Wall stand
2 2 L3 continuous 2 2 2
DigitalDiagnost VM
3 3 N3 3 3 3

Horizontal drive
N H3 unit (only for
gn
+24 V GND VM2)
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
System Power Distribution Unit
X1 X1 S
E2 1 L1 switched 1 TH-S Table
Mains from hospital

L
230 V
1
MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
2
3 N1
2
3
Single side table
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24 V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1
1 12 V
2
1 L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5 2 2
Schroeder / Scholl

Control CYN UPS 1 L1 cont. 3 3

(option) 230 Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24 V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
station
2 N 7 7
TP IN 3 3
8 3
8
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
15 15
N

2 N
L
045 24.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24 V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO CSIII, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.15
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
2 X324 X12
NA ON 2 1
Line filter board Geo
1
K1 ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
Wall junction 11 H4
ME GEO gn
box S3 OFF +24V

X202
X201
X203
X204
X205
MEX X(tranf.IN)
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.OUT) X2 U
L1 X326
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 2 1 1 L2 switched 1
L1 BL1 (CS III) Ceiling suspension
L2 2 2
2 2 Mains BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 L2' 3 3 N2 2
L2 filter
L3
X1103 3 3 L3'
L3 X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 4 3 4 1
X104 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2

Mains from hospital

3
PE PE X105 NT
PE Mains

Power in 380...480Vac
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wallstand
X(PE) 2 2 2
VPI
L3 continuous BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Interface
3 3 N3 3
wall

N H3
gn
+24V GND
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
System Power Distribution Unit
E2 1
L 1 2
230V MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24V GND H1
gn

Mains from hospital

Schroeder / Koeser
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
N

15 15
2 N
L

230V X43
-

24V F11 +24V

GND 1 24V GND
-

+24V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

068 03.11.2011
Wireless portable detector
A3
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DigitalDiagnost 3.0
TRB RIO CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA
M-Cabinet CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-2.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
L1
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT)
X326 X2 U
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 BL1 (CS III)
2
L2 2
Mains BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 N2 2
Mains from hospital

L2 3 filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT
Mains

WN Surge arrester transformer

(option) 5 X328 X3 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wall stand
X(PE) 2 2 2
VPI
L3 continuous BuckyDiagnost VS digital
Interface
3 3 N3 3
wall

N H3
gn
+24 V GND
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1
Mains from hospital

L
230 V
1
MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
2
3
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24 V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1
1 12 V
2
L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5 2 2
Schroeder / Scholl

Control CYN UPS 1 L1 cont. 3 3

(option) 230 Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24 V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
station
2 N 7 7
TP IN 3 8
3 8
3
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
15 15
N

2 N
044 24.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

only with option

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Wireless portable detector
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
2 X324 X12
NA ON 2 1
Line filter board Geo
1
K1 ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
Wall junction 11 H4
ME GEO gn
box S3 OFF +24V

Mains from hospital

3
PE PE X105 NT
PE Mains

Power in 380...480Vac
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328
5 6 1 1
X(PE) 2 2
3 3

N H3
gn
+24V GND
+ + - - L N

PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1
L 1 2
230V MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24V (option) 1 L1 continuous +24V GND H1
gn

Mains from hospital

2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1 1 L1 cont.
1 12V WPD Wireless Portable Detector
2 3 N
CA 2
230V 3 X53 X1
Eleva GND 1 1
NU X5 2 2
Examination
UPS 1 L1 cont.
Control CYN 3 3
(option) 230Vac 2 N 9 9
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
X4 11 11
1 (PCB SPDU Circuit) cable Wireless portable
1 L1 cont. +24V 6 6 Docking detector
X Line 2
2 N 7 7 station
IN

Koeser /
TP 3 8
3 8
3
Acquisition N3 13 13
X33 14 14
Work Spot (AWS) 1 L1 cont.
N

15 15
2 N
L

230V X43
-

24V F11 +24V

GND 1 24V GND
-

+24V 2 GND
+ +

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

071 03.11.2011
A3
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
TRB RIO
M-Cabinet CXA CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-2.19
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator EPS-ETA ZB J6
X324 X12
NA ON
2
2 1
Line filter board K1
Geo
ON / OFF Circuit Emergency
1 1 2 K3 1 2 OFF
L1L2L3 N PE +24 V
Controller board A1 A2 12
K7
ME Wall junction 11
S3 GEO
H4
gn
box OFF

X202
X201

X203
X204
X205
+24 V
MEX
L1
only for USA F1 F2 X(tranf.IN) X(tranf.OUT)
X326 X2 U
X1101 1 1 L1' 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension
Power in 380...480 Vac

1 2 1
L1 BL1 (CS III)
2
L2 2 Mains BuckyDiagnost CS
X1102 2 2 L2' 3 N2 2
Mains from hospital

L2 3 filter
L3
3 3 L3'
L3 X1103
X327 H2
gn
Zi = 12 m at 60 Hz 4 3 4 1
X104 4 N'
N Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz 2
3
PE
PE PE X105 NT
Mains
transformer X3
WN Surge arrester (option) 5 X328
1 1
5 6
X(PE) 2 2
3 3

N H3
gn
+24 V GND
+ + - - L N
PE
NP
F3
SPDU
X1
E2 System Power Distribution Unit
1
Mains from hospital

L
230 V
1
MH X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
2
3
N 2
3
mShield X8
PE 24 V
(option) 1 L1 continuous +24 V GND H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
J20 plug
1
1 12 V
2
1 L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector
CA 2
3
3 N
X53 X1
230 V
Eleva GND 1 1
Examination
NU X5 2 2
CYN
Koeser / Scholl

Control UPS 1 L1 cont. 3 3

2 N
L
043 24.05.2013

230 V X43
24 V F11
-

1 +24 V GND
GND 24 V
-

+24 V 2 GND
+ +

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A3

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Power supply
M-Cabinet CXA TRB RIO
CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( 13.0 ) Z1-2.19
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP K1 2 1
Geo
SPDU ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction Optimus CXA Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
box EN X-Ray Generator K7
H4
11
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 2 Mains
L3 N2
filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE X105:PE
PE 3

X328 X3 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wallstand
2 2
VPI
ME Wall junction
Optimus CXA 3 3
L3 continuous
N3
2
3
Interface BuckyDiagnost VS digital
box EN wall
X-Ray Generator
MEX only for USA
NT H3
L1
F1 F2 gn
+24V GND
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2
Mains from hospital

X1102 Mains PE
L2 transformer
L3
X1103
F1
L3 X1
1 L1 switched 1
S
PE PE Power
PE 2 L1 cont. 3
F1 supply
Table
PE
WN Surge arrester X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 N1 5
Mains
switch
unit DigitalDiagnost TH
X8
Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz GND
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
1 L1 continuous +24V H1
gn
2 N
Short L1 continuous
circuit X7
plug
1
3
L1 cont.
N
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
X53 X1
E2 GND 1 1
MH X4
Schroeder / Koeser

1 2 2
24V 1 L1 cont. 3 3
J20 mShield 2
2
1 N 9 9
1 (option) 3

CA 2
12V
2
230V
NP 10 10
11 DS backup Detector
11
230V 3 SPDU Circuit cable Wireless portable
Eleva Docking
Examination
NU X5 +24V 6
7
6
7 station
detector

Control CYN UPS 1 L1 cont.

8
3 8
3
(option) 230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33 15 15
1
1 L1 cont.
X Line
17.02.2011

2
2 N
TP IN 3
230V X43 +24V GND
Acquisition 24V
1 24V
Work Spot (AWS)
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

only with option

Wireless portable
detector X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
TRB RIO CS, TH, VS, Optimus CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/11.0 ) Z1-2.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP K1 2 1
Geo
SPDU ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction box Optimus CXA
EN X-Ray Generator Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
K7
11 H4
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 N2 2 Mains
L3 filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE PE X105:PE
3

VL1 (option)
or PE
X328 X3 X1 X2 X53
5 6 1 1 1 1 1
V
L3 switched Wallstand
ME Wall junction box Optimus CXA
for USA only
EN X-Ray Generator
2
3
2
3
L3 continuous 2
3
2
3
2
3
DigitalDiagnost VM
N3

MEX WN Surge arrester NT H3 Horizontal drive

L1
F1 F2 gn unit (only for
+24V GND VM2)
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2 Mains
Mains from hospital

X1102 transformer PE
L2
L3
X1103
F1
L3 X1 X1 S
PE PE
1 L1 switched 1 TH-S Table
PE 2 2
PE Single side table
X325 2 1 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 N1 3
X8
PE Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz GND
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
1 L1 cont. L1 continuous +24V H1
gn
2 N

Short X7
PE circuit
plug 1 L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA CYN 3 N
X53 X1
Eleva Power supply MH E2
X4
GND 1 1
Schroeder / Schubert

Examination mShield 1 2 2
24V 1 L1 cont.
Control J20 (option) 2 3 3
1 2 N 9 9
1 3 230V
2
12V
2 NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
230V 3 NU SPDU Circuit
+24V
11
6
11
6 Docking
cable Wireless portable
detector
UPS X5
(option)
7 7 station
1 L1 cont.
3
8 3
8
230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33
TP X Line 1
1
15 15
L1 cont.
Acquisition IN 2
2 N
Work Spot
10.05.2012

3
(AWS) +24V
230V X43 GND
24V
1 24V
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Only with
Wireless portable
A3

detector (option) X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
TRB RIO
CS, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/12.0 ) Z1-2.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP K1 2 1
Geo
SPDU ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction box EN
Optimus CXA Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
K7
X-Ray Generator 11 H4
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 N2 2 Mains
L3 filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE X105:PE
PE 3

or PE
X328 X3 X7 V
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 Wallstand
ME Wall junction box Optimus CXA VPI
for USA only
EN X-Ray Generator
2
3
2
3
L3 continuous 2
Interface BuckyDiagnost VS digital
N3 3
wall

MEX WN Surge arrester NT H3

L1
F1 F2 gn
+24V GND
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2 Mains
Mains from hospital

X1102 transformer PE
L2
L3
X1103
F1
L3
PE PE
PE
PE
X325 2 1 X40 1 2 X30 1 2
X8
PE Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz +24V GND
1 L1 cont. L1 continuous
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
2 N

Short X7
PE circuit
1
plug L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA CYN 3 N
X53 X1
Eleva Power supply MH E2
Schroeder / Schubert

GND 1 1
X4
Examination mShield 1 2 2
24V 1 L1 cont.
Control J20 (option) 2 3 3
1 2 N 9 9
1 3
2
12V
2
230V
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
230V 3 NU SPDU Circuit
+24V
11
6
11
6 Docking
cable Wireless portable
detector
UPS X5
(option)
7 7 station
1 L1 cont.
8
3 8
3
230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33
TP X Line 1
1
15 15
L1 cont.
Acquisition IN 2
10.05.2012

2 N
Work Spot 3
(AWS) +24V
230V X43 GND
24V
1 24V
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Only with
A3

Wireless portable
detector (option) X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
TRB RIO CS, VS, Optimus CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/12.0 ) Z1-2.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP K1 2 1
Geo
SPDU ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction box EN
Optimus CXA Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
K7
X-Ray Generator 11 H4
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 N2 2 Mains
L3 filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE X105:PE
PE 3

or PE
X328 X3 X53
5 6 1 1 L3 switched 1 V
ME Wall junction box Optimus CXA Wallstand
for USA only
EN X-Ray Generator
2
3
2
3
L3 continuous 2
3
DigitalDiagnost VM Compact
N3

MEX WN Surge arrester NT H3

L1
F1 F2 gn
+24V GND
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2 Mains
Mains from hospital

X1102 transformer PE
L2
L3
X1103
F1
L3 X1
PE PE
1
PE 2
PE
X325 2 1 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3
X8
PE Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz GND
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
1 L1 cont. L1 continuous +24V H1
gn
2 N

Short X7
PE circuit
plug 1 L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
CA CYN 3 N
X53 X1
Eleva Power supply MH E2 GND 1 1
Schroeder / Schubert

X4
Examination mShield 1 2 2
24V 1 L1 cont.
Control J20 (option) 2 3 3
1 2 N 9 9
1 3
2
12V
2
230V
NP 10 10
DS backup Detector
230V 3 NU SPDU Circuit
+24V
11
6
11
6 Docking
cable Wireless portable
detector
UPS X5
(option)
7 7 station
1 L1 cont.
8
3 8
3
230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33
TP X Line 1
1
15 15
L1 cont.
Acquisition IN 2
2
10.05.2012

Work Spot N
3
(AWS) +24V
230V X43 GND
24V
1 24V
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Only with
Wireless portable
A3

detector (option) X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9
8
DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
TRB RIO CS, VM Compact, Optimus CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/12.0 ) Z1-2.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator X324 X12
NP K1 2 1
Geo
SPDU ON / OFF Circuit F14 Emergency
System Power 1 1 K3 2 2 OFF
+24V
ME Wall junction Optimus CXA Distribution Unit A1 A2 12
box EN X-Ray Generator
K7
H4
11
MEX Power IN S3 GEO
OFF
gn
+24V
F1 F2 X326
X101:L1 1 2 1
L1
2 X2 U
BL1 (CS III)
Power in 400Vac

X102:L2 3 1 L2 switched 1 Ceiling suspension

L2
Mains from hospital

2 UL1 (CS 2/4) BuckyDiagnost CS

X103:L3 3 2 Mains
L3 N2
filter
X1101 X104:N X327
N 3 4 1 H2
gn
2
PE X105:PE
PE 3

X328 X3
5 6 1 1
2 2
ME Wall junction
Optimus CXA 3 3
box EN X-Ray Generator
MEX only for USA
NT H3
L1
F1 F2 gn
+24V GND
Power in 380...480Vac

X1101
L1 + + - - L N
L2
Mains from hospital

X1102 Mains PE
L2 transformer
L3
X1103
F1
L3 X1
1 L1 switched 1
S
PE PE Power
PE 2 L1 cont. 3
F1 supply
Table
PE
WN Surge arrester X325 1 2 X40 1 2 X30 1 2 3 N1 5
Mains
switch
unit DigitalDiagnost TH
X8
Z i= 12 m at 60 Hz GND
Zi = 10 m at 50 Hz
1 L1 continuous +24V H1
gn
2 N
L1 continuous
Short
circuit X7
plug 1
3
L1 cont.
WPD Wireless Portable Detector (option)
N
X53 X1
E2 GND 1 1
MH X4 2 2
1
Schroeder / Koeser

24V 1 L1 cont. 3 3
J20 mShield 2
2
1 N 9 9
1 (option) 3 230V
CA 2
12V
2 NP 10 10
11 DS backup Detector
11
230V 3 SPDU Circuit cable Wireless portable
Eleva Docking
Examination
NU X5 +24V 6
7
6
7 station
detector

Control CYN UPS 1 L1 cont.

8
3 8
3
(option) 230Vac 2 N 13 13
14 14
X33 15 15
1
1 L1 cont.
X Line 2
2 N
TP IN
17.02.2011

3
230V X43 +24V GND
Acquisition 24V
1 24V
Work Spot (AWS)
2 GND
X22
NPD N3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

only with option

Wireless portable
A3

detector X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DigitalDiagnost 2.x, 3.x
TRB RIO
CS, TH, Optimus CXA
Power supply
DIGITALDIAGNOST 2.X CSIP Level 1 ( a/11.0 ) Z1-2.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator
X4 X60 SI IF Main TH / TF S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
SZ1
TRB 1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9
X2 X3
Bucky
X2
X3 X3
RIO CAN 12V 2 CAN L in 2 controller
3
10 CAN H in
CAN L out 3
10
1 1 1 SAI
11 CAN H out 11 6 6 6 IF Carriage 1 1
CAN L in
100 Ω CAN H in 7
2 2
7 7
2 6
2 CAN L in 2
6
SAN1
CAN CAN GND 3 3 3 7 CAN H in 7
8 Tray drive
CPC termination
CAN 12V 9
4 4
8 8
4 8
3 CAN GND 3
8 control
9 9 4 4
15 15 5 5 5 9 CAN 12V 9 (only with option
S1 5 5 system
X1 X11 100 Ω
X10 no 6 5 4
end-node R CAN motorization)
TP 100 Ω
end-node 3 2 1
termination

CAN
A X4
Acquisition termination 9
1
CAN 12V 2 1 W4
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10
1 X1 X5 X4 X1
(CAN Master) 2
9 W1
CAN 12V 10 2 1
9 3
X5 11 CAN GND 1 1 1 CAN GND 1 SAVA
CAN 12V 9 9 9 CAN 12V 9
2 1 W44 CAN L in 2 2 2 CAN L in 2 BUF
1 CAN H in 10 10 10 CAN H in 10
1 3 3 3
15 9 9 CAN L out 3 CAN L out
CAN 12V 11 11
11
CAN 2
10 10
2 CAN H out CAN H out 11
3 3
HUB B 11 11 1 2

100 Ω
Short-circuit connector W11
directly plugged on RIO
CAN
termination

15
15

VL Horizontal Drive Unit V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM

(only for VM2)
X10 X12 X10 X14 VP E-Rack X1 Remote
X6
VL1 IF Main HDU VP4 control
X11 100 Ω
C CAN 12V
1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9
1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V 9
1 1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1 9 CAN
termination
X2
2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 2
1 10 CAN H in 10 10 CAN H in 10 10 CAN H in
1 9 3 CAN L out 3 3 3 3 3
9 CAN L out CAN L out 1
2 CAN 12V CAN H out 11 11 CAN H out
2 11 11 11 CAN H out 11
10 10
3
11
3 100 Ω
11 CAN
X13 X3 Vertical
Short-circuit connector
termination
VP1 controller
directly plugged on RIO 15 15 15
100 Ω 1 CAN GND 1
CAN 9 CAN 12V
9
S1 termination 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
15 15 10 CAN H in CAN bus aktiv
no 10 3
4 5 6 end- 3 CAN L out
end-node 1 2 3 node 11 CAN H out
11

X9 X12 X3
Tilt arm
1 1 VP2 controller
X22 X1 CAN 12V 14 14 1 CAN GND 1
VCC 2 2
MP1 MP4 9 CAN 12V
H1 +12V 15 15 9
+24V
3 3 3 2 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
gn
1 +24V 1 CAN 16 16 X11 15 11 10 9 1 10 CAN H in
+24Vdc IC2 12V 3 10 3 CAN bus aktiv
6 GND 6 4 CAN L out
H2
2 +24V 2 gr 100 Ω 17 11 CAN H out
11
7 GND 7
NP GND CAN
CAN
termination

SPDU GND
3 2 1
X3 9
15 11 10
X11 VA X1 X16
Bucky Unit 2
digital
1 CAN GND
VL2 9 CAN 12V
1
9
1 9
C

CAN L

CAN GND
CAN 12V
CAN H
Horizontal 2 CAN L in 2 2 BUF
10 CAN H in 10 10
25 25 controller VP5 3 CAN L out 3 Controller
EZ MSB Connector board
11 CAN H out 11 3 11

ISO
Interface
Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise Short-circuit connector
only with option system motorization or tomo only with option system motorization or tomo
master TP (AWS) directly plugged on RIO
is not present.

EWA
CAN traffic stops
UBN2 UAD Adapter UFX3 UFN1
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 X4 X3 X5 X4 X9 UE X10 X1 LA X11 X3

Alpha
X4
Longitudinal Control Automatic
Optimus CXA drive handle collimator Termination tomo Termination
resistor
1 CAN GND 1 1 CAN GND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
1 1
resistor 1 1 drive 1
14 CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 100 Ω 6 6 6 100 Ω
2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CAN L in 2
15 CAN H in 15 15 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 CAN H in 7
3 CAN L out 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CAN GND 3
16 CAN H out 16 16 CAN GND CAN GND 3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
100 Ω 9 CAN 12V 9 CAN 12V 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 CAN 12V 9
CAN 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
termination

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height 1 2 Ceiling suspension CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA
controller BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator
X4 X60 SI IF Main TH / TF S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
SZ1
TRB 1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9
X2 X3
Bucky
X2
X3 X3
RIO CAN 12V 2 CAN L in 2 controller
3
10 CAN H in
CAN L out 3
10
1 1 1 SAI
11 CAN H out 11 6 6 6 IF Carriage 1 1
CAN L in 2 2 2 6 6
100 Ω
CAN
CAN H in
CAN GND
7
3 3
7 7
3 7
2 CAN L in
CAN H in
2
7 SAN1
8
CPC termination
9
4 4
8 8
4 8
3 CAN GND 3
8 Tray drive
CAN 12V
5 5
9 9
9
4 4
9
control
15 15 5 CAN 12V
S1 5 5 (only with option
X1 X11 100 Ω system
X10 no 6 5 4
end-node CAN
TP 100 Ω
end-node 3 2 1
termination
motorization)
CAN
A X4
Acquisition termination 9
1
CAN 12V 2 1 W4
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10
1 X1 X5 X4 X1
(CAN Master) 9 W1
2
CAN 12V 10 2 1
9 3
X5 11 CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9 9
1
9
1 CAN GND
CAN 12V 9
1 SAVA
2 1 W44 CAN L in 2 2 2 CAN L in 2 BUF
CAN H in 10 10 10 CAN H in 10
1 CAN GND CAN L out 3 3 3 CAN L out 3
15 9 CAN 12V 11 11
11
CAN CAN 12V
2
10
CAN L in
CAN H in
CAN H out CAN H out 11

HUB B 3
11
CAN L out
CAN H out
1 2
W11
100 Ω
CAN
termination

V Wallstand
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
VP
X10 X14 Wall box X1 Remote
X6 VP4 control
X11 100 Ω
C 1 1 CAN GND 1 1 CAN GND
1 9 CAN X2
CAN 12V
9 9 CAN 12V 9 9 CAN 12V termination
2 2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 2
1 9 1 10
9 10 CAN H in 10 10 CAN H in
2 2 CAN 12V 3 3 CAN L out 3 3 1
10 10 11 11 CAN H out 11
3 3
11 11 100 Ω
CAN Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO X13 X3 Vertical
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
termination
VP1 controller
15 1
15 1 CAN GND
X15 100 Ω 9 CAN 12V
9
15 15 8 CAN 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
termination 10 CAN H in
10 3 CAN bus aktiv
7 3 CAN L out
6 11 CAN H out
11
5
4
X9 3
2 X12 X3
1
VCC
X22 X1 1
14
1 VT1 Tilt
MP1 MP4 CAN 12V 2
14
2 controller
H1 +24V +12V 1 CAN GND 1
gn 15 15 (optional)
1 +24V 1 CAN 3 3 9 CAN 12V
9
+24Vdc IC2 2 2
2
6 GND 6
H2
12V 16 16
10
CAN L in V11 (yw)
+24V 2 gr 4 CAN H in
10 3 CAN bus aktiv
7 GND 7 100 Ω 17 3
NP
CAN L out
CAN Jumper X15 11 CAN H out
GND CAN termination Short-circuit connector 11

SPDU GND directly plugged on RIO

8 4
With CAN termination
5 1
X11

1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1 9 VAX1 VA
2 CAN L in 2
10 CAN H in 10
Bucky Unit 2 Vertical
EZ
25 25
VPI 3
11
CAN L out
CAN H out 3 11 digital frame
Interface Wall
ISO
Interface

Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise only with option system motorization or tomo
master TP (AWS) only with option system motorization or tomo
is not present.

EWA
CAN traffic stops
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 UBN2 X4 X3

UAD Adapter X4 X9 UE X10 X1 LA X11 UFX3 X3 UFN1 X4
X5 Alpha
Optimus CXA Longitudinal Control Automatic
tomo Termination
drive handle collimator Termination
1 CAN GND 1 1 CAN GND 1 1 resistor drive resistor
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1
14 CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 100 Ω 6 6 6 100 Ω
2 CAN L in 2 CAN 12V 2 CAN L in 2
2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CAN L in 2
15 CAN H in 15 15 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 CAN H in 7
3 CAN L out 3 3 3 3 CAN GND 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CAN GND 3
16 CAN H out 16 16 CAN GND 3
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
100 Ω 9 CAN 12V 9 CAN 12V 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 CAN 12V 9
CAN 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
termination

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height
1 2 Ceiling suspension CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA
controller BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator S Table TH-S

TRB X9 X4
RIO X4

1 CAN GND 1 1
CAN 12V 9 CAN 12V
2 CAN L in
10 CAN H in
3
CPC 11
100 Ω 100Ω SZ1
CAN
CAN termination CAN Controller
X1 termination
X11 X10
TP 100 Ω 15 15 15

Acquisition CAN
termination 9
1
CAN 12V
A
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10

(CAN Master)
CAN 12V
9 X5

1 1
15 CAN 12V 9 9
CAN 2
10 10
2
3 3
HUB B 11 11
Short-circuit connector
100 Ω directly plugged on RIO
CAN
termination

15
15

VL Horizontal Drive Unit V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM

(only for VM2)
X6 X10 X12 X10 X14 VP E-Rack X1 Remote
VL1 IF Main HDU VP4 control
100 Ω
X11
C CAN 12V
1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9
1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V 9
1 1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1 9
CAN
termination
X2
2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 2
1 10 CAN H in 10 10 CAN H in 10 10 CAN H in
1 9 3 CAN L out 3 3 3 3 3
9 CAN L out CAN L out 1
2 CAN 12V CAN H out 11 11 CAN H out
2 11 11 11 CAN H out 11
10 10
3
11
3 100 Ω
11
CAN X13 X3 Vertical
Short-circuit connector
termination
VP1 controller
directly plugged on RIO 15 15 15 1
100 Ω 1 CAN GND
CAN 9 CAN 12V
9
S1 termination 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
15 15 10 CAN H in CAN bus aktiv
no 10 3
4 5 6 end- 3 CAN L out
end-node 1 2 3 node 11 CAN H out
11

X9 X12 X3
Tilt arm
1 1 VP2 controller
X22 X1 CAN 12V 14 14 1 CAN GND 1
VCC 2 2
MP1 MP4 9 CAN 12V
H1 +12V 15 15 9
+24V
3 3 3 2 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
gn
1 +24V 1 CAN 16 16 X11 15 11 10 9 1 10 CAN H in
+24Vdc IC2 12V 3 10 3 CAN bus aktiv
6 GND 6 4 CAN L out
H2 17
2 +24V 2 gr 100 Ω 11 CAN H out
11
7 GND 7
NP GND CAN
CAN
termination

SPDU GND
3 2 1
X3 9
15 11 10
X11 VA X1 X16
Bucky Unit 2
digital
1 CAN GND
VL2 9 CAN 12V
1
9
1 9
C

CAN L

CAN GND
CAN 12V
CAN H
Horizontal 2 CAN L in 2 2 BUF
10 CAN H in 10 10
25 25 controller VP5 3 CAN L out 3 Controller
EZ MSB Connector board
11 CAN H out 11 3 11

ISO
Interface
Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise Short-circuit connector only with option system motorization or tomo only with option system motorization or tomo
master TP (AWS) directly plugged on RIO
is not present.

EWA
CAN traffic stops
UBN2 UAD Adapter UFX3 UFN1
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 X4 X3 X5 X4 X9 UE X10 X1 LA X11 X3

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height 1 2 Ceiling suspension
BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CS 2/4, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA
controller
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.5
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator
TRB
RIO X4

1 1
CAN 12V 9 9
2 2
10 10
3
CPC 11 11
3

100 Ω Short-circuit connector

CAN directly plugged on RIO
termination
X1 X11 X10
TP 100 Ω 15

Acquisition CAN
termination 9
1
CAN 12V
A 15

V Wallstand
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10
BuckyDiagnost VS digital
(CAN Master)
CAN 12V
VP
X10 X14 Wall box X1
9 X5 VP4 Remote
control
100 Ω
1 CAN GND 1 1 CAN GND
9 CAN 12V 9 9 CAN 12V 1 9 CAN X2
15 CAN 12V CAN L in 2 termination
CAN 2
10 CAN H in
CAN L out
10
3
2
10
CAN L in
CAN H in
2 2
3
HUB B 11 CAN H out 11
3 1

100 Ω
CAN
termination X13 X3 Vertical
VP1 controller
15
1 CAN GND 1
X15 100 Ω 9 CAN 12V
9
8 CAN 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
termination 10 CAN H in
10 3 CAN bus aktiv
7 3 CAN L out
6 11 CAN H out
X6 11
5
4
X11
C 1
9 9
1 3
2
CAN 12V
2 2 X12 X3
10 1
1 9
9
1
3
10
3 VT1 Tilt
2 2 CAN 12V 11 11 controller
1 CAN GND 1
10 10
Short-circuit connector (optional)
3 3 100 Ω directly plugged on RIO
9 CAN 12V
9
11 11 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
CAN 10 CAN H in 10 3
termination CAN bus aktiv
3 CAN L out
Short-circuit connector 11 CAN H out
directly plugged on RIO 15
Jumper X15 11
15 8 4
With CAN termination
15 15 5 1
X11

1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1 9 VAX1 VA
X9 2 CAN L in 2
10 CAN H in 10
Bucky Unit 2 Vertical
VPI 3
11
CAN L out
3 11 digital frame
1 1 CAN H out
X22 X1 14 14 Interface Wall
VCC CAN 12V 2 2
MP1 MP4
H1 +24V +12V 15 15
gn 3 3
1 +24V 1 CAN 16 16
+24Vdc IC2
6 GND 6 12V 4
H2
2 +24V 2 gr 100 Ω 17
7 GND 7
NP GND CAN
CAN
termination
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
SPDU GND

25 25
EZ
ISO
Interface
Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise only with option system motorization or tomo only with option system motorization or tomo
master TP (AWS)
is not present.

EWA
CAN traffic stops
UBN2 UAD Adapter UFX3 UFN1
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 X4 X3 X5 X4 X9 UE X10 X1 LA X11 X3

Alpha
X4
Optimus CXA Longitudinal Control Automatic
tomo Termination
drive handle collimator Termination
resistor
1 CAN GND 1 1 CAN GND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
1 1
resistor 1 1 drive 1
14 CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V CAN 12V 14 CAN 12V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 100 Ω 6 6 6 100 Ω
2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CAN L in 2
15 CAN H in 15 15 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 CAN H in 7
3 CAN L out 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CAN GND 3
16 CAN H out 16 16 CAN GND CAN GND 3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
100 Ω 9 CAN 12V 9 CAN 12V 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 CAN 12V 9
CAN 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
termination

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height 1 2 Ceiling suspension CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA
controller BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator
TRB
RIO X4

1 1
CAN 12V 9 9
2 2
10 10
3 3
CPC 11 11
Short-circuit connector
100 Ω
directly plugged on RIO
CAN
X1 termination
X11 X10
TP 100 Ω 15
15
Acquisition CAN
termination 9
1
CAN 12V
A
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10

(CAN Master)
CAN 12V
9 X5

1 1
15 CAN 12V 9 9
CAN 2
10 10
2
3 3
HUB B 11 11
Short-circuit connector
100 Ω directly plugged on RIO
CAN
termination

15
15
V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM Compact

X6 X10 X14 VP E-Rack

X11
C CAN 12V
1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V 9
1 1
9
2 CAN L in 2 2
1 9 1 10 CAN H in 10 10
9 3 CAN L out 3 3
2 CAN 12V CAN H out
2 11 11 11
10 10
3
11
3 100 Ω
11
CAN X13 X3 Vertical
Short-circuit connector
termination
VP1 controller
directly plugged on RIO 15 1
100 Ω 1 CAN GND
CAN 9 CAN 12V
9
S1 termination 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
15 15 10 CAN H in CAN bus aktiv
no 10 3
4 5 6 end- 3 CAN L out
end-node 1 2 3 node 11 CAN H out
11

X9 X12 X3
Tilt arm
1 1 VP2 controller
X22 X1 CAN 12V 14 14 1 CAN GND 1
VCC 2 2
MP1 MP4 9 CAN 12V
H1 +12V 15 15 9
+24V
3 3 2 CAN L in 2 V11 (yw)
gn CAN 10
1 +24V 1 16 16 CAN H in
+24Vdc IC2 12V 3 10 3 CAN bus aktiv
6 GND 6 4 CAN L out
H2 17
2 +24V 2 gr 100 Ω 11 CAN H out
11
7 GND 7
NP GND CAN
CAN
termination

SPDU GND

X11 VA X1 X16
Bucky Unit 2
digital
1 CAN GND
9 CAN 12V
1
9
1 9
C
2 CAN L in 2 2 BUF
10 CAN H in 10 10
25 25
VP5 3 CAN L out 3 Controller
EZ MSB Connector board
11 CAN H out 11 3 11

ISO
Interface
Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise Short-circuit connector
master TP (AWS) directly plugged on RIO
is not present.

EWA UAD Adapter

CAN traffic stops
UFX3
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 X5 X4 X9 UE X10 X1 LA X11

Control Automatic
Optimus CXA 1 handle collimator Termination
1 CAN GND 1 CAN GND 1 1 1 resistor
14 CAN 12V 14 14 CAN 12V 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1
CAN 12V CAN 12V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 100 Ω
2 CAN L in 2 2 CAN L in 2 CAN L in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15 CAN H in 15 15 CAN H in 7 CAN H in 7 7 7 7 7
3 CAN L out 3 3 7 7 7
16 CAN H out 16 16 3 CAN GND 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
100 Ω 9 CAN 12V 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
CAN 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5
termination

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height 1 2 Ceiling suspension
BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CS 2/4, VM Compact, Optimus CXA
controller
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.7
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Optimus CXA generator
X4 X60 SI IF Main TH / TF S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
SZ1
TRB 1
9
CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9
X2 X3
Bucky
X2
X3 X3
RIO CAN 12V 2 CAN L in 2 controller
3
10 CAN H in
CAN L out 3
10
1 1 1 SAI
11 CAN H out 11 6 6 6 IF Carriage 1 1
CAN L in 2 2 2 6 6
100 Ω
CAN
CAN H in
CAN GND
7
3 3
7 7
3 7
2 CAN L in
CAN H in
2
7 SAN1
8
CPC termination
9
4 4
8 8
4 8
3 CAN GND 3
8 Tray drive
CAN 12V
5 5
9 9
9
4 4
9
control
15 15 5 CAN 12V
S1 5 5 (only with option
X1 X11 100 Ω system
X10 no 6 5 4
end-node CAN
TP 100 Ω
end-node 3 2 1
termination
motorization)
CAN
A X4
Acquisition termination 9
1
CAN 12V 2 1 W4
2 CAN L 2
Workspot 3
7 CAN H
CAN GND
10
1 X1 X5 X4 X1
(CAN Master) 9 W1
2
CAN 12V 10 2 1
9 3
X5 11 CAN GND
CAN 12V
1
9 9
1
9
1 CAN GND
CAN 12V 9
1 SAVA
2 1 W44 CAN L in 2 2 2 CAN L in 2 BUF
CAN H in 10 10 10 CAN H in 10
1 1 CAN L out 3 3 3 CAN L out 3
15 9 9 11 11
11
CAN CAN 12V
2
10 10
2
CAN H out CAN H out 11

HUB B 3
11 11
3 1 2
W11
100 Ω
CAN Short-circuit connector
termination directly plugged on RIO

15
15

X6
X11
C 1 1
9 9
CAN 12V
2 2
1 9 1 10
9 10
2 2 CAN 12V 3 3
10 10 11 11
3 3
11 11 100 Ω
CAN Short-circuit connector
termination directly plugged on RIO
Short-circuit connector
directly plugged on RIO
15
15

15 15

X22 X1 1 1
VCC 14 14
MP1 MP4 CAN 12V 2 2
H1 +24V +12V
gn 15 15
1 +24V 1 CAN 3 3
+24Vdc IC2 16
6 GND 6 12V 16
2 +24V 2 H2 4
gr
7 GND 7 100 Ω 17
NP GND CAN
CAN
termination Short-circuit connector

SPDU GND directly plugged on RIO

25
EZ 25

ISO
Interface

Note:
Do not disconnect
X300-1 otherwise only with option system motorization or tomo
master TP (AWS) only with option system motorization or tomo
is not present.

EWA
CAN traffic stops
A1/A3 09-06-10 Schr.

X300-1 X7 X8 TRB X8-1 X3 UBN2 X4 X3

25 25 25
25

UAP 9 10
U DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector
Tracking 2 X3
height
1 2 Ceiling suspension CS 2/4, TH, Optimus CXA
controller BuckyDiagnost CS 2/4
CAN Connection
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (09.0) Z1-4.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 18 F11 0,5A 13
TRB +12V PO SAN
10
PO SAN

CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25
RIO CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 1 or 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 2/3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
14
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM VP E-Rack VA Bucky Unit 2

IC100
Embedded X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC
VL1 8 8 8 8 15
+5V

GND
IF Main HDU 15p 15p MSB Connector board 15p 15p 16p GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) VP5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH SAVA Bucky Unit 2 digital (BUF)
gr
6
7 X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 X16
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
A2/A3 08-06-19 Schr.

15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
SI GND
15p 15p 15p 16p GND
IF Main TH / TF
15p
SAI IF Carriage

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Dual Detector

CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA
Release circuits
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (08.0) Z1-6.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
X7 X300 Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25

11 11 4 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

CTRL X XG RIO Gen.
CTRL X Start X-ray
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 1 / 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 14 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 2 / 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
subsystem service manual CTRL X ID 3 Exposure window of WPD DS RIO
11
23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack A Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)

IC100 X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 X16
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
Embedded
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13
+5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p
L1 +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
IF Main HDU GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit)
15p 15p
5 MSB Connector board
see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2 15p 15p 16p
GND

MP4
X1 +12V
F1 F8
1
IC2
+12V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH AVA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
2 PO SAN
H2
+12V X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 X16
Riess / Koeser

6 gr
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
7
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13
+5V
Controller C1
only with BUF
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
I GND
IF Main TH / TF 15p 15p AI IF Carriage 15p 15p 16p
GND
22.02.2011

X58 DS Docking station

CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
IC28 X4
A3

Pixbox 3
dark grey
DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VM,Optimus CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.1
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
TRB RIO X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
18 PO SAN 18
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10

11 CTRL X XG 11
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
12 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
12 RQ SN X
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
22 EN X 22 RQ SN X 1 / 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
CTRL X Geo 2 / 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack A Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)

IC100 X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 X16
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
Embedded
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 Controller
+5V C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
L1
8 8 8 8 15
IF Main HDU GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) 5 MSB Connector board GND
15p 15p see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2 15p 15p 16p

MP4
X1 +12V
1 F1 F8
IC2 S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
+12V AVA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
2 PO SAN
H2
+12V X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 X16
6 gr
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
7
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 Controller
+5V C1

Riess / Koeser
only with BUF
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN U9
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
I GND
IF Main TH / TF GND
15p 15p AI IF Carriage 15p 15p 16p

088 07.11.2011
A3 X58 DS Docking station
CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
IC28 X4 DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
Pixbox 3
dark grey CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.11
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
TRB RIO X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
18 PO SAN 18
+12 V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10

11 CTRL X XG 11
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
12 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
12 RQ SN X
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
RQ SN X Exposure request RIO Gen.
22 EN X 22 RQ SN X 1 / 2 Request start grid movement RIO BUF
X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
CTRL X Geo 2 / 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BUF RIO
23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wall stand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3)

Reset board
IC100 X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 only with X8 X16
Embedded 6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 BU3 11 11
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 13 +5 V Controller C
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 10 U9
BUF
+12 V PO SAN Controller
14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12 12
Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p 15p
L1 +26 Vdc +5 V
8 8 8 8 15 15
IF Main HDU GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit)
15p 15p
5 MSB Connector board
see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2 15p 15p only with BU3 16p 16p
GND

MP4
X1 +12 V
F1 F8
1
IC2
+12 V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH A Transversal carriage
VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
Riess / Scholl

2 PO SAN
H2 Reset board
+12 V X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 only with
X8 X16
6 gr
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 BU3 11 11
7
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 13
+5 V
Controller C
only with BU3
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12 V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12 12
Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p 15p +26 Vdc +5 V
8 8 8 8 15 15
I
008 19.06.2013

GND
TH Controller 15p 15p I Tray interface PCBA 15p 15p 16p 16p
GND

X58 DS Docking station

CTRL X ID 3 (POF)
IC28 X4 Release circuit
Pixbox 3
blue CS III,VM,TH,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-6.11
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
TRB RIO X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
18 PO SAN 18
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wallstand P Wall box A VA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
BuckyDiagnost VS Vertical
IC100 X6 X10 X12 X1 X16
6
frame
6 SAN GND (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
Embedded
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 Controller
+5V C1
only with BUF
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10 BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN U9
Controller
14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12
Power supply
15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 15
GND
I Interface wall 15p 15p 16p GND

MP4 S Table DigitalDiagnost TH Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
X1 +12V
AVA
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V X4 X5 X4 X1 X16
PO SAN
X60 X1
2 6 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6
SAN GND 11
H2 K1
+12V 7 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13
gr CTRL X Geo 2 Controller C1
6 +5V
only with BUF
7 13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN U9

Riess / Koeser
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15p 15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
GND
15p 15p 15p 15p GND
I IF Main TH / TF AI IF Carriage 16p

089 07.11.2011
X58 DS Docking station
CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
A3 IC28 X4
Pixbox 3
dark grey DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.12
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
TRB RIO X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
18 PO SAN 18
+12 V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wall stand P Wall box A VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
BuckyDiagnost VS Vertical Reset board X8
IC100 X6 X10 X12 X1 X16
6
frame only with
11
6 SAN GND (Sync grid GND) 6 6 BU3 11
Embedded
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 13
+5 V
Controller C
only with BU3
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12 V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12 12
Power supply
15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p 15p +26V DC +5 V
8 8 15 15
I Interface wall GND
15p 15p 16p 16p GND

X1
MP4
+12 V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH A Transversal carriage VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12 V Reset board
Riess / Scholl

PO SAN X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 only with X8 X16

2
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 BU3 11 11
H2 K1
+12 V
6
gr 7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 13
+5 V
Controller C
7 only with BU3
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12 V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12 12
Power supply
15p 15 15 15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p +26 Vdc +5 V
8 8 8 8 15 15
GND
009 27.06.2013

I TH controller 15p 15p

I Tray interface PCBA 15p
15p
only with BU3 16p
16p
GND

X58 DS Docking station

CTRL X ID 3 (POF)
A3

IC28 X4
Pixbox 3 Release circuit
blue
CS III,VS,TH,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-6.12
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
TRB RIO 18 PO SAN 18
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10

11 11 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

CTRL X XG RIO Gen.
CTRL X Start X-ray
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack A Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)

IC100
Embedded X10 X11 X1 X16
controller
X6 X10 X12
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
K1
7 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller
CTRL X Geo 3 (Sync grid) 7 C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN U9

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
L1 8 8 8 8 15
GND
IF Main HDU 15p 15p 15p 16p GND
MSB Connector board 15p
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) 5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6

Riess / Koeser
7

090 07.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.13
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
TRB RIO +12 V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18

10 CTRL X 10

11 11 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

CTRL X XG RIO Gen.
CTRL X Start X-ray
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BUF
22 EN X 22 X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BUF RIO

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wall stand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3)

IC100
Reset board
Embedded
X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 only with X8 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 BU3 11 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 13 +5 V Controller C
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12 V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p 15p +26V DC
L1 8 8 8 8 15 15
+5 V

GND
IF Main HDU 15p 15p MSB Connector board 15p 15p 16p 16p GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) 5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1
Riess / Scholl

+12 V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12 V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12 V
gr
6
7
010 27.06.2013
A3

Release circuit
CS III,VM,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-6.13
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
TRB RIO 18 PO SAN 18
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 22 X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
EN X CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wallstand P Wall box A

IC100 BuckyDiagnost VS VA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
Embedded Vertical
X6 X10 X12 X1 X16
controller frame
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
K1
7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller
CTRL X Geo 3 (Sync grid) C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10 BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN U9

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 15
GND
I Interface wall 15p 15p 16p GND

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7

Koeser /
091 07.11.2011
A3
DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.16
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
TRB RIO +12 V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18

10 CTRL X 10
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BUF
22 22 X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
EN X CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BUF RIO

23 X ACT 23

6 SAN GND 6

1 CAN GND 1

25p 25p

V Wall stand P Wall box A

IC100 BuckyDiagnost VS VA Bucky unit 3 digital (BU3) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
Embedded Vertical Reset board
X6 X10 X12 X1 X8 X16
controller
6
frame only with
11
6 SAN GND (Sync grid GND) 6 6 BU3 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 13
+5 V
Controller C
only with BU3
13 SAN+12 V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12 V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12 12
Power supply
15 15 14 14 F1 1.5 A
15p 15p +26V DC +5 V
8 8 15 15
I Interface wall GND
15p 15p 16p 16p GND

MP4
X1 +12 V
Koeser / Scholl

1
F1 F8
IC2 +12 V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12 V
gr
6
7
011 27.06.2013
A3

Release circuit
CS III,VS,M-Cabinet CXA
DigitalDiagnost 3.1
DIGITALDIAGNOST CSIP Level 1 ( a/13.0 ) Z1-6.16
C Koninklijke Philips N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
M-Cabinet CXA
E Generator EPS-ETA
X7 X300
Z CXA Interface
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18

10 CTRL X 10
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
22 22 CTRL X ID 3 Exposure window of WPD DS RIO
EN X

23 X ACT 23

6 GND Sigbus 6

1 SAN GND 1

25p 25p

IC100
Embedded
controller

DS Docking station
X58
CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
IC28 X4
Pixbox 3
MP4 dark grey
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
Koeser / Scholl

2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7
049 01.11.2013
A3

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 18 F11 0,5A 13
TRB +12V PO SAN
10
PO SAN

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand VP Wall box A

VA Bucky unit 2 digital
IC100 BuckyDiagnost VS Vertical
Embedded X5 X10 X11 frame X1 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 1 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 +5V Controller VAC1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12

Power supply
15p 15p 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
+26V DC +5V
8 8 15
VPI GND
15p 15p 16p GND
Interface wall

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
A2/A3 08-03-14 Schr.

15p 15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
SI GND
15p 15p 15p 16p GND
IF Main TH / TF
15p
SAI IF Carriage

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Dual Detector

CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA
Release circuits
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (08.0) Z1-6.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 1 / 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 2 / 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
14
subsystem service manual CTRL X ID 3 Exposure window of WPD DS RIO
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand P Wall box A VA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
BuckyDiagnost VS Vertical
IC100 X6 X10 X12 X1 X16
6
frame
6 SAN GND (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
Embedded
controller K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13
+5V
Controller C1
only with BUF
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12
Power supply
15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 15
I Interface wall GND
15p 15p 16p GND

X1
MP4
+12V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
AVA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF) / Bucky unit portable (BUP)
F1 F8
Riess / Koeser

1 X5 X1
IC2 +12V X4 X60 X1 X4 X16
2 PO SAN
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
H2 K1
+12V
6
gr
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13
+5V
Controller C1
only with BUF
7 13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF / BUP
+12V PO SAN
Controller
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15p 15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
GND
22.02.2011

I IF Main TH / TF 15p 15p

AI IF Carriage 15p 15p
16p
GND

X58 DS Docking station

CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
IC28 X4
A3

Pixbox 3
dark grey DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,VS,Optimus CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.2
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25

11 11 4 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

CTRL X XG RIO Gen.
CTRL X Start X-ray
F5 EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 0,5A 16
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 14 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM P E-Rack A Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)

IC100
Embedded
X6 X10 X12 X10 X11 X1 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC
L1 8 8 8 8 15
+5V

GND
IF Main HDU 15p 15p MSB Connector board 15p 15p 16p GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) 5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
Riess / Koeser

2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7
22.02.2011
A3

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

TRB
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25

RIO 11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information
RQ SN X 1 or 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 14 see Optimus CXA
CTRL X Geo 2/3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM VP E-Rack VA Bucky Unit 2

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

Power supply
15p 15p 15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
+26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
VL1 GND
IF Main HDU 15p 15p MSB Connector board 15p 15p 16p GND
(option Horizontal Drive Unit) VP5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7
A2/A3 08-06-19 Schr.

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Single Detector

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 18 F11 0,5A 13
TRB +12V PO SAN
10
PO SAN

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

IC100
Embedded
controller V Wallstand VP Wall box A
VA Bucky unit 2 digital
BuckyDiagnost VS Vertical
X5 X10 X11 frame X1 X16
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 1 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 +5V Controller VAC1
+12V PO SAN
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12

Power supply
15p 15p 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
+26V DC +5V
8 8 15
GND
15p 15p 16p GND
MP4 VPI Interface wall
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7
A2/A3 08-03-14 Schr.

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Single Detector

CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA
Release circuits
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (08.0) Z1-6.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
Z CXA / ISO Interface
X7 X300 X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 1 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 3 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
14
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand P Wall box A

IC100 BuckyDiagnost VS VA Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
Embedded Vertical
X6 X10 X12 X1 X16
controller
6
frame 6
6 SAN GND (Sync grid GND) 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12

Power supply
15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 15
I Interface wall GND
15p 15p 16p GND

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
Koeser /

gr
6
7
22.02.2011
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0
CS III,VS,Optimus CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.6
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25

11 11 4 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

V Wallstand DigitalDiagnost VM Compact

P E-Rack A Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
IC100
Embedded
X6 X10 X11 X1 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p +12V PO SAN +5V
8 8 8 15
GND
15p MSB Connector board 15p 15p 16p GND
5 see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
PO SAN
Riess / Koeser

2
H2
+12V
gr
6
7
22.02.2011
A3

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

TRB
+12V PO SAN
10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25

RIO 11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

IC100
VP E-Rack VA Bucky Unit 2
Embedded X6 X10 X11 X1 X16
controller
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 3 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X1 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 12

Power supply
15p 15p 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
+26VDC +5V
8 8 15
GND 15p 15p 16p GND

VP5 MSB Connector board

see DigitalDiagnost VM Z3-4.2

MP4
X1
V Wallstand
+12V
1
F1 F8 DigitalDiagnost VM Compact
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
gr
6
7
A2/A3 08-10-09 Schr.

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Single Detector

X7 X300
Z CXA / ISO Interface X23-2
18 18 F11 0,5A 13
TRB +12V PO SAN
10
PO SAN

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

IC100
Embedded X5
controller
6

7
13
+12V PO SAN

15p

S Table DigitalDiagnost TH SAVA Bucky Unit 2 digital (BUF)

MP4
X1 +12V X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 X16
1
F1 F8 6 6 6 6 6 6 11
IC2 +12V SAN GND (Sync grid GND)
2 PO SAN K1
H2 7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
+12V
gr 13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
6 +12V PO SAN
7
14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12
Power supply
15p 15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
SI GND
15p 15p 15p 16p GND
IF Main TH / TF
15p
SAI IF Carriage
A2/A3 08-10-27 Schr.

Digital Diagnost 2.0 Single Detector

CS 2/4, TH, Optimus CXA
Release circuits
DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (08.0) Z1-6.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
Z CXA / ISO Interface
X7 X300 X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 RQ SN X 2 Request start grid movement RIO BU2
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
K1 see Optimus CXA CTRL X Geo 2 Start X-ray (grid sync) BU2 RIO
14
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

IC100
Embedded
controller

MP4
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
S Table DigitalDiagnost TH
AVA Bucky Unit 2 digital (BUF)
Koeser /

gr
6
7 X4 X60 X1 X5 X4 X1 X16
6 SAN GND 6 (Sync grid GND) 6 6 6 6 11
K1
7 CTRL X Geo 2 7 (Sync grid) 7 7 7 7 13 +5V Controller C1
13 SAN+12V 13 (Start grid) 13 13 13 13 10
U9
BUF Controller
+12V PO SAN

14 RQSN X2 14 (Start grid GND) 14 14 14 14 12

22.02.2011

Power supply
15 15 15 15 14 F1 1,5A
15p 15p +26V DC +5V
8 8 8 8 15
I GND
15p 15p 15p 16p GND
IF Main TH / TF
15p
AI IF Carriage
A3

DigitalDiagnost 3.0, TH
CS III,Optimus CXA
Release circuit
DIGITALDIAGNOST PORTRAY CSIP Level 1 ( 11.0 ) Z1-6.8
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
E Generator
Z CXA / ISO Interface
X7 X300 X23-2
TRB RIO +12V PO SAN
18 PO SAN 18 F11 0,5A 13

10 CTRL X 10 F6 0,5A 25
CTRL X XG Ready for X-ray Generator Gen. RIO
11 CTRL X XG 11 4 CTRL X Start X-ray RIO Gen.
EN X Enable X-ray (handswitch 2 secouds switched) HSW RIO
12 RQ SN X 12 F5 0,5A 16 RQ SN X Exposure rquest RIO Gen.
EZ X23 X ACT X-ray active GEN RIO
22 EN X 22 F3 0,5A 15 For further information CTRL X ID 3 Exposure window of WPD DS RIO
K1 14 see Optimus CXA
subsystem service manual
11

23 X ACT 23 GND Sigbus F7 0,5A 5

6 GND Sigbus 6 F1 0,5A 1

1 SAN GND 1 F15 1,25A 14

25p 25p SAN GND 25p

IC100
Embedded
controller

DS Docking station
X58
CTRL X ID 3 (FOL)
IC28 X4
Pixbox 3
MP4 dark grey
X1 +12V
1
F1 F8
IC2 +12V
2 PO SAN

H2
+12V
Koeser /

gr
6
7
22.02.2011
A3

-
Optimus CXA GND +24Vdc

-
X-Ray Generator NP 2
F14
H4

+ +
+24Vdc 1 +24Vdc 75% VCC gn
Indicator +24V
SPDU
EN Sytem Power
F1 F2 Distribution Unit
L1 X101:L1
NPSPDU Circuit
MEX L2 X102:L2
X21 CAX2 J2 VTB
X103:L3 +24V dc 2 +24V 2 2 2 2
L3 System
X104:N 3 OFF button 3 3 3 3 OFF
N S2
System
2 OFF K3
4 +24V dc 4 4 4 4
K2 System
1
100 Power supply
Room
Emergency
X12
2
System OFF
5 ON button 5 5 5 5 ON

Power ON OFF BUTTON Distribution board

generator
circuit H8
1 H9
yw
yw
sys
CA
L1 L3 EZ GEO
Power System ON S1
ON
K6 14 12
Eleva Examination
K1 Backpanel BUTTON System Control (EEC)
ON
X1 X47 X46 X11
11
2 2 MN ON/ 6 3
7 7 RD MN ON/ 14 4
X324
1 2
3
53 5 A1
H5 H6 10 Eleva Workspot
MN ON/ = mains on K1 1 yw yw
54 A2 EEC ON EEC OFF
15 6 4 2 11
11
Phase
K3 super- 14
vision Power supply K2 12
geometry subsystems +
H7
K2 Eleva Workspot 12 14 K7
K4
yw
11
Remote ON / OFF TP
rem adapter
OFF Acquisition
N 11 Work Spot
EN (AWS)
V TRB X1 X22 S3 K1 2 4
1 +24V dc 1
RIO GEO
OFF
2 +24V dc 2
+5V IC1 3 K5 5 14 12
+5V 5 OFF switch 5 14 X23 J1 X1 X4
IC4 12
11 1 PC ON 1 1 1
L10
11
U2
+5V 4 ON switch 4 H10
yw 2 GND
IC100 IC3
6 GND 6 AWS
L11 rem 3 GND 2 2 2
7 GND 7
8 PC ON feedback 8 4 PC ON feedback 4 3 3
L12 U1
9 OFF ALL 9
IC32 3 GEO OFF 3
3 4 4
L13
A2/A3 10-02-02 Schr./Leß.

LED Name Function

H5 EEC ON ON during EEC ON button pressed
H6 EEC OFF ON during EEC OFF button pressed
H7 rem OFF ON puls when system is switched off by RIO signal "OFF ALL" or by "PC ON feedback" from AWS
H8 Sys ON ON during K1 activated system is ON indication
H9 GEO power ON during geometry subsystems are switched ON
H10 AWS rem ON during K5 activated switch on puls for AWS

Switch Name Function DigitalDiagnost 2.x

S1 Same function as EEC ON button, switch ON system
S2
Sys ON
Sys OFF Same function as EEC ON button, switch OFF system System ON / OFF Circuit
S3 GEO OFF Service mode to switch off/on geometry subsystems (AWS stays ON)

DigitalDiagnost 2.x CSIP Level 1 (10.0)

This page intentionally left blank

458 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

SYSTEM CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Drawings
DigitalDiagnost VM with SCU 2 or RIO/SPDU / Connection plan............................ Z-7.3

DigitalDiagnost VM 2 with SCU 2 or RIO/SPDU / Connection plan......................... Z-7.4

System connection diagram / TH, VM, CS III, M-Cabinet CXA............................Z-27.12

System connection diagram / TH-S, VM, CS III, M-Cabinet CXA........................ Z-27.13

System connection diagram / VM, CS III, M-Cabinet CXA...................................Z-27.14

System connection diagram / VS, CS III, M-Cabinet CXA................................... Z-27.17

System cabeling sensing tracking motorized............................................................ Z1-1

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / System con-
nection....................................................................................................................Z1-1.1

System connection / TH, CS III, VM, Optimus CXA............................................... Z1-1.1

System connection / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA..........................................Z1-1.11

System connection / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA.......................................... Z1-1.12

System connection / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA.................................................Z1-1.13

System connection / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA...................................... Z1-1.15

System connection / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA................................................. Z1-1.16

System connection / CS III, WPD, M-Cabinet CXA..............................................Z1-1.19

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / System connection
............................................................................................................................... Z1-1.2

System connection / TH, CS III, VS, Optimus CXA................................................Z1-1.2

System connection / CS III, VM, Optimus CXA......................................................Z1-1.3

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, TH-S, VM/VM2, Optimus CXA / System
connection.............................................................................................................. Z1-1.5

System connection / CS III, TH-S, VM, Optimus CXA........................................... Z1-1.5

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / System connection....
Z1-1.6

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 459

System connection / CS III, VS, Optimus CXA...................................................... Z1-1.6

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, TH, Optimus CXA / System connection.....
Z1-1.8

System connection / CS III, WPD, Optimus CXA...................................................Z1-1.9

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VM, Optimus CXA / CAN connection....
Z1-4.1

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VM, Optimus CXA................................................... Z1-4.1

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA.............................................. Z1-4.11

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)....................................Z1-4.11

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA...............................................Z1-4.12

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).................................... Z1-4.12

CAN connection / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA..................................................... Z1-4.13

CAN connection / CS III, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)...........................................Z1-4.13

CAN connection / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA...........................................Z1-4.15

CAN connection / CS III, TH-S, VM, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)................................ Z1-4.15

CAN connection / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA......................................................Z1-4.16

CAN connection / CS III, VS, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3)........................................... Z1-4.16

CAN connection / CS III, M-Cabinet CXA............................................................ Z1-4.19

CAN connection / CS III, M-Cabinet CXA (BU3).................................................. Z1-4.19

CAN connection / TH, CS III, VS, Optimus CXA.................................................... Z1-4.2

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Dual Detector / CS 2/4, TH, VS, Optimus CXA / CAN connection....
Z1-4.2

CAN connection / CS III, VM, Optimus CXA.......................................................... Z1-4.3

CAN connection / CS III, T H-S, VM, Optimus CXA...............................................Z1-4.5

CAN connection / CS III, VS, Optimus CXA...........................................................Z1-4.6

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS 2/4, VS, Optimus CXA / CAN connection........
Z1-4.6

CAN connection / CS III, VM Compact, Optimus CXA...........................................Z1-4.7

460 CSIP Level 1 4512 984 37531 REV AA

CAN connection / TH, CS III, Optimus CXA...........................................................Z1-4.8

DigitalDiagnost 2.0 Single Detector / CS2/4, TH, Optimus CXA / CAN connection.........
Z1-4.8

CAN connection / CS III, Optimus CXA..................................................................Z1-4.9

marker

4512 984 37531 REV AA CSIP Level 1 461

E-Rack
X21
VP3
1
VH Horizontal catch assembly
VP1 X35

Vertical
controller VHP Horizontal Potentiometer
X13
X2 X104
M
VM Vertical motor unit

1
Clutch
X103
Horiz. control
handle X19 1
VX1 X102
X6 1
Height potentiometer
Hose 4 X8
B
VB Vertical brake unit
X17

VP2 VC C-Arm Hose 2

VU Vertical carriage
Horiz. brake
Tilt arm 1
1
VX2
controller X21 X9 ß1 S1 S2
X1 X1 Brake Tilt potentiometer
B X23 X2
X3 M B

1
1 1

X1 X2
X16 X16
1 X6

1
X55 X8

1
X45 X50
X5
X41 X22 1
S3-S6
X3 Contur switches frontcover
X42 X43 X44 1

X4
X6 ß2
VP4 S8
Remote control
X17 X1
X13
X1 User
G X3 G1
Interface L
SI X4 (TH)* X12 X3 UI Connector board
MSB Bus X2
VSI X4 (SCU 2)* X10
X11
User
ETRB X6 (RIO / SPDU) X4 G2
Interface R
X1
X14 X20 X2
Stretch
1
S1 + S2
VP5 X1 1 X1
handle

MSB Connector board

X16
X51 26Vdc OUT
1
N10 switched 230Vac IN
X1 N5 X2 X8 X4 B clutch
Mains filter
X52 Power supply 26V DC
1
 X5
20,4Vac OUT S2
230Vac IN
N2 S7
X53
C BUF Controller
SI X54 (TH)* X1 X2
230Vac
VSI X54 (SCU 2)* 1 1 Power supply 20,4V AC
ENP X3 VM (RIO / SPDU)
PCB Pixium control
board
N11 230Vac IN
X1 N1 24Vdc OUT
X2 X1
Mains filter Power supply 24V DC X6
FAN
Schroeder / Koeser

Continous power 230Vac IN

N3 9,26Vac OUT
X1 X2 X101 X6
Power supply 9,26VAC X3
X2
Power IN
X1
P
230Vac IN
X1 N4
9,26Vac OUT
X2 Pixium
Power supply 9,26VAC X7
Communication X100 X5 X2
detector
TP/SUN FPC X2 X4

1
Image data
B1
TP/SUN FPC B2 B1 Image

X33 X34 VA
08.07.2010

Amplimat
EXX1*
display*
Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
X31 X32 X1 PH 5-Field
Amplimat
Amplimat
EZX31 chamber

VP3
X35

5-Field control VP1

X21 Hose 1 Hose 3

*only for DigitalDiagnost rel 1.x

E-Rack
X21
VP3
1
VH Horizontal catch assembly
Horiz. control
handle
VP1 X35

VX1 Vertical
controller X13
X2 X104
M
VM Vertical motor unit

1
Clutch
X103
Horiz. brake
VX2 X19 1
X102
X6 1
Height potentiometer
B X8
B
VB Vertical brake unit
X17

VP2 VC C-Arm Hose 2

VU Vertical carriage
X23 Tilt arm 1
1
X3
Hose 4b Hose 4a controller X21 X9 ß1 S1 S2
X1 X1 X1 Brake Tilt potentiometer
1 X16 X16 X2
M B
VL Horizontal Drive Unit

1
1 1

X2
VL1 IF Main HDU X6

1
X55 X8

1
X10 X12 X42 X43 X44
VSI X4 (SCU2)* MSB Bus MSB Bus
X10
X45 X50
ETRB X6 (RIO / SPDU) X5
X41
S3-S6
X3 Contur switches frontcover
X21 1 1

X4
X6 ß2
VSI X54 (SCU 2)* 230Vac
X1
230Vac
X2 VP4 S8
ENP X3VM (RIO / SPDU) 1 1 1 Remote control
X11 X17 X1
X13
X1 User
X3 G X3 G1
Interface L
X20 X23
X22
X12 X3 UI Connector board
X2
X11
User
1 1 X4 G2
Interface R
X1
X14 X20 X2 Stretch
1
S1 + S2
N1
Mains
filter
VP5 X1 1 X1
handle

MSB Connector board

X16
230Vac X50 X21
X53 X51 26Vdc OUT
IN
N2
230Vac
1 1
N10 switched 230Vac IN
X1 N5 X2 X8 X4 B clutch
Mains filter

S1,
power
supply
X3
VL2 X52 Power supply 26V DC
 X5
S2
OUT Horizontal 1
26Vdc 20,4Vac OUT S2
controller 230Vac IN
N2 S7
C BUF Controller
X1 X2
Torque Power supply 20,4V AC
switches
1 X1 X60
X2
PCB Pixium control
X19
X6 board
N11 230Vac IN
X1 N1 24Vdc OUT
X2 X1
1 Mains filter Power supply 24V DC X6
FAN
Schroeder / Koeser

Continous power
230Vac IN
X1 N3 9,26Vac OUT
X2 X101 X6
Power supply 9,26VAC X3
VLE2 X2
Power IN
X1
P
230Vac IN
X1 N4
9,26Vac OUT
X2 Pixium
Power supply 9,26VAC X7
Communication
VLB VLC VLM VLE1 X100 X5 X2
TP/SUN detector
FPC X2 X4

1
TP/SUN Image data
B1
FPC B2 B1 Image

X33 X34 VA
08.07.2010

Amplimat
EXX1*
display*
Bucky unit 2 digital (BUF)
Amplimat
X31 X32 X1 PH 5-Field
Amplimat
EZX31 chamber

VP3
X35

5-Field control VP1

X21 Hose 1 Hose 3
A3

*only for DigitalDiagnost rel 1.x DigitalDiagnost VM 2 with

SCU 2 or RIO/SPDU
Connection plan
DIGITALDIAGNOST VM CSIP Level 1 ( 10.1 ) Z-7.4
C Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
red black green orange
V
U
Exposure
VL (only VM2) VP Handswitch
CA
ME M-Cabinet CXA RC EEC-A NU TP
DS
TRB S Remote control CYN
NP 12 V
230 V mShield
EZ
WN (option)
Keyboard Mouse
(option) UPS (option)

L1
L2
L3

NP-X104
NP-X12:1

Emergency
off

NP-X12:2

Allura Xper FD SW R7.2.6: System Manual Corrective Maintenance
No ratings yet
Allura Xper FD SW R7.2.6: System Manual Corrective Maintenance
223 pages
4512 984 31151v00 - SMCM DigitalDiagnost 2 - X
No ratings yet
4512 984 31151v00 - SMCM DigitalDiagnost 2 - X
96 pages
BV Vectra 2
100% (1)
BV Vectra 2
383 pages
SMCM BV Family R1.2
No ratings yet
SMCM BV Family R1.2
379 pages
DMR168307 Rev01 Installation-Part2
No ratings yet
DMR168307 Rev01 Installation-Part2
44 pages
Access PM
No ratings yet
Access PM
110 pages
DMR142517 Rev01 Replacement DFI-2C Software Release 1.8.1
No ratings yet
DMR142517 Rev01 Replacement DFI-2C Software Release 1.8.1
14 pages
2.cathlab SS - Velara - (4512 - 984 - 31104 - REV - AA)
No ratings yet
2.cathlab SS - Velara - (4512 - 984 - 31104 - REV - AA)
275 pages
OM Eleva Workspot Version 2 en (4512 987 15201 REV AC)
100% (1)
OM Eleva Workspot Version 2 en (4512 987 15201 REV AC)
290 pages
Toshiba Infinix VC I Brochure
No ratings yet
Toshiba Infinix VC I Brochure
8 pages
Site Planing
No ratings yet
Site Planing
213 pages
OEC 9600 Specifications
No ratings yet
OEC 9600 Specifications
2 pages
Multi Diagnost 4 System Manual Corrective Mantenance Fault Finding
100% (1)
Multi Diagnost 4 System Manual Corrective Mantenance Fault Finding
48 pages
Specifications ClarityFD20
No ratings yet
Specifications ClarityFD20
36 pages
Xcelera
No ratings yet
Xcelera
12 pages
SN09031510A HV Termination Plug For No Load KV Troubleshooting
100% (1)
SN09031510A HV Termination Plug For No Load KV Troubleshooting
19 pages
Orbic Manual
100% (1)
Orbic Manual
648 pages
Customization Manual BV Fam R2.3 (Software Release %u2265 2.5.1)
No ratings yet
Customization Manual BV Fam R2.3 (Software Release %u2265 2.5.1)
61 pages
EP Workmate
No ratings yet
EP Workmate
26 pages
MultiDiagnost Eleva FD Dicom R6.2
100% (2)
MultiDiagnost Eleva FD Dicom R6.2
112 pages
Apc 989001088261 1260021862PL - PhilipsHealthcare
0% (1)
Apc 989001088261 1260021862PL - PhilipsHealthcare
1,173 pages
Philips Scopofix MDP T1 - Service Manual
No ratings yet
Philips Scopofix MDP T1 - Service Manual
67 pages
Allura FD 10
100% (1)
Allura FD 10
36 pages
Multix Select DR: First Time. First Choice
No ratings yet
Multix Select DR: First Time. First Choice
14 pages
Allura Xper FD10-10 Specifications Global SinglePage
No ratings yet
Allura Xper FD10-10 Specifications Global SinglePage
32 pages
DICOM Conformance Statement MultiDiagnost Eleva FD R6.1
100% (3)
DICOM Conformance Statement MultiDiagnost Eleva FD R6.1
115 pages
Helical CT Scanner: No. MPDCT0256EAB
No ratings yet
Helical CT Scanner: No. MPDCT0256EAB
12 pages
Axa4-100 841 07 08 02
No ratings yet
Axa4-100 841 07 08 02
142 pages
Arcadis Varic: XP Replacement of Parts
No ratings yet
Arcadis Varic: XP Replacement of Parts
106 pages
Gemini Performance Manual - 8cccf7ef E8b7 4c47 B8ec 0f99d2e85451
No ratings yet
Gemini Performance Manual - 8cccf7ef E8b7 4c47 B8ec 0f99d2e85451
130 pages
IATD MobileDiagnost WDR (4512 988 05602 REV AB)
No ratings yet
IATD MobileDiagnost WDR (4512 988 05602 REV AB)
13 pages
DMR387181 RevB
No ratings yet
DMR387181 RevB
20 pages
MRC 800 Service Manual
No ratings yet
MRC 800 Service Manual
32 pages
Artis U
No ratings yet
Artis U
20 pages
Axiom Aristos Dicom Vb20
50% (2)
Axiom Aristos Dicom Vb20
80 pages
MEDICA 2020 Genoray Co. Ltd. Exhibitor Medcom2020.2676603 7Px5aD3AReyrRpKpuUJSrQ
No ratings yet
MEDICA 2020 Genoray Co. Ltd. Exhibitor Medcom2020.2676603 7Px5aD3AReyrRpKpuUJSrQ
30 pages
ENG - 6984924503 - Rev2 (Service Manual)
100% (1)
ENG - 6984924503 - Rev2 (Service Manual)
440 pages
Brilliance CT: 6-Slice, 10-Slice, 16-Slice, 16 Power Configurations
No ratings yet
Brilliance CT: 6-Slice, 10-Slice, 16-Slice, 16 Power Configurations
147 pages
Mobilett Mira Max: Mobile X-Ray Excellence
No ratings yet
Mobilett Mira Max: Mobile X-Ray Excellence
16 pages
XP-PASSWORD List 13 Feb 2015-Rev01
No ratings yet
XP-PASSWORD List 13 Feb 2015-Rev01
10 pages
Cath Lab System
No ratings yet
Cath Lab System
6 pages
Mobile Network Device: 4550 191 02111 Revision D
100% (1)
Mobile Network Device: 4550 191 02111 Revision D
17 pages
QRG Buttonology
No ratings yet
QRG Buttonology
15 pages
Networking Installation and Configuration: 4550 193 04251 Revision D
No ratings yet
Networking Installation and Configuration: 4550 193 04251 Revision D
55 pages
Ultimax-I FPD Multipurpose System Brochure
No ratings yet
Ultimax-I FPD Multipurpose System Brochure
20 pages
Airis II
No ratings yet
Airis II
2 pages
SW Installation Manual R3.2.2 MR-Intera/Achieva/Panorama HFO
No ratings yet
SW Installation Manual R3.2.2 MR-Intera/Achieva/Panorama HFO
190 pages
Servicing The GE Innova Digital Cath Lab Family: Innova 2100/3100/4100
100% (1)
Servicing The GE Innova Digital Cath Lab Family: Innova 2100/3100/4100
2 pages
NeuViz Dual R2 Vol1
No ratings yet
NeuViz Dual R2 Vol1
162 pages
HDe 1 5T Brochure
75% (4)
HDe 1 5T Brochure
20 pages
2D Imaging en 0213 Low
No ratings yet
2D Imaging en 0213 Low
25 pages
MEDTRON Product Catalog 5.0 en
No ratings yet
MEDTRON Product Catalog 5.0 en
79 pages
DS Philips DigitalDiagnost C90 R1.1 Specifications Single Pages (Feb2022)
No ratings yet
DS Philips DigitalDiagnost C90 R1.1 Specifications Single Pages (Feb2022)
52 pages
G-Scan Brio Site Planning Guide Rev3 Feb2014 (SW 3 - 1A)
100% (1)
G-Scan Brio Site Planning Guide Rev3 Feb2014 (SW 3 - 1A)
69 pages
3283-34673-Philips-Dameca MRI 508
No ratings yet
3283-34673-Philips-Dameca MRI 508
8 pages
SECURVIEW-DX INSTALLATION Man-00335 - 001 - 01
No ratings yet
SECURVIEW-DX INSTALLATION Man-00335 - 001 - 01
56 pages
Siemens Fluorospot X-Ray Image System - User Manual PDF
No ratings yet
Siemens Fluorospot X-Ray Image System - User Manual PDF
237 pages
NVRAM Maintenance Guide
No ratings yet
NVRAM Maintenance Guide
4 pages
Instalacion Resonador Ge Signa Profile
No ratings yet
Instalacion Resonador Ge Signa Profile
314 pages
Un Aws-Tx (4512 984 33591 Rev Aa)
No ratings yet
Un Aws-Tx (4512 984 33591 Rev Aa)
44 pages
Theoffshore Projectshowcase-Dl PDF
100% (1)
Theoffshore Projectshowcase-Dl PDF
42 pages
Google Sketchup Tutorials House Design
100% (1)
Google Sketchup Tutorials House Design
3 pages
Fundamentals of Computer & Programming
No ratings yet
Fundamentals of Computer & Programming
1 page
Oracle Academy - Database Design 9 Practice Activities - Answers
No ratings yet
Oracle Academy - Database Design 9 Practice Activities - Answers
5 pages
Floor Generator 3ds Max 18l PDF
No ratings yet
Floor Generator 3ds Max 18l PDF
3 pages
Class 2 - March Worksheet (Portion and Timetable)
No ratings yet
Class 2 - March Worksheet (Portion and Timetable)
2 pages
K72S001 1 NCS
No ratings yet
K72S001 1 NCS
73 pages
Map Reduce
100% (1)
Map Reduce
33 pages
An Improvised Analysis of Smart Data For IoT-based Railway System Using RFID
No ratings yet
An Improvised Analysis of Smart Data For IoT-based Railway System Using RFID
13 pages
Nousheen Siddiqui - Security Analyst-1
No ratings yet
Nousheen Siddiqui - Security Analyst-1
3 pages
Activity - AWS Pricing Calculator-2
No ratings yet
Activity - AWS Pricing Calculator-2
9 pages
Hyperledger PDF
No ratings yet
Hyperledger PDF
4 pages
Virtual Server Disk Partitioning Guide
No ratings yet
Virtual Server Disk Partitioning Guide
8 pages
Java Bus Ticket System Proposal
No ratings yet
Java Bus Ticket System Proposal
3 pages
EnerluxM Software Module Manual
No ratings yet
EnerluxM Software Module Manual
35 pages
C# Parallel Programming Guide
No ratings yet
C# Parallel Programming Guide
38 pages
2021 AWS Glue Developer Guide
100% (1)
2021 AWS Glue Developer Guide
1,005 pages
17.TTM Workshop Outbound Process
No ratings yet
17.TTM Workshop Outbound Process
37 pages
Lint
No ratings yet
Lint
13 pages
Inventory Management and Billing System
No ratings yet
Inventory Management and Billing System
16 pages
Test Plan Template
No ratings yet
Test Plan Template
7 pages
Advantages of Cloud
No ratings yet
Advantages of Cloud
3 pages
Product Key
No ratings yet
Product Key
3 pages
Grocery List (In Marathi)
50% (2)
Grocery List (In Marathi)
11 pages
15 Cheapest Tecno Phones and Prices in Nigeria
No ratings yet
15 Cheapest Tecno Phones and Prices in Nigeria
1 page
A Survey On Security Issues in Service Delivery Models of Cloud Computing
No ratings yet
A Survey On Security Issues in Service Delivery Models of Cloud Computing
11 pages
UFCEPM-15-M Object-Oriented Design and Programming: Jin Sa
No ratings yet
UFCEPM-15-M Object-Oriented Design and Programming: Jin Sa
21 pages
Doc-20250411-Wa0024. 20250611 184739 0000
No ratings yet
Doc-20250411-Wa0024. 20250611 184739 0000
9 pages
Placement Insights for SPIT Students
No ratings yet
Placement Insights for SPIT Students
3 pages
Governance Risk Compliance
No ratings yet
Governance Risk Compliance
6 pages